3. 譬喻品显示巴利原文
3. Opammavaggo
1. 锯喻经释义显示巴利原文
1. Kakacūpamasuttavaṇṇanā
222 “如是我闻”:这是《锯喻经》。其中,“牟利破群那”:牟利即指顶髻。如所说——显示巴利原文
222.Evaṃme sutanti kakacūpamasuttaṃ. Tattha moḷiyaphaggunoti moḷīti cūḷā vuccati. Yathāha –
“断除殊胜香熏之顶髻(Chetvāna moḷiṃ varagandhavāsitaṃ),
释迦族之雄抛向空中(Vehāyasaṃ ukkhipi sakyapuṅgavo);
婆娑婆以胜妙宝箧(Ratanacaṅkoṭavarena vāsavo),
千眼者以头接受(Sahassanetto sirasā paṭiggahī)。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chetvāna moḷiṃ varagandhavāsitaṃ, Vehāyasaṃ ukkhipi sakyapuṅgavo; Ratanacaṅkoṭavarena vāsavo, Sahassanetto sirasā paṭiggahī’’ti.
他在俗家时,顶髻很大,因此得名“牟利破群那”。即便出家后,人们仍以那个名字称呼他。“时过量”(Ativelanti):即“超过了时”。此处“时”有三种:时分、界分、戒分。如“在那时分,他说此优陀那”(《法句》品名目、偈名目;《大品》1-3),这是指“时分”。“安住法者不逾时”(《小品》384;《优陀那》45;《增支部》8.19),这是指“界分”。“不逾时为断桥”(《法集》299-301),以及“此即戒分,以不逾越为义”,这是指“戒分”。这三种时,他都逾越了。教诫比丘尼是有特定时间的,他甚至在太阳下山后还去教诫,这就逾越了时分。教诫比丘尼的内容也有一个限量、一个界限范围,他却以超过五六句的方式教诫,这就逾越了界分。他在说法时还夹杂玩笑,甚至讲到能导致粗重犯戒的内容,这样也就逾越了戒分。显示巴利原文
Sā tassa gihikāle mahatī ahosi, tenassa moḷiyaphaggunoti saṅkhā udapādi. Pabbajitampi naṃ teneva nāmena sañjānanti. Ativelanti velaṃ atikkamitvā. Tattha kālavelā, sīmavelā, sīlavelāti tividhā velā. ‘‘Tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesī’’ti (dhammapade vaggānamuddānaṃ, gāthānamuddānaṃ; mahāva. 1-3) ayaṃ kālavelā nāma. ‘‘Ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattatī’’ti (cūḷava. 384; udā. 45; a. ni. 8.19) ayaṃ sīmavelā nāma. ‘‘Velāanatikkamo setughāto’’ti (dha. sa. 299-301) ca, ‘‘velā cesā avītikkamanaṭṭhenā’’ti ca, ayaṃ sīlavelā nāma. Taṃ tividhampi so atikkamiyeva. Bhikkhuniyo hi ovadituṃ kālo nāma atthi, so atthaṅgatepi sūriye ovadanto taṃ kālavelampi atikkami. Bhikkhunīnaṃ ovāde pamāṇaṃ nāma atthi sīmā mariyādā. So uttarichappañcavācāhi ovadanto taṃ sīmavelampi atikkami. Kathento pana davasahagataṃ katvā duṭṭhullāpattipahonakaṃ katheti, evaṃ sīlavelampi atikkami.
“混处”(Saṃsaṭṭhoti):即混杂在一起,共享苦乐。“当面”(Sammukhāti):即在面前。“说非难”(Avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati):看到那些比丘尼在做煮饭、捣磨等事时,便说“这些比丘尼没有不犯戒这回事,这些比丘尼行为不端、难调伏、无耻”,这就是讲恶语。“又制造诉讼”(Adhikaraṇampi karoti):即声称“这些比丘,从见到这些比丘尼的时候起,眼睛就像被灼伤一样;在这个寺院里,供花、洗座、涂地等事务都依仗她们来做。她们是良家女子,有惭耻心,你们却对她们说这说那,这就是你们的犯戒;你们应该到持律者那里,给我裁决”,如此引发诉讼。显示巴利原文
Saṃsaṭṭhoti missībhūto samānasukhadukkho hutvā. Sammukhāti purato. Avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti tā pana pacanakoṭṭanādīni karontiyo disvā natthi imāsaṃ anāpatti nāma, imā bhikkhuniyo anācārā dubbacā pagabbhāti aguṇaṃ katheti. Adhikaraṇampi karotīti imesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imā bhikkhuniyo diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya akkhīni dayhanti, imasmiṃ vihāre pupphapūjā vā āsanadhovanaparibhaṇḍakaraṇādīni vā imāsaṃ vasena vattanti. Kuladhītaro etā lajjiniyo , tumhe imā idañcidañca vadatha, ayaṃ nāma tumhākaṃ āpatti hoti, vinayadharānaṃ santikaṃ āgantvā vinicchayaṃ me dethāti adhikaraṇaṃ ākaḍḍhati.
“说莫利亚颇求那的非难”,即这样说道:“这位比丘没有所谓不犯戒的道理,他的精舍门口一直不断有比丘尼。”——这是在说恶语。“又制造诤事”,是指声称:“这些比丘自从见到莫利亚颇求那长老以来,眼睛就像被灼伤一样。在这座寺院中,甚至无法去看其他比丘的住处。来到寺院的比丘尼们,无论是教诫、接待还是所学的文句,都只依靠长老而得。他是善男子,有惭有悔,这样的人,你们居然说长道短;来吧,到持律者面前来裁决吧!”这样引发诤事。显示巴利原文
Moḷiyaphaggunassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti natthi imassa bhikkhuno anāpatti nāma. Niccakālaṃ imassa pariveṇadvāraṃ asuññaṃ bhikkhunīhīti aguṇaṃ katheti. Adhikaraṇampi karontīti imesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ moḷiyaphaggunattherassa diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya akkhīni dayhanti. Imasmiṃ vihāre aññesaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ oloketumpi na sakkā. Vihāraṃ āgatabhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ vā paṭisanthāraṃ vā uddesapadaṃ vā therameva nissāya labhanti, kulaputtako lajjī kukkuccako, evarūpaṃ nāma tumhe idañcidañca vadatha, etha vinayadharānaṃ santike vinicchayaṃ dethāti adhikaraṇaṃ ākaḍḍhanti.
那位比丘向世尊说这番话,既不是出于讨好,也不是出于离间的意图,而是出于饶益心才说的。据说他心里这样想过:“这位比丘如此杂居而住,将会生起恶名,那对教法也是一种非难。若是别人劝说他,他不会退转;但世尊说法教诫之后,他就会退转。”出于对他的饶益心,他对世尊说了“尊者,尊者”等语。显示巴利原文
Sobhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavocāti neva piyakamyatāya na bhedādhippāyena, atthakāmatāya avoca. Ekaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘imassa bhikkhussa evaṃ saṃsaṭṭhassa viharato ayaso uppajjissati. So sāsanassāpi avaṇṇoyeva. Aññena pana kathito ayaṃ na oramissati, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desetvā ovadito oramissatī’’ti tassa atthakāmatāya bhagavantaṃ etaṃ, ‘‘āyasmā, bhante’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca.
223 “Āmantehi”意为“令知”。“Āmanteti”意为“召请”。显示巴利原文
223.Āmantehīti jānāpehi. Āmantetīti pakkosati.
224 “Saddhā”即“以信”。“因此”(Tasmā):因为你是良家子,且以信出家;又或者,当你与她们交往共住时,若遇到那些责骂你、打你的人,你便会生起忧恼;若断除了交游,忧恼便不会生起——因此这样说。“在那里”(Tatrā)指在受到非难的情况下。“世俗的”(Gehasitā)指依附于五欲的。“欲”(Chandā)指贪欲和嗔欲。“变异”(Vipariṇataṃ):被染着的心是变异的,嗔心、痴心也是变异的。在此处,既成立依贪欲的染着,也成立依嗔欲的嗔怒。“以利益悲悯”(Hitānukampī):即以利益,以悲悯,以利益遍满。“不怀瞋心”(Na dosantaro):我将不成为心怀瞋心者。显示巴利原文
224.Saddhāti saddhāya. Tasmāti yasmā tvaṃ kulaputto ceva saddhāpabbajito ca, yasmā vā te etāhi saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhassa viharato ye tā akkosissanti vā, paharissanti vā, tesu domanassaṃ uppajjissati, saṃsagge pahīne nuppajjissati, tasmā. Tatrāti tasmiṃ avaṇṇabhāsane. Gehasitāti pañcakāmaguṇanissitā. Chandāti taṇhāchandāpi paṭighachandāpi. Vipariṇatanti rattampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ. Duṭṭhampi, mūḷhampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ. Idha pana taṇhāchandavasena rattampi vaṭṭati, paṭighachandavasena duṭṭhampi vaṭṭati. Hitānukampīti hitena anukampamāno hitena pharamāno. Na dosantaroti na dosacitto bhavissāmi.
225 那么,世尊为何又开示呢?据说颇求那听了这番教诫后,心中仍未生起“我要从与比丘尼的交往中退转、远离”的念头,反而与世尊对立抵触而住。于是,世尊对他——正如饥饿者对食物、口渴者对饮水、受寒者对温暖、受苦者对安乐生起希求一般——同样地,见到这位难调伏的比丘,世尊便忆起初成正觉时那些易受教的比丘们现于面前,想要称赞他们的功德,于是开始了这次开示。显示巴利原文
225.Atha kho bhagavāti kasmā ārabhi? Phaggunassa kira ettakaṃ ovādaṃ sutvāpi, ‘‘bhikkhunisaṃsaggato oramissāmi viramissāmī’’ti cittampi na uppannaṃ, bhagavatā pana saddhiṃ paṭāṇī viya paṭiviruddho aṭṭhāsi, athassa bhagavato yathā nāma jighacchitassa bhojane, pipāsitassa pānīye, sītena phuṭṭhassa uṇhe dukkhitassa sukhe patthanā uppajjati. Evameva imaṃ dubbacaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā paṭhamabodhiyaṃ subbacā bhikkhū āpāthaṃ āgamiṃsu. Atha tesaṃ vaṇṇaṃ kathetukāmo hutvā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
此处,“ārādhayiṃsu”意为“他们执取,他们圆满”。“一时”(Ekaṃ samayaṃ)即在一个时候。“一座食”(Ekāsanabhojanaṃ)指仅用一顿饭前食。因为从日出至正午,即使吃了七次的食物,在此也视为一座食。“少病”(Appābādhaṃ)指无病状态。“少恼”(Appātaṅkaṃ)指无苦状态。“起身轻快”(Lahuṭṭhānaṃ)指身体轻快地起身。“力”(Balaṃ)指体力。“安住轻利”(Phāsuvihāraṃ)指身体的安乐住。这些说明了什么?说明了令断除白天非时食的时机。而在《跋陀利经》中,则说明了令断除夜间非时食的时机。因为世尊并非一次就让弟子断除这两种饮食。何以故?因诸有情在轮回中久习于这两种饮食。有些善男子身性细软,若一次断除两种饮食便会感到疲乏。因此,世尊未曾一次令其断除,而是分别在不同的时候:一次令断除白天非时食,一次令断除夜间非时食。其中,这里所说的是令断除白天非时食的时机。因为诸佛不是通过示现恐怖、呵责来令人断除,而是通过显示功德来令人断除。显示巴利原文
Tattha ārādhayiṃsūti gaṇhiṃsu pūrayiṃsu. Ekaṃ samayanti ekasmiṃ samaye. Ekāsanabhojananti ekaṃ purebhattabhojanaṃ. Sūriyuggamanato hi yāva majjhanhikā sattakkhattuṃ bhuttabhojanampi idha ekāsanabhojananteva adhippetaṃ. Appābādhatanti nirābādhataṃ. Appātaṅkatanti niddukkhataṃ. Lahuṭṭhānanti sarīrassa sallahukaṃ uṭṭhānaṃ. Balanti kāyabalaṃ. Phāsuvihāranti kāyassa sukhavihāraṃ. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Divā vikālabhojanaṃ pajahāpitakālo kathito. Bhaddālisutte pana rattiṃ vikālabhojanaṃ pajahāpitakālo kathito. Imāni hi dve bhojanāni bhagavā na ekappahārena pajahāpesi. Kasmā? Imāneva hi dve bhojanāni vaṭṭe sattānaṃ āciṇṇāni. Santi kulaputtā sukhumālā, te ekato dvepi bhojanāni pajahantā kilamanti. Tasmā ekato apajahāpetvā ekasmiṃ kāle divā vikālabhojanaṃ, ekasmiṃ rattiṃ vikālabhojananti visuṃ pajahāpesi. Tesu idha divā vikālabhojanaṃ pajahāpitakālo kathito. Tattha yasmā buddhā na bhayaṃ dassetvā tajjetvā pajahāpenti, ānisaṃsaṃ pana dassetvā pajahāpenti, evañhi sattā sukhena pajahanti. Tasmā ānisaṃsaṃ dassento ime pañca guṇe dassesi. Anusāsanī karaṇīyāti punappunaṃ sāsane kattabbaṃ nāhosi. ‘‘Idaṃ karotha, idaṃ mā karothā’’ti satuppādakaraṇīyamattameva ahosi. Tāvattakeneva te kattabbaṃ akaṃsu, pahātabbaṃ pajahiṃsu, paṭhamabodhiyaṃ, bhikkhave, subbacā bhikkhū ahesuṃ assavā ovādapaṭikarāti.
现在,为了说明他们易受教的状态而引述譬喻,说了“譬如”等。在此,“于美地”(subhūmiyaṃ)指在平坦之地。然而,在“于美地、良田、已拔除荆棘处安置种子”一句中,“美地”是指曼达平地。“四衢道”(Catumahāpathe)指两条大路纵横交叉之处。“良马车”(Ājaññaratho)指由已调驯的马所拉的车。“放下刺棒”(Odhastapatodo)指刺棒横放在倚靠处,使登上车后站立的人能够拿取。“调马师”(Yoggācariyo)指驯马师。“他即是调伏未驯马的御者”(Sveva assadamme sāretīti assadammasārathi),意为彼即是调驯未驯马之人。“随心所欲”(Yenicchakaṃ)指随意趣入任何道路。“随意所趣”(Yadicchakaṃ)指随意达成任何步态。“令前行”(Sāreyya)指令径直向前走。“令退回”(Paccāsāreyya)指令返回。显示巴利原文
Idāni nesaṃ subbacabhāvadīpikaṃ upamaṃ āharanto seyyathāpītiādimāha. Tattha subhūmiyanti samabhūmiyaṃ. ‘‘Subhūmyaṃ sukhette vihatakhāṇuke bījāni patiṭṭhapeyyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.438) ettha pana maṇḍabhūmi subhūmīti āgatā. Catumahāpatheti dvinnaṃ mahāmaggānaṃ vinivijjhitvā gataṭṭhāne. Ājaññarathoti vinītaassaratho. Odhastapatodoti yathā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā ṭhitena sakkā hoti gaṇhituṃ, evaṃ ālambanaṃ nissāya tiriyato ṭhapitapatodo. Yoggācariyoti assācariyo. Sveva assadamme sāretīti assadammasārathi. Yenicchakanti yena yena maggena icchati. Yadicchakanti yaṃ yaṃ gatiṃ icchati. Sāreyyāti ujukaṃ purato peseyya. Paccāsāreyyāti paṭinivatteyya.
“同样地”(Evameva kho):意谓正如那位调马师,无论他想走哪条路,那些马都仿佛已随其意而行;无论他想达成何种步态,那种步态都仿佛已被掌握。放出车后,那些马既无需阻拦,也无需刺戳,只需在平坦处,于马蹄落处安立标记,观察其行走即可。同样地,我对于那些比丘,也无需一再重复宣说,只要令他们提起正念,告知“此事当作,此事不当作”便足矣。他们便如此完成了应作的,舍离了不应作的。
“因此”(Tasmā):因为他们容易受教,如同已被调顺的车乘,仅凭提起正念即能断除,所以你们也应当断除,这是此处的含义。
“迦兰陀豆等”(Elaṇḍehi):据说迦兰陀豆会损害沙拉树,因而如此说。
“应清除”(Visodheyya):指将迦兰陀豆及其他蔓藤砍除,拿到外面去,使该处变得清洁。
“善生”(Sujātā):即生长良好的意思。
“正确地培护”(Sammā parihareyyā):即围好边界,按时以盛水器具浇灌根部,在根部周围定期掘土,砍去蔓藤灌木,清除蚁垤,去除蜘蛛网。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti yathā hi so yoggācariyo yena yena maggena gamanaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ assā āruḷhāva honti. Yāya yāya ca gatiyā icchati, sā sā gati gahitāva hoti. Rathaṃ pesetvā assā neva vāretabbā na vijjhitabbā honti. Kevalaṃ tesaṃ same bhūmibhāge khuresu nimittaṃ ṭhapetvā gamanameva passitabbaṃ hoti. Evaṃ mayhampi tesu bhikkhūsu punappunaṃ vattabbaṃ nāhosi. Idaṃ karotha idaṃ mā karothāti satuppādanamattameva kattabbaṃ hoti. Tehipi tāvadeva kattabbaṃ katameva hoti, akattabbaṃ jahitameva. Tasmāti yasmā subbacā yuttayānapaṭibhāgā hutvā satuppādanamatteneva pajahiṃsu, tasmā tumhepi pajahathāti attho. Elaṇḍehīti elaṇḍā kira sāladūsanā honti, tasmā evamāha. Visodheyyāti elaṇḍe ceva aññā ca valliyo chinditvā bahi nīharaṇena sodheyya. Sujātāti susaṇṭhitā. Sammā parihareyyāti mariyādaṃ bandhitvā udakāsiñcanenapi kālenakālaṃ mūlamūle khaṇanenapi valligumbādicchedanenapi kipillapūṭakaharaṇenapi makkaṭakajālasukkhadaṇḍakaharaṇenapi sammā vaḍḍhetvā poseyya. Vuddhiādīni vuttatthāneva.
226 226. 现在,为彰显不忍的过患,开始宣说“过去曾有”(bhūtapubbaṃ)等。
在此,“毗提诃女”(Vedehikā):是毗提诃地方人的女儿。又或者说,吠陀(veda)指智慧,因以智慧而运作,故称为毗提诃女,意即贤慧。
“主妇”(Gahapatānī):即家庭的女主人。
“名声”(Kittisaddo):即称誉之声。
“柔和”(Soratā):具足柔和的品质。
“谦下”(Nivātā):行仪谦逊。
“寂静”(Upasantā):内心调顺而平静。
“能干”(Dakkhā):于炊爨、铺床、燃灯等事上极为善巧。
“不懒惰”(Analasā):勤快而努力。
“善理事务”(susaṃvihitakammantā):将事务安排得井井有条。有一种人虽不懒惰,却一拿起物品便打碎或弄破,她并非如此;此言正是要说明此点。显示巴利原文
226. Idāni akkhantiyā dosaṃ dassento bhūtapubbantiādimāha. Tattha vedehikāti videharaṭṭhavāsikassa dhītā. Atha vā vedoti paññā vuccati, vedena īhati iriyatīti vedehikā, paṇḍitāti attho. Gahapatānīti gharasāminī. Kittisaddoti kittighoso. Soratāti soraccena samannāgatā. Nivātāti nivātavutti. Upasantāti nibbutā. Dakkhāti bhattapacanasayanattharaṇadīpujjalanādikammesu chekā. Analasāti uṭṭhāhikā, susaṃvihitakammantāti suṭṭhu saṃvihitakammantā. Ekā analasā hoti, yaṃ yaṃ pana bhājanaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ taṃ bhindati vā chiddaṃ vā karoti, ayaṃ na tādisāti dasseti.
“白天才起床”(Divā uṭṭhāsī):指本应在清晨挤牛奶等工作都还没做,太阳已经高高升起才起来。“喂,黑女!”(He je kāḷī):就是“喂,黑女!”的意思。“你为什么白天才起床?”(Kiṃ je divā uṭṭhāsī):意思是“你是不是哪里不舒服,为什么白天才起床?”“喂,我没什么”(No vata re kiñci):意思是“喂,我既无不适,头不疼背也不痛,那你这个恶婢为什么白天才起床?”她这样说着,心里很不高兴,蹙眉动怒。“更晚才起床”(Divātaraṃ uṭṭhāsī):第二天她起得更晚,太阳更高了才起身。“不悦的言语”(Anattamanavācaṃ):她生气地说:“喂,你这恶婢,不知道自己的分寸,你以为火是冷的吗?现在我就教训教训你!”等等。显示巴利原文
Divā uṭṭhāsīti pātova kattabbāni dhenuduhanādikammāni akatvā ussūre uṭṭhitā. He je kāḷīti are kāḷi. Kiṃ je divā uṭṭhāsīti kiṃ te kiñci aphāsukaṃ atthi, kiṃ divā uṭṭhāsīti? No vata re kiñcīti are yadi te na kiñci aphāsukaṃ atthi, neva sīsaṃ rujjhati, na piṭṭhi, atha kasmā pāpi dāsi divā uṭṭhāsīti kupitā anattamanā bhākuṭimakāsi. Divātaraṃ uṭṭhāsīti punadivase ussūrataraṃ uṭṭhāsi. Anattamanavācanti are pāpi dāsi attano pamāṇaṃ na jānāsi; kiṃ aggiṃ sītoti maññasi, idāni taṃ sikkhāpessāmītiādīni vadamānā kupitavacanaṃ nicchāresi.
“对邻居们”(Paṭivisakānanti):就是对住在附近的人们。“使责备”(Ujjhāpesī):让他们看轻她。“凶暴”(Caṇḍī):不柔和,有过失。就这样,有多少优点,反而生起了双倍的缺点。优点是一点一点慢慢养成的,缺点却在一天之内就传开了。“柔和,极其柔和”(Soratasorato):柔和到了极点,以至于有人会想:“她是不是入流者、一来者、不来者,或者阿拉汉啊?”“触犯”(Phusantī):冒犯、冲撞,便以这样的方式表现出来。显示巴利原文
Paṭivisakānanti sāmantagehavāsīnaṃ. Ujjhāpesīti avajānāpesi. Caṇḍīti asoratā kibbisā. Iti yattakā guṇā, tato diguṇā dosā uppajjiṃsu. Guṇā nāma saṇikaṃ saṇikaṃ āgacchanti; dosā ekadivaseneva patthaṭā honti. Soratasoratoti ativiya sorato, sotāpanno nu kho, sakadāgāmī anāgāmī arahā nu khoti vattabbataṃ āpajjati. Phusantīti phusantā ghaṭṭentā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti.
因此,“比丘柔顺”(bhikkhu sorato)应这样理解:安住于忍辱之中的比丘,就应知他是柔顺的。“若为袈裟……资具故”:当他得到这些极为殊胜的袈裟等资具时,仅凭言语,便为人做足部护理、背部护理等事;若得不到时,便如同过去常得,而今不得那般。“唯尊重法”:即只尊重法,只对法作恭敬的善行。“作重”:视为重大、珍贵。“恭敬”:以心使法欢喜。“供养”:以资具供给而作供养。“敬事”:即唯独对法表示恭敬,行持谦卑的态度。显示巴利原文
Athabhikkhu soratoti veditabboti atha adhivāsanakkhantiyaṃ ṭhito bhikkhu soratoti veditabbo. Yo cīvara…pe… parikkhārahetūti yo etāni cīvarādīni paṇītapaṇītāni labhanto pādaparikammapiṭṭhiparikammādīni ekavacaneneva karoti. Alabhamānoti yathā pubbe labhati, evaṃ alabhanto. Dhammaññeva sakkarontoti dhammaṃyeva sakkāraṃ sukatakāraṃ karonto. Garuṃ karontoti garubhāriyaṃ karonto. Mānentoti manena piyaṃ karonto. Pūjentoti paccayapūjāya pūjento. Apacāyamānoti dhammaṃyeva apacāyamāno apacitiṃ nīcavuttiṃ dassento.
227 这样显示了不忍的过患之后,现在为了开示能忍者的行持,而说“诸比丘,此五种语道”等。此处,“适时”(kālena):在合适、恰当的时机。“真实”(bhūtena):是真实的、确实存在的。“柔和”(saṇhena):言语温和、不粗糙。“与义相应”(atthasañhitena):与义利相关,有道理为依据。“非时”(akālena)等则可从相反面来理解。“以慈心”(mettacittā):生起慈心之后。“内有嗔”(dosantarā):内心有污染,心生嗔恚之后。“于彼处”(tatrā):在这些语道当中。“遍满”(pharitvā):彻底扩展、遍及。“以彼为所缘”(tadārammaṇañca):如何以彼为所缘而遍满一切世间?先以那位用五种语道对待之人为慈心的所缘,再将此慈心所缘扩展到其他一切众生,如此遍满一切世间,名为“以彼为所缘”。此处词语解释:“以彼为所缘”是指以这慈心为所缘;“一切”指一切众生;“世间”即有情世间;“以广大”(vipulena)显示巴利原文
227. Evaṃ akkhantiyā dosaṃ dassetvā idāni ye adhivāsenti, te evaṃ adhivāsentīti pañca vacanapathe dassento pañcime, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha kālenāti yuttapattakālena. Bhūtenāti satā vijjamānena. Saṇhenāti sammaṭṭhena . Atthasañhitenāti atthanissitena kāraṇanissitena. Akālenātiādīni tesaṃyeva paṭipakkhavasena veditabbāni. Mettacittāti uppannamettacittā hutvā. Dosantarāti duṭṭhacittā, abbhantare uppannadosā hutvā. Tatrāti tesu vacanapathesu. Pharitvāti adhimuccitvā. Tadārammaṇañcāti kathaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ karoti? Pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgataṃ puggalaṃ mettacittassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā puna tasseva mettacittassa avasesasatte ārammaṇaṃ karonto sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ karoti nāma. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho. Tadārammaṇañcāti tasseva mettacittassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā. Sabbāvantanti sabbasattavantaṃ. Lokanti sattalokaṃ. Vipulenāti anekasattārammaṇena. Mahaggatenāti mahaggatabhūmikena. Appamāṇenāti subhāvitena. Averenāti niddosena. Abyābajjhenāti niddukkhena. Pharitvā viharissāmāti evarūpena mettāsahagatena cetasā tañca puggalaṃ sabbañca lokaṃ tassa cittassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā adhimuccitvā viharissāma.
228 现在为了阐明其义而举譬喻,说“譬如”(seyyathāpi)等。此处,“成非地”(apathaviṃ):意为“我要使大地不成其为地”。“于处处”(tatra tatrā):在各个地方。“散播”(vikireyyā):像从筐里取出土撒种子那样散播。“吐唾”(oṭṭhubheyya):即吐口水。“能令成非地”(apathaviṃ kareyyā):意为通过身、语的造作,就能让地变成非地吗?“深”(gambhīrā):其厚度深达二百万由旬又四那由他。“不可量”(appameyyā):横向无有边际。“同样地”(evameva kho),配合譬喻:大地好比慈心,持锄头而来的人好比持五种语道而来的人。正如他无法用锄头使大地变成非地,同样,持五种语道而来的人也不能改变你们的慈心。显示巴利原文
228. Idāni tadatthadīpikaṃ upamaṃ āharanto seyyathāpītiādimāha. Tattha apathavinti nippathaviṃ karissāmīti attho. Tatra tatrāti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne. Vikireyyāti pacchiyā paṃsuṃ uddharitvā bījāni viya vikireyya. Oṭṭhubheyyāti kheḷaṃ pāteyya. Apathaviṃ kareyyāti evaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca payogaṃ katvāpi sakkuṇeyya apathaviṃ kātunti? Gambhīrāti bahalattena dviyojanasatasahassāni cattāri ca nahutāni gambhīrā. Appameyyāti tiriyaṃ pana aparicchinnā. Evameva khoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – pathavī viya hi mettacittaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kudālapiṭakaṃ gahetvā āgatapuriso viya pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo. Yathā so kudālapiṭakena mahāpathaviṃ apathaviṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vo pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo mettacittassa aññathattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkhissatīti.
229 第二喻中:“姜黄”(haliddi):指任何黄色之物。“青”(nīla):指铜青色或叶青色。“无色”(arūpī):没有颜色。问:经中不是说“两木之间、两树之间、两床之间或两石之间的空间为虚空色”吗?为何此处说“无色”?答:为否定其可见性,故又说“不可见”(anidassano)。因为虚空中无法描画、无法显现色相,故称“无色”。“不可见”:非眼识所能感知。配合譬喻:虚空犹如慈心,四种颜料犹如五种语道,持四种颜料而来的人犹如持五种语道而来的人。正如他无法用四种颜料在虚空中画出颜色,同样,持五种语道而来的人也不能让慈心转变,从而显现有嗔的生起。显示巴利原文
229. Dutiyaupamāyaṃ haliddinti yaṃkiñci pītakavaṇṇaṃ. Nīlanti kaṃsanīlaṃ vā palāsanīlaṃ vā. Arūpīti arūpo . Nanu ca, dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ vā dvinnaṃ rukkhānaṃ vā dvinnaṃ seyyānaṃ vā dvinnaṃ selānaṃ vā antaraṃ paricchinnākāsarūpanti āgataṃ, kasmā idha arūpīti vuttoti? Sanidassanabhāvapaṭikkhepato. Tenevāha ‘‘anidassano’’ti. Tasmiñhi rūpaṃ likhituṃ, rūpapātubhāvaṃ dassetuṃ na sakkā, tasmā ‘‘arūpī’’ti vutto. Anidassanoti dassanassa cakkhuviññāṇassa anāpātho. Upamāsaṃsandane panettha ākāso viya mettacittaṃ. Tulikapañcamā cattāro raṅgajātā viya pañca vacanapathā, tulikapañcame raṅge gahetvā āgatapuriso viya pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo. Yathā so tulikapañcamehi raṅgehi ākāse rūpapātubhāvaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vo pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo mettacittassa aññathattaṃ katvā dosuppattiṃ dassetuṃ na sakkhissatīti.
230 第三喻中:「燃烧的」:意谓炽燃。「深不可量」:这条恒河,深处有的一牛吼,有的半由旬,有的一由旬。宽度也是如此,长度则达五百由旬。既然如此,为何还说它「深不可量」呢?因为用这种方法翻搅后,无法像在灶上烧水那样把它加热。假如是一潭死水,或许能加热到一指或半指的程度,但整条恒河是不可能做到的,因此说深不可量。配合譬喻:恒河如同慈心,手持草火炬而来的人,如同带着五种语道的补特伽罗。正如那人无法以燃烧的草火炬将整条恒河烧热,带着五种语道的补特伽罗,也绝不可能令慈心转变。显示巴利原文
230. Tatiyaupamāyaṃ ādittanti pajjalitaṃ. Gambhīrā appameyyāti imissā gaṅgāya gambhīraṭṭhānaṃ gāvutampi atthi, aḍḍhayojanampi, yojanampi. Puthulaṃ panassā evarūpaṃyeva, dīghato pana pañcayojanasatāni. Sā kathaṃ gambhīrā appameyyāti? Etena payogena parivattetvā uddhane udakaṃ viya tāpetuṃ asakkuṇeyyato. Ṭhitodakaṃ pana kenaci upāyena aṅgulamattaṃ vā aḍḍhaṅgulamattaṃ vā evaṃ tāpetuṃ sakkā bhaveyya, ayaṃ pana na sakkā, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Upamāsaṃsandane panettha gaṅgā viya mettacittaṃ, tiṇukkaṃ ādāya āgatapuriso viya pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo. Yathā so ādittāya tiṇukkāya gaṅgaṃ tāpetuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vo pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo mettacittassa aññathattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkhissatīti.
231 第四喻中:「猫皮袋」:指用猫皮缝制的袋子。「善揉」:被充分揉制。「极善揉」:从内到外、遍一切处都揉得极为柔软。「如棉絮」:如同木棉絮一般。「断嘶声」:不再发出沙沙的声响。「断叭声」:不再发出啪啪的声响。配合譬喻:猫皮袋如同慈心,手持木柴或陶片而来的人,如同带着五种语道的补特伽罗。正如那人无法用木柴或陶片让猫皮袋发出沙沙声、啪啪声,带着五种语道的补特伽罗,也绝不可能令慈心转变,使之成为带有瞋恚的状态。显示巴利原文
231. Catutthaupamāyaṃ biḷārabhastāti biḷāracammapasibbakā. Sumadditāti suṭṭhu madditā. Suparimadditāti anto ca bahi ca samantato suparimadditā. Tūlinīti simbalitūlalatātūlasamānā. Chinnasassarāti chinnasassarasaddā. Chinnabhabbharāti chinnabhabbharasaddā. Upamāsaṃsandane panettha biḷārabhastā viya mettacittaṃ, kaṭṭhakaṭhalaṃ ādāya āgatapuriso viya pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo. Yathā so kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalena vā biḷārabhastaṃ sarasaraṃ bharabharaṃ saddaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vo pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalo mettacittassa aññathattaṃ katvā dosānugatabhāvaṃ kātuṃ na sakkhissatīti.
232 「卑劣者」:指低劣行事者,即操持卑贱活计的人,这是它的含义。「若染污心意」:若有比丘或比丘尼心生染污,却连他人以锯切割都不能安忍,我则不视其为依教奉行者。由于他不能安忍,便不能算作遵从我的教导。不过,在此情况下并不构成犯戒。显示巴利原文
232.Ocarakāti avacarakā heṭṭhācarakā, nīcakammakārakāti attho. Yo mano padūseyyāti yo bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā mano padūseyya, taṃ kakacena okantanaṃ nādhivāseyya. Na me so tena sāsanakaroti so tena anadhivāsanena mayhaṃ ovādakaro na hoti. Āpatti panettha natthi.
233 “微细或粗重”(aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā):指轻微的过失或重大的过失。“若你们不能容忍”(yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthā):意思是,你们所不能容忍的那件事。“尊者,并无此事”(no hetaṃ, bhante):意思是,“尊者,我们实在看不出有什么语道是不能安忍的。”“长夜利益与安乐”(dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā):就这样,世尊以阿拉汉道为顶峰,顺着原本的脉络,为这次开示作了归结。显示巴利原文
233.Aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vāti appasāvajjaṃ vā mahāsāvajjaṃ vā. Yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthāti yo tumhehi adhivāsetabbo na bhaveyyāti attho. No hetaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, anadhivāsetabbaṃ nāma vacanapathaṃ na passāmāti adhippāyo. Dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti iti bhagavā arahattena kūṭaṃ gaṇhanto yathānusandhinā desanaṃ niṭṭhapesīti.
2. 《蛇喻经注》显示巴利原文
2. Alagaddūpamasuttavaṇṇanā
234 “如是我闻”,这是《蛇喻经》。其中,“蛇杀者”(gaddhabādhino):指杀蛇的人;“以蛇杀者为先祖”(gaddhabādhipubbo):意思是,此人的祖先是杀蛇者,他出身于杀蛇的家族,是承袭捕杀秃鹫等事业的家族后裔。那些障碍生天与解脱的,称为“障碍法”(antarāyikā)。这些障碍依业、烦恼、果报、诽谤圣者及违犯教令五个方面,分为五种。其中,五种无间业称为业障。同样地,比丘污辱女性的业只障碍解脱,而不障碍生天。那些决定性、牢不可破的邪见,称为烦恼障。黄门、畜生、两性人等结生即定的状况,称为果报障。诽谤圣者的言论,称为诽谤障;不过,这种诽谤障只在尚未向那位圣者请求原谅之前才构成障碍,一旦忏谢之后便不再是障碍。故意违犯的七种罪聚,称为违犯教令障。这些也一样:在比丘仍自认持有比丘身份、不肯出罪或不肯如法发露忏悔期间,才算障碍;一旦依律出罪、如法忏悔之后,便不再有障碍了。显示巴利原文
234.Evaṃme sutanti alagaddūpamasuttaṃ. Tattha gaddhe bādhayiṃsūti gaddhabādhino, gaddhabādhino pubbapurisā assāti gaddhabādhipubbo, tassa gaddhabādhipubbassa, gijjhaghātakakulappasutassāti attho. Saggamokkhānaṃ antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā. Te kammakilesavipākaupavādaāṇāvītikkamavasena pañcavidhā. Tattha pañcānantariyadhammā kammantarāyikā nāma. Tathā bhikkhunīdūsakakammaṃ, taṃ pana mokkhasseva antarāyaṃ karoti, na saggassa. Niyatamicchādiṭṭhidhammā kilesantarāyikā nāma. Paṇḍakatiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakānaṃ paṭisandhidhammā vipākantarāyikā nāma. Ariyūpavādadhammā upavādantarāyikā nāma, te pana yāva ariye na khamāpenti, tāvadeva, na tato paraṃ. Sañcicca vītikkantā satta āpattikkhandhā āṇāvītikkamantarāyikā nāma. Tepi yāva bhikkhubhāvaṃ vā paṭijānāti, na vuṭṭhāti vā, na deseti vā, tāvadeva, na tato paraṃ.
这其中有一位比丘,他多闻且是说法者,对其他的障碍是了解的,但由于不精通律藏,并不知道违越学处的障碍。因此,他在独处静处时如此思惟:“这些在家众受用五种欲乐,也能成为入流者、一来者、不来者。比丘们也能见到合意的、眼所识知的色……乃至身所识知的触,受用柔软的被褥、衣物等,这些都是被允许的。为什么唯独对妇女的色、声、香、味、触就不被允许呢?这些也应是被允许的。”像这样,他把一种受用与另一种受用混同起来,将带欲贪的受用与离欲贪的受用混为一谈,好比将极细的丝线系在粗麻绳上,又好比将一粒芥子与须弥山并列。他生起了邪恶的恶见,说道:“世尊何必像欲捆缚大海一般,费那么大力气来制定第一波罗夷?这其中根本没有什么过失。”他如此与一切知智相违,障碍无碍解智,等于将荆棘树桩横掷于圣道之上,宣称淫欲法无有罪过,阻断了胜者的教诫之轮。因此,经中才说:“我如是了知世尊所说法”等等。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu bahussuto dhammakathiko sesantarāyike jānāti, vinaye pana akovidattā paṇṇattivītikkamantarāyike na jānāti, tasmā rahogato evaṃ cintesi – ime āgārikā pañca kāmaguṇe paribhuñjantā sotāpannāpi sakadāgāminopi anāgāminopi honti. Bhikkhūpi manāpikāni cakkhuviññeyyāni rūpāni passanti…pe… kāyaviññeyye phoṭṭhabbe phusanti, mudukāni attharaṇapāvuraṇādīni paribhuñjanti, etaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā itthīnaṃyeva rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā na vaṭṭanti? Etepi vaṭṭantīti. Evaṃ rasena rasaṃ saṃsandetvā sacchandarāgaparibhogañca nicchandarāgaparibhogañca ekaṃ katvā thūlavākehi saddhiṃ atisukhumasuttaṃ upanento viya, sāsapena saddhiṃ sineruṃ upasaṃharanto viya, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppādetvā, ‘‘kiṃ bhagavatā mahāsamuddaṃ bandhantena viya mahatā ussāhena paṭhamapārājikaṃ paññattaṃ, natthi ettha doso’’ti sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhanto vesārajjañāṇaṃ paṭibāhanto ariyamagge khāṇukaṇṭakādīni pakkhipanto methunadhamme doso natthīti jinassa āṇācakke pahāraṃ adāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’tiādi.
“Evaṃbyā kho”意思是“就像这样”。在“samanuyuñjanti”等词中:比丘们问“你持什么见解?说出你的见解”时,这称为“质问”(samanuyuñjanti);让比丘确立见解,称为“执取”(samanuggāhanti);追问“你凭什么这样说?”并要求说明理由,称为“反复盘问”(samanubhāsanti)。关于“骨锁喻”等譬喻(《中部》二·四二-四八):“骨锁喻”是从乐味微少来说的,“肉团喻”是从为众多众生所共有来说的,“草炬喻”是从持续烧灼来说的,“火坑喻”是从带来大热恼来说的,“梦喻”是从短暂现起来说的,“借来物喻”是从暂时存在来说的,“树果喻”是从毁坏一切肢节来说的,“断头台喻”是从如利刃斩切来说的,“枪矛喻”是从如铁叉刺穿来说的,“蛇头喻”是从充满危险、令人恐惧来说的。“力”(thāmasā)是指恶见的力量;“执取”即确立见地。显示巴利原文
Evaṃbyā khoti evaṃ viya kho. Samanuyuñjantītiādīsu kiṃ laddhiko tvaṃ, laddhiṃ vadehīti pucchamānā samanuyuñjanti nāma. Diṭṭhiṃ patiṭṭhāpentā samanuggāhanti nāma. Kena kāraṇena evaṃ vadasīti kāraṇaṃ pucchantā samanubhāsanti nāma. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamātiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.42-48) aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā appassādaṭṭhena. Maṃsapesūpamā bahusādhāraṇaṭṭhena. Tiṇukkūpamā anudahanaṭṭhena. Aṅgārakāsūpamā mahābhitāpanaṭṭhena. Supinakūpamā ittarapaccupaṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Yācitakūpamā tāvakālikaṭṭhena. Rukkhaphalūpamā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgapalibhañjanaṭṭhena. Asisūnūpamā adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhena. Sattisūlūpamā vinivijjhanaṭṭhena. Sappasirūpamā sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayaṭṭhena. Thāmasāti diṭṭhithāmena. Parāmāsāti diṭṭhiparāmāsena. Abhinivissa voharatīti adhiṭṭhahitvā voharati dīpeti vā.
235 “Yato kho te bhikkhū”意思是“当那些比丘……的时候”。关于“Evaṃbyā kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā”这一句:他心里其实想说“根本没有这回事”,但由于世尊的威神力,他承认了。据说,在佛陀面前,没有人有能力说出两种互相矛盾的话。显示巴利原文
235.Yato kho te bhikkhūti yadā te bhikkhū. Evaṃbyā kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatāti idaṃ esa attano ajjhāsayena natthīti vattukāmopi bhagavato ānubhāvena sampaṭicchati, buddhānaṃ kira sammukhā dve kathā kathetuṃ samattho nāma natthi.
236 “Kassa kho nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa”意思是:愚人,你认为我曾为哪一位刹帝利、哪一位婆罗门、哪一位吠舍、哪一位首陀罗、哪一位在家人、哪一位出家人、哪一位天人或哪一个人,宣说过这样的法?此后,世尊告诉比丘们,这是另一个特别的关联(anusandhi)。据说阿利吒当时这样想:“世尊叫我‘愚人’,但并非仅因被叫做愚人就无缘于道果。世尊也曾用愚人之语教导瓦甘答子优波先那:‘你这愚人,太快转向放逸了。’(《大品》75)那位长老后来不断精勤努力,证得了六神通。我也要像那样提起精进,证得道果。”于是,世尊为了显示阿利吒就像已解开捆绑却枯黄的叶子,不再有增长的可能,而开始了这段开示。显示巴利原文
236.Kassa kho nāma tvaṃ moghapurisāti tvaṃ moghapurisa kassa khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā vessassa vā suddassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā devassa vā manussassa vā mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesīti ayaṃ pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Ariṭṭho kira cintesi – ‘‘bhagavā maṃ moghapurisoti vadati, na kho pana moghapurisāti vuttamattakena maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo na hoti. Upasenampi hi vaṅgantaputtaṃ, ‘atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto’ti (mahāva. 75) bhagavā moghapurisavādena ovadi. Thero aparabhāge ghaṭento vāyamanto cha abhiññā sacchākāsi. Ahampi tathārūpaṃ vīriyaṃ paggaṇhitvā maggaphalāni nibbattessāmī’’ti. Athassa bhagavā bandhanā pavuttassa paṇḍupalāsassa viya aviruḷhibhāvaṃ dassento imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
“Usmīkatopī”意为:诸比丘,你们认为如何?这个怀持如此恶见的阿利吒,违背一切知智,障碍无碍解智,击打如来教诫之轮,难道他在此法与律中还有一丝一毫的智热吗?犹如巨大火堆熄灭后,仍会留下如萤火虫般微细的火星,依着这微细的火星,未来还可能再度燃起大火。那么,此人是否存有极微细的智热,能令他依之精进,证得道果?”比丘们回答:“没有,世尊!”这意思是:“世尊,对于持这种见解的人,哪还可能存有这样的智热?”他们否定了那种能作为道果之缘的智热。“Maṅkubhūto”指变得沮丧无光,“Pattakkhandho”指双肩低垂,“Appaṭibhāno”指哑口无言,辩才全失。他内心反省自己不得成就,且已生起将善根连根拔除的因缘,心想:“我得到这能导向解脱的教法,却真是个善法不增长的人!”就这样,他用脚拇趾刨着地而坐。显示巴利原文
Usmīkatopīti , bhikkhave, tumhe kinti maññatha, ayaṃ ariṭṭho evaṃladdhiko sabbaññutaññāṇena paṭivirujjhitvā vesārajjañāṇaṃ paṭibāhitvā tathāgatassa āṇācakke pahāraṃ dadamāno api nu imasmiṃ dhammavinaye usmīkatopi? Yathā nibbutepi mahante aggikkhandhe khajjupanakamattāpi aggipapaṭikā hotiyeva, yaṃ nissāya puna mahāaggikkhandho bhaveyya. Kiṃ nu kho evaṃ imassa appamattikāpi ñāṇusmā atthi, yaṃ nissāya vāyamanto maggaphalāni nibbatteyyāti? No hetaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, evaṃladdhikassa kuto evarūpā ñāṇusmāti? Maggaphalānaṃ paccayasamatthāya ñāṇusmāya usmīkatabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipantā vadanti. Maṅkubhūtoti nittejabhūto. Pattakkhandhoti patitakkhandho. Appaṭibhānoti kiñci paṭibhānaṃ apassanto bhinnapaṭibhāno evarūpampi nāma niyyānikasāsanaṃ labhitvā aviruḷhidhammo kiramhi samugghātitapaccayo jātoti attano abhabbataṃ paccavekkhanto pādaṅguṭṭhakena bhūmiṃ khaṇamāno nisīdi.
“Paññāyissasi kho”这又是一个独立的段落。据说阿利吒当时心想:“世尊说我的道果因缘已被切断,可诸佛并非只为有因缘的人说法,也为没有因缘的人说法。我要从大师那里获得善逝的教导,然后去修习与自己未来成就相应的善业。”世尊为了打消他此念,便说“你将被知见”等语。意思是:愚人,你正因为这个邪恶的恶见,将在饿鬼、地狱等处被人知晓;在我这里,你根本得不到善逝的教导,我也不需要你。我将在此反问诸比丘。显示巴利原文
Paññāyissasikhoti ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Ariṭṭho kira cintesi – ‘‘bhagavā mayhaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo pacchinnoti vadati, na kho pana buddhā saupanissayānaṃyeva dhammaṃ desenti, anupanissayānampi desenti, ahaṃ satthu santikā sugatovādaṃ labhitvā attano sampattūpagaṃ kusalaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Athassa bhagavā ovādaṃ paṭipassambhento ‘‘paññāyissasī’’tiādimāha. Tassattho, tvaṃyeva, moghapurisa, iminā pāpakena diṭṭhigatena nirayādīsu paññāyissasi, mama santikā tuyhaṃ sugatovādo nāma natthi, na me tayā attho, idhāhaṃ bhikkhū paṭipucchissāmīti.
237 “Atha kho bhagavā”这又是一个独立的段落。在此处,世尊先净化在场大众,将阿利吒从僧团中逐出。因为若在座大众中有人这样想:“难道阿利吒能讲出世尊未说之法?恐怕是刚才在大众中,世尊开示时,他突然插嘴说出来的。”这样的话,这些说出来的话不仅阿利吒自己听到,别人也会听到。或者又有人这样想:“就像导师如此严厉地呵责阿利吒,如果我也听到什么,导师也会同样呵责我,那我就会沉默不敢说话了。”为了不让比丘们生起这些想法,也为了表明:“我从未说过那样的话,别人也从未听到过那样的话”,世尊才说:“诸比丘,你们自己……”等语,以此来净化大众的见解。而通过净化大众的见解,阿利吒也就等于被从僧众中驱逐出去了。显示巴利原文
237.Atha kho bhagavāti ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne bhagavā parisaṃ sodheti, ariṭṭhaṃ gaṇato nissāreti. Sace hi parisagatānaṃ kassaci evaṃ bhaveyya – ‘‘ayaṃ ariṭṭho bhagavatā akathitaṃ kathetuṃ kiṃ sakkhissati, kacci nu kho parisamajjhe bhagavatā kathāya samāraddhāya sahasā kathita’’nti. Evaṃ kathitaṃ pana na ariṭṭhova suṇāti, aññenapi sutaṃ bhavissati. Athāpissa siyā ‘‘yathā satthā ariṭṭhaṃ niggaṇhāti, mampi evaṃ niggaṇheyyāti sutvāpi tuṇhībhāvaṃ āpajjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ sabbaṃ na karissantī’’ti. Mayāpi na kathitaṃ, aññena sutampi natthīti ‘‘tumhepime, bhikkhave’’tiādinā parisāya laddhiṃ sodheti. Parisāya pana laddhisodhaneneva ariṭṭho gaṇato nissārito nāma hoti.
现在,为揭示阿利吒的恶见,世尊说:“诸比丘,他会……”等语。其中,“除了欲之外”等句的意思是:诸比丘,若有比丘持这样的恶见——“即使从事那些(淫欲)行为,也不成为修道的障碍”,那么他既已断除烦恼欲、以及与烦恼欲相应的想和寻,却又去享用事欲、行淫欲法,这是绝对不可能的事。这样的道理不存在,那是非处,绝无可能。显示巴利原文
Idāni ariṭṭhassa laddhiṃ pakāsento so vata, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha aññatreva kāmehītiādīsu yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘‘te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti evaṃladdhiko, so vata kilesakāmehi ceva kilesakāmasampayuttehi saññāvitakkehi ca aññatra, ete dhamme pahāya, vinā etehi dhammehi, vatthukāme paṭisevissati, methunasamācāraṃ samācarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Idaṃ kāraṇaṃ nāma natthi, aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāsoti.
238 世尊指出,阿梨吒比丘的邪见,恰如洗衣工把香的、臭的、旧的、新的、干净的、脏的衣服混在一起打成包一样。他将已尽烦恼、无欲贪的比丘们受用殊胜衣等,与不持恒常戒的在家人受用伴有欲贪的资具(这于修行成障),以及持恒常戒的比丘们受用伴有欲贪的资具(这亦成障),全部混同视之。接着,为阐明不善巧持诵教法的过患,世尊又说:“诸比丘,于此有一类人……”等语。其中,“pariyāpuṇanti”意为学习。关于“经”等类别:两部《分别》、《论事》、《犍度》、《附随》以及《经集》中的《吉祥经》、《宝经》、《那罗迦经》、《慈经》,还有其他冠以“经”名的如来语,应知这些皆是‘经’。一切含有偈颂的经典应知为‘应颂’,特别是《相应部》中的《有偈品》全部。整部《阿毗达摩藏》、不含偈颂的经典,以及其他未被八分教所摄的佛语,应知为‘解释’。《法句》、《长老偈》、《长老尼偈》、《经集》中那些不以“经”命名的纯粹偈颂,应知为‘偈颂’。与喜悦和智慧相应的偈颂相关的八十二部经,应知为‘自说’。以‘这是……显示巴利原文
238. Evaṃ bhagavā ayaṃ ariṭṭho yathā nāma rajako sugandhānipi duggandhānipi jiṇṇānipi navānipi suddhānipi asuddhānipi vatthāni ekato bhaṇḍikaṃ karoti, evameva bhikkhūnaṃ nicchandarāgapaṇītacīvarādiparibhogañca anibaddhasīlānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ antarāyakaraṃ sacchandarāgaparibhogañca nibaddhasīlānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvaraṇakaraṃ sacchandarāgaparibhogañca sabbaṃ ekasadisaṃ karotīti ariṭṭhassa laddhiṃ pakāsetvā idāni duggahitāya pariyattiyā dosaṃ dassento idha, bhikkhave, ekaccetiādimāha. Tattha pariyāpuṇantīti uggaṇhanti. Suttantiādīsu ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā, suttanipāte maṅgalasuttaratanasuttanālakasuātuvaṭṭakasuttāni, aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ, visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthāvaggo. Sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therigāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassañāṇamayikagāthāpaṭisaṃyuttā dveasītisuttantā udānanti veditabbā. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā (itivu. 1,2) dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbā. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paṇṇāsādhikāni pañcajātakasatāni jātakanti veditabbāni. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’tiādinayappavattā (a. ni. 4.129) sabbepi acchariyaabbhutadhammappaṭisaṃyuttā suttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbā. Cūḷavedallamahāvedallasammādiṭṭhisakkapañhasaṅkhārabhājaniyamahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbā.
“Atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti”的意思是:他们不审察词句的义理和内在依据,也不加以把握。“Anupaparikkhatanti”是指那些不审察的人。“Na nijjhānaṃ khamanti”的意思是:那些(法义)不能现起于他们心中,无法进入他们的认知范围。也就是说,对于“此处讲的是戒,此处讲的是定,此处讲的是观,此处讲的是道,此处讲的是果,此处讲的是流转,此处讲的是还灭”,他们全然不能如是了知。“Te upārambhānisaṃsā cevā”是说:他们是怀着从他人言论中挑剔过失的心态来学习的。“Itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā cāti”是说:他们为了这样从论争中脱身——当别人在自己的见解中发现过失时,便用这种方法摆脱——仅仅以此为动机而学习。“Tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti”是说:善男子们是为了何种道果的义利而学习正法的,这些不善巧持诵的人,却并未证得该法所要实现的真实义利。显示巴利原文
Atthaṃ na upaparikkhantīti atthatthaṃ kāraṇatthaṃ na passanti na pariggaṇhanti. Anupaparikkhatanti anupaparikkhantānaṃ. Na nijjhānaṃ khamantīti na upaṭṭhahanti na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, imasmiṃ ṭhāne sīlaṃ samādhi vipassanā maggo phalaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ kathitanti evaṃ jānituṃ na sakkā hontīti attho. Te upārambhānisaṃsā cevāti te paresaṃ vāde dosāropanānisaṃsā hutvā pariyāpuṇantīti attho. Itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā cāti evaṃ vādapamokkhānisaṃsā, parehi sakavāde dose āropite taṃ dosaṃ evaṃ mocessāmāti imināva kāraṇena pariyāpuṇantīti attho. Tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhontīti yassa ca maggassa vā phalassa vā atthāya kulaputtā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa dhammassa atthaṃ ete duggahitaggāhino nānubhonti. Apica parassa vāde upārambhaṃ āropetuṃ attano vādaṃ mocetuṃ asakkontāpi tañca atthaṃ nānubhontiyeva.
239 “Alagaddatthiko”意为想要得到蛇的人。“Gada”是毒的名称,因为那条蛇具有此毒,所以称为“alagaddo”(具毒蛇)。“Bhogeti”指的是身体(蛇盘绕的部分)。这里,比丘们,某些善男子学习法,是指为了渡脱轮回而以“度脱学”而学。因为学习教法有三种方式:蛇喻学、度脱学、库藏学。显示巴利原文
239.Alagaddatthikoti āsivisaatthiko. Gadoti hi visassa nāmaṃ, taṃ tassa alaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ atthīti alagaddo. Bhogeti sarīre. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacce kulaputtā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantīti nittharaṇapariyattivasena uggaṇhanti. Tisso hi pariyattiyo alagaddapariyatti nittharaṇapariyatti bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
其中,有人学习佛语后,心想:“如此我便能获得衣服等供养”,或者“在四众之中,我将成名”,他为了利养与恭敬而学习,这种学习即称为蛇喻学。对这样学习的人来说,与其如此学习佛语,反不如不学佛语而安然入睡来得更好。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā evaṃ cīvarādīni vā labhissāmi, catuparisamajjhe vā maṃ jānissantīti lābhasakkārahetu pariyāpuṇāti, tassa sā pariyatti alagaddapariyatti nāma. Evaṃ pariyāpuṇato hi buddhavacanaṃ apariyāpuṇitvā niddokkamanaṃ varataraṃ.
然而,若有人学习佛语后,在讲说戒律的地方圆满戒,在讲说禅定的地方让定在心中成就,在讲说观修的地方确立起观,在讲说道与果的地方立志:“我将修习道,我将证悟果”,以此方式而学,那么他的这种学习即称为度脱学。显示巴利原文
Yo pana buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā sīlassa āgataṭṭhāne sīlaṃ pūretvā samādhissa āgataṭṭhāne samādhigabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā vipassanāya āgataṭṭhāne vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā maggaphalānaṃ āgataṭṭhāne maggaṃ bhāvessāmi phalaṃ sacchikarissāmīti uggaṇhāti, tassa sā pariyatti nittharaṇapariyatti nāma hoti.
至于断尽一切烦恼的漏尽者,其学习方式则称为库藏学。因为对他们而言,已不存在未遍知、未断除、未修习或未实证的事物。他们已然遍知五蕴,断除烦恼,修习正道,实证道果,因此学习佛语时,就如同持守传承、保护传统、延续法脉的人那样去学。所以,这种学习方式称为库藏学。显示巴利原文
Khīṇāsavassa pana pariyatti bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti nāma. Tassa hi apariññātaṃ appahīnaṃ abhāvitaṃ asacchikataṃ vā natthi. So hi pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo sacchikataphalo, tasmā buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇanto tantidhārako paveṇipālako vaṃsānurakkhakova hutvā uggaṇhāti. Itissa sā pariyatti bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti nāma hoti.
若是一位凡夫,值遇饥荒、恐怖等时,持诵经典者无法安稳住于一处,而他自己不辞托钵乞食的辛劳,心想:“无比甘美的佛语莫令湮灭,我要持守教法,安立传承,守护传统”而学习,他的学习方式是否为库藏学呢?不是。为何不是?因为他并非立足于真实修行而学。凡夫的学习,不是蛇喻学便是度脱学;对七类有学圣者来说,则必定是度脱学;而对漏尽者来说,纯粹是库藏学。然而,在此(经文)所指的,正是度脱学。显示巴利原文
Yo pana puthujjano chātabhayādīsu ganthadharesu ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vasituṃ asakkontesu sayaṃ bhikkhācārena akilamamāno atimadhuraṃ buddhavacanaṃ mā nassatu, tantiṃ dhāressāmi, vaṃsaṃ ṭhapessāmi, paveṇiṃ pālessāmīti pariyāpuṇāti, tassa pariyatti bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti hoti, na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Na attano ṭhāne ṭhatvā pariyāputattā. Puthujjanassa hi pariyatti nāma alagaddā vā hoti nittharaṇā vā, sattannaṃ sekkhānaṃ nittharaṇāva, khīṇāsavassa bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattiyeva. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne nittharaṇapariyatti adhippetā.
「Nijjhānaṃ khamanti」意为:于戒等所阐述之处,他们能清晰地辨知:“此处说戒,此处说定,此处说观,此处说道,此处说果,此处说流转,此处说还灭”,这些内容一一现前。「Tañcassa atthaṃ anubhonti」意为:他们正是为了那些道果的利益而学习,依凭善加摄持的教法,修习正道、证得果位时,便真实地获得了法益。纵使他们有能力在他人言论中找出过失,或在自身主张受到责难时,能以理据安立自宗、善巧答辩,也同样获得了法益。「Dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti」意为:对于那些在开示戒等之处便圆满戒等修行的人,对于那些以正确方式指出他人言说过失的人,对于那些消除自宗见解瑕疵的人,对于证得阿拉汉果后、在四众弟子中说法者,以及对于闻法生信、供养四种资具并受用这些资具的人,这样的学习皆能长夜带来利益与安乐。显示巴利原文
Nijjhānaṃ khamantīti sīlādīnaṃ āgataṭṭhānesu idha sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, idha samādhi, idha vipassanā, idha maggo, idha phalaṃ, idha vaṭṭaṃ, idha vivaṭṭanti āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Tañcassa atthaṃ anubhontīti yesaṃ maggaphalānaṃ atthāya pariyāpuṇanti. Suggahitapariyattiṃ nissāya maggaṃ bhāvetvā phalaṃ sacchikarontā tañcassa dhammassa atthaṃ anubhavanti. Paravāde upārambhaṃ āropetuṃ sakkontāpi sakavāde āropitaṃ dosaṃ icchiticchitaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā mocetuṃ sakkontāpi anubhontiyeva. Dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti sīlādīnaṃ āgataṭṭhāne sīlādīni pūrentānampi, paresaṃ vāde sahadhammena upārambhaṃ āropentānampi, sakavādato dosaṃ harantānampi, arahattaṃ patvā parisamajjhe dhammaṃ desetvā dhammadesanāya pasannehi upanīte cattāro paccaye paribhuñjantānampi dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
如此开示了善持佛语的功德后,为策励于此,世尊便说:“因此,诸比丘……”等。此处“因此”意指:由于不善持教法,便如错误抓取毒蛇一般,长夜带来祸害与痛苦;而善持教法,则如正确抓取毒蛇一般,长夜带来利益与安乐。这就是“因此”的含义。“你们应当那样持受它”意为:你们应当依其义利而掌握它,即按照所示的意义来领受。“如果还有其他贤能的比丘”是指:如果还有其他像舍利弗、目犍连、大迦叶、大迦旃延那样具足智慧、聪慧的比丘,就应当向他们请教。然而,不应像阿梨吒比丘那样,在我的教法中投入污泥、倾入垃圾。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ suggahite buddhavacane ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā idāni tattheva niyojento tasmā tiha, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha tasmāti yasmā duggahitapariyatti duggahitaalagaddo viya dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattati, suggahitapariyatti suggahitaalagaddo viya dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati, tasmāti attho. Tathā naṃ dhāreyyāthāti tatheva naṃ dhāreyyātha, teneva atthena gaṇheyyātha. Ye vā panāssu viyattā bhikkhūti ye vā pana aññe sāriputtamoggallānamahākassapamahākaccānādikā byattā paṇḍitā bhikkhū assu, te pucchitabbā. Ariṭṭhena viya pana mama sāsane na kalalaṃ vā kacavaraṃ vā pakkhipitabbaṃ.
240 “筏喻”即如同筏子。“为了度脱”是指为了渡过四种暴流。“水海”:如果水很深却不宽广,或者宽广却不深,则不称为“海”;唯有既深又宽广的水,才称作“海”。因此,“大水海”即指广大、宽广且深的水。“有怖畏”是指那些可见盗贼居住、站立、坐下、躺卧之处的地方。“有恐惧”是指那些可见人被盗贼杀害、劫掠、殴打的地方。“水上的桥”是指架设在水海上的桥梁。“编好筏子后”:此处所谓“筏”,是为了渡水而将木材捆扎而成;而将木板、瓮等绑在一起铺开,则称为“浮囊”。“放下后”即搁置之后。“做事的人”是指做所应做、所适当之事的人,此为含义。“连那些法也应当被你们舍断”:在此,“法”指止与观。世尊令人舍断对止的欲贪,也令人舍断对观的欲贪。于何处令人舍断对止的欲贪?在《中部》“如是,优陀夷,我说非想非非想处的舍断。优陀夷,你可见任何粗细的结缚,而我不说应当舍断吗?”这一段中,即令人舍断了对止的欲贪。又在《中部》“比丘们,若你们对如此清净、如此光明的见,不执著、不耽玩、不贪求”这一段中,令人舍断了对观的欲贪。而在此,则令舍断对这两者的欲贪。显示巴利原文
240.Kullūpamanti kullasadisaṃ. Nittharaṇatthāyāti caturoghanittharaṇatthāya. Udakaṇṇavanti yañhi udakaṃ gambhīraṃ na puthulaṃ. Puthulaṃ vā pana na gambhīraṃ, na taṃ aṇṇavoti vuccati. Yaṃ pana gambhīrañceva puthulañca, taṃ aṇṇavoti vuccati. Tasmā mahantaṃ udakaṇṇavanti mahantaṃ puthulaṃ gambhīraṃ udakanti ayamettha attho. Sāsaṅkaṃ nāma yattha corānaṃ nivutthokāso dissati. Ṭhitokāso, nisinnokāso, nipannokāso dissati. Sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma yattha corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti. Uttarasetūti udakaṇṇavassa upari baddho setu. Kullaṃ bandhitvāti kullo nāma taraṇatthāya kalāpaṃ katvā baddho. Pattharitvā baddhā pana padaracāṭiādayo uḷumpoti vuccanti. Uccāretvāti ṭhapetvā. Kiccakārīti pattakārī yuttakārī, patirūpakārīti attho. Dhammāpi vo pahātabbāti ettha dhammāti samathavipassanā. Bhagavā hi samathepi chandarāgaṃ pajahāpesi, vipassanāyapi. Samathe chandarāgaṃ kattha pajahāpesi? ‘‘Iti kho, udāyi, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassapi pahānaṃ vadāmi, passasi no tvaṃ, udāyi, taṃ saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā, yassāhaṃ no pahānaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.156) ettha samathe chandarāgaṃ pajahāpesi. ‘‘Imaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṃ evaṃ parisuddhaṃ evaṃ pariyodātaṃ na allīyetha na kelāyetha na dhanāyethā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.401) ettha vipassanāya chandarāgaṃ pajahāpesi . Idha pana ubhayattha pajahāpento ‘‘dhammāpi vo pahātabbā, pageva adhammā’’ti āha.
此处意旨如下:比丘们,对于如此殊胜、精妙的法,我尚且宣说欲贪的舍断,更何况在这种非法、村落法、卑劣法、粗恶的涉水者之法上?而这个名叫阿利吒的愚痴人,却以为无罪,声称对于五种欲功德的欲贪不成障碍。世尊以此教诫呵责了阿利吒一人,意思是:你们不应如阿利吒那样,在我的教法中丢掷烂泥、倾倒垃圾。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo – bhikkhave, ahaṃ evarūpesu santappaṇītesu dhammesu chandarāgappahānaṃ vadāmi, kiṃ pana imasmiṃ asaddhamme gāmadhamme vasaladhamme duṭṭhulle odakantike, yattha ayaṃ ariṭṭho moghapuriso niddosasaññī pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgaṃ nālaṃ antarāyāyāti vadati. Ariṭṭhena viya na tumhehi mayhaṃ sāsane kalalaṃ vā kacavaraṃ vā pakkhipitabbanti evaṃ bhagavā imināpi ovādena ariṭṭhaṃyeva niggaṇhāti.
241 现在,世尊为说明:任何人若以三种执取方式,在五蕴上执取“我”与“我所”,即如同此阿梨吒一般,在我的教法中投入污泥与垃圾,于是开示说:“诸比丘,有这六种”等。其中,“见处”一词,意指见本身即是见处,见的所缘也是见处,见的缘也是见处。在“此色是我所”等语句中,“此(色)是我所”为爱执;“我是此(色)”为慢执;“此(色)是我的我”为见执。如是便解释了以色为所缘的爱、慢、见。但不应说“色是我”。受等其余诸蕴,亦同此理。“所见”指色处,“所闻”指声处,“所觉”指香处、味处、触处,因为这些是通过身体接触而认知的对象,故称“所觉”;其余七处则称为“所识”。“所得”指经由寻求而得,或未寻求而得。“所寻得”指无论是否得到,都曾经过寻求。“心意所遍思”指心意不断游走思察的对象。于世间中,确实有寻求而得的,也有寻求而未能得的;有未寻求而得的,也有未寻求也未得的。其中,寻求而得的,名为“所得”;寻求而未能得的,显示巴利原文
241. Idāni yo pañcasu khandhesu tividhaggāhavasena ahaṃ mamanti gaṇhāti, so mayhaṃ sāsane ayaṃ ariṭṭho viya kalalaṃ kacavaraṃ pakkhipatīti dassento chayimāni, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha diṭṭhiṭṭhānānīti diṭṭhipi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā ārammaṇampi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā paccayopi. Rūpaṃ etaṃ mamātiādīsu etaṃ mamāti taṇhāggāho. Esohamasmīti mānaggāho. Eso me attāti diṭṭhiggāho. Evaṃ rūpārammaṇā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo kathitā honti. Rūpaṃ pana attāti na vattabbaṃ. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Diṭṭhaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ, sutaṃ saddāyatanaṃ , mutaṃ gandhāyatanaṃ rasāyatanaṃ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ, tañhi patvā gahetabbato mutanti vuttaṃ. Avasesāni sattāyatanāni viññātaṃ nāma. Pattanti pariyesitvā vā apariyesitvā vā pattaṃ. Pariyesitanti pattaṃ vā appattaṃ vā pariyesitaṃ. Anuvicaritaṃ manasāti cittena anusañcaritaṃ. Lokasmiñhi pariyesitvā pattampi atthi, pariyesitvā nopattampi. Apariyesitvā pattampi atthi, apariyesitvā nopattampi. Tattha pariyesitvā pattaṃ pattaṃ nāma. Pariyesitvā nopattaṃ pariyesitaṃ nāma. Apariyesitvā pattañca, apariyesitvā nopattañca manasānuvicaritaṃ nāma.
或者,换一种说法:无论是通过寻求而得,还是未通过寻求而得,在“得到”的意义上都称为“所得”。通过寻求而未得到的,称为“所寻得”。未通过寻求也未得到的,称为“心意所遍思”。又或由于这一切都是心意所遍游思察的,因此都统称为“心意所遍思”。由此,解释了以识为所缘的爱、慢、见。从说法善巧而言,下面则是通过所见等所缘来显示识。而那种“见处”,即是指按“他是世间,他是自我”等方式生起的见处。显示巴利原文
Atha vā pariyesitvā pattampi apariyesitvā pattampi pattaṭṭhena pattaṃ nāma. Pariyesitvā nopattaṃ pariyesitaṃ nāma. Apariyesitvā nopattaṃ manasānuvicaritaṃ nāma. Sabbaṃ vā etaṃ manasā anuvicaritattā manasānuvicaritaṃ nāma. Iminā viññāṇārammaṇā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo kathitā, desanāvilāsena heṭṭhā diṭṭhādiārammaṇavasena viññāṇaṃ dassitaṃ . Yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānanti yampi etaṃ so lokotiādinā nayena pavattaṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ.
所谓“他是世间,他是自我”,即执取按“他观色是我”等方式生起的见为世间与自我。这是就此而说。“他死后将成为”的意思是:那个“我”前往他世后,将成为恒常的、坚固的、永恒的、不变易之法,将如同须弥山、大地、大海这些恒常的事物一样,保持原样不动。他也如是观察:“那个见解是我所,我是这个,这是我的我。”由此,解释了以见为所缘的爱、慢、见。当以后一种见执取前一种见时,其情形即如在修观时,对观本身进行遍观那样。显示巴利原文
So loko so attāti yā esā ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena pavattā diṭṭhi loko ca attā cāti gaṇhāti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. So pecca bhavissāmīti so ahaṃ paralokaṃ gantvā nicco bhavissāmi, dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo bhavissāmi, sinerumahāpathavīmahāsamuddādīhi sassatīhi samaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmi. Tampi etaṃ mamāti tampi dassanaṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti samanupassati. Iminā diṭṭhārammaṇā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo kathitā. Vipassanāya paṭivipassanākāle viya pacchimadiṭṭhiyā purimadiṭṭhiggahaṇakāle evaṃ hoti.
在白分方面,“这色不是我的”(rūpaṃ netaṃ mamāti)即否定以爱、慢、见执取色。对于受等诸蕴,道理相同。而关于“他观”(samanupassatī)一词,其含义有四种观:依爱而观、依慢而观、依见而观、依智而观。在黑分,应知是指前三种观;在白分,则是指智观。“于所无时不战栗”(asati na paritassatīti)的意思是:当所执着的对象不存在时,他既不因恐惧而战栗,也不因渴爱而战栗。世尊通过开示这位内在五蕴灭尽时毫不战栗的漏尽者,将法义引向了极致。显示巴利原文
Sukkapakkhe rūpaṃ netaṃ mamāti rūpe taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhā paṭikkhittā. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Samanupassatīti imassa pana padassa taṇhāsamanupassanā mānasamanupassanā diṭṭhisamanupassanā ñāṇasamanupassanāti catasso samanupassanāti attho. Tā kaṇhapakkhe tissannaṃ samanupassanānaṃ, sukkapakkhe ñāṇasamanupassanāya vasena veditabbā. Asati na paritassatīti avijjamāne bhayaparitassanāya taṇhāparitassanāya vā na paritassati. Iminā bhagavā ajjhattakkhandhavināse aparitassamānaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ dassento desanaṃ matthakaṃ pāpesi.
242 242. “如是语时,有一比丘”(Evaṃvutte aññataro bhikkhūti):当世尊开示完内在五蕴灭尽时毫不战栗的漏尽者、结束说法之后,有一位善巧于贯穿教法的比丘这样想:“世尊已显示了内在不战栗者,然而,既有内在战栗者,也应有于外在资具灭尽时战栗或不战栗的情形。如此综合这四种情况,便应该提出这个问题。”于是,他将袈裟搭于一肩,双手合掌,向世尊这样问道。“外部不存在时”(bahiddhā asatīti)是指外在的资具等灭尽之时。“这些确实曾经为我所有”(ahu vata meti)意思是:“我曾经拥有过好的象乘、车乘、金银财宝。” “那些如今都不复存在”(taṃ vata me natthīti)意思是:那些东西现在都不属于我了,或是被国王、盗贼所夺,或是被火烧毁,或是被水冲走,或是因为受用而朽坏了。“这些或许将来会有”(siyā vata meti)意思是:我将来或许会拥有象乘、车乘、金银财宝、米谷、稻麦等。“而我却得不到那些”(taṃ vatāhaṃ na lab显示巴利原文
242.Evaṃvutte aññataro bhikkhūti evaṃ bhagavatā vutte aññataro anusandhikusalo bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā ajjhattakkhandhavināse aparitassantaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ dassetvā desanā niṭṭhāpitā, ajjhattaṃ aparitassante kho pana sati ajjhattaṃ paritassakena bahiddhā parikkhāravināse paritassakena aparitassakena cāpi bhavitabbaṃ. Iti imehi catūhi kāraṇehi ayaṃ pañho pucchitabbo’’ti cintetvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paggayha bhagavantaṃ etadavoca. Bahiddhā asatīti bahiddhā parikkhāravināse. Ahu vata meti ahosi vata me bhaddakaṃ yānaṃ vāhanaṃ hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇanti attho. Taṃ vata me natthīti taṃ vata idāni mayhaṃ natthi, rājūhi vā corehi vā haṭaṃ, agginā vā daḍḍhaṃ, udakena vā vuḷhaṃ, paribhogena vā jiṇṇaṃ. Siyā vata meti bhaveyya vata mayhaṃ yānaṃ vāhanaṃ hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ sāli vīhi yavo godhumo. Taṃ vatāhaṃ na labhāmīti tamahaṃ alabhamāno tadanucchavikaṃ kammaṃ akatvā nisinnattā idāni na labhāmīti socati, ayaṃ agāriyasocanā, anagāriyassa pattacīvarādīnaṃ vasena veditabbā.
在不战栗的段落中,“不会这样产生”(na evaṃ hotīti)的意思是:因为那些会导致如此产生的烦恼已断除,故而不会这样产生。 “见、见处、见的立足处、见的缠缚、邪执与随眠”(Diṭṭhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhānābhinivesānusayānanti),即指种种邪见、种种见处、种种见的立足处、种种见的缠缚,以及种种邪执与随眠。所谓“为了诸行止息”(sabbasaṅkhārasamathāyāti),其实就是“为了涅槃”。因为依靠涅槃,一切行的摇动、一切行的动荡、一切行的骚动皆得以止息、归于平静,所以涅槃被称作“诸行止息”。同样地,依靠它,蕴之依着、烦恼之依着、行之依着、五种欲功德之依着,这一切依着都被完全舍断,渴爱得以耗尽、褪去、息灭无余,因此涅槃也被称为“一切依着的舍断、渴爱的耗尽、褪去、息灭”。而“为了涅槃”(nibbānāyāti)则是直接指示涅槃本身的状态。如此,通过这些语句,揭示了说法者正是为了亲自体证涅槃而说法。“他会有这样的想法”(tassevaṃ显示巴利原文
Aparitassanāvāre na evaṃ hotīti yehi kilesehi evaṃ bhaveyya, tesaṃ pahīnattā na evaṃ hoti. Diṭṭhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhānābhinivesānusayānanti diṭṭhīnañca diṭṭhiṭṭhānānañca diṭṭhādhiṭṭhānānañca diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānānañca abhinivesānusayānañca. Sabbasaṅkhārasamathāyāti nibbānatthāya. Nibbānañhi āgamma sabbasaṅkhārāiñjitāni, sabbasaṅkhāracalanāni sabbasaṅkhāravipphanditāni sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā taṃ, ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamatho’’ti vuccati. Tadeva ca āgamma khandhūpadhi kilesūpadhi abhisaṅkhārūpadhi, pañcakāmaguṇūpadhīti ime upadhayo paṭinissajjiyanti, taṇhā khīyati virajjati nirujjhati, tasmā taṃ, ‘‘sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho’’ti vuccati. Nibbānāyāti ayaṃ panassa sarūpaniddeso, iti sabbeheva imehi padehi nibbānassa sacchikiriyatthāya dhammaṃ desentassāti ayamattho dīpito. Tassevaṃ hotīti tassa diṭṭhigatikassa ucchijjissāmi nāmassu, vinassissāmi nāmassu, nāssu nāma bhavissāmīti evaṃ hoti. Diṭṭhigatikassa hi tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttaṃ katvā desiyamānaṃ dhammaṃ suṇantassa tāso uppajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tāso heso, bhikkhave, asutavato puthujjanassa no cassaṃ, no ca me siyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.55).
243 至此,依于外在资具灭尽时恐惧与不恐惧者,以及内在五蕴灭尽时恐惧与不恐惧者,阐述了这四种空性。现在,为开示三种空性,将外在资具称为“执取物”,将依于二十种事的身见称为“我论取”,将身见为首的六十二种见称为“见依处”,于是说出“那个执取物,诸比丘”等语。此处,“执取物”是指外在资具。“你们若执取”的意思是:如明智者或会执取那样。“诸比丘,我亦不见有此我论取”的意思是:诸比丘,你们不见有,我亦不见有,由此显示那种我论取并不存在。于一切处,当如是理解其义。显示巴利原文
243. Ettāvatā bahiddhāparikkhāravināse tassanakassa ca notassanakassa ca ajjhattakkhandhavināse tassanakassa ca notassanakassa cāti imesaṃ vasena catukkoṭikā suññatā kathitā. Idāni bahiddhā parikkhāraṃ pariggahaṃ nāma katvā, vīsativatthukaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiṃ attavādupādānaṃ nāma katvā, sakkāyadiṭṭhipamukhā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo diṭṭhinissayaṃ nāma katvā tikoṭikaṃ suññataṃ dassetuṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, pariggahantiādimāha. Tattha pariggahanti bahiddhā parikkhāraṃ. Pariggaṇheyyāthāti yathā viññū manusso pariggaṇheyya . Ahampi kho taṃ, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, tumhepi na passatha, ahampi na passāmi, iti evarūpo pariggaho natthīti dasseti. Evaṃ sabbattha attho veditabbo.
244 如此说明了三种空性之后,接着说明:将内在之蕴计为“我”,将外在资具计为“我所”,以此开显二种空性,世尊便说:“诸比丘,若于内有我”等语。其中,简短的内涵是:诸比丘,若内有我,则此诸资具应成为“我所有”;或者,若于外在资具计我,则生起“此我为此资具之主”的想法。如是,有我执时,便应有“此是我所”;有“此是我所”时,便应有“我”。“真实”(saccato)即是如实;“确实”(thetato)即是如真,或坚固不变。显示巴利原文
244. Evaṃ tikoṭikaṃ suññataṃ dassetvā idāni ajjhattakkhandhe attāti bahiddhā parikkhāre attaniyanti katvā dvikoṭikaṃ dassento attani vā, bhikkhave, satītiādimāha . Tattha ayaṃ saṅkhepattho, bhikkhave, attani vā sati idaṃ me parikkhārajātaṃ attaniyanti assa, attaniyeva vā parikkhāre sati ayaṃ me attā imassa parikkhārassa sāmīti, evaṃ ahanti. Sati mamāti, mamāti sati ahanti yuttaṃ bhaveyya. Saccatoti bhūtato, thetatoti tathato thirato vā.
现在,为指出若不以此三转(无常、苦、无我)来把握这五蕴,便会像此阿利吒一样,于我的教法中投入泥秽垃圾,世尊于是开示:“诸比丘,于意云何?色是常还是无常?”等语。此处,“无常,尊者”(aniccaṃ, bhante)的意思是:尊者,由于已生而不再有,故为无常;或以四种理由说为无常:由生灭性、由变易性、由暂时性、由否定常。“苦,尊者”(dukkhaṃ, bhante)的意思是:尊者,以逼迫的行相为苦;或以四种理由说为苦:由苦苦、由坏苦、由不以无苦为基之乐、由否定乐。所谓“变易法”(vipariṇāmadhammanti),是指以转变、趣向为自性,以舍弃原有状态为自性。“适合去观它为‘这是我的,我是此,此是我的我’吗?”的意思是:以爱执、慢执、见执这三种执取而执为“我”或“我所”,这样合适吗?诸比丘随顺而答:“非然,尊者”(no hetaṃ, bhante),他们承认:“尊者,色是无我。”或以四种理由说为无我:由空、由无主、由无宰、由否定有我。显示巴利原文
Idāni ime pañcakkhandhe aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti evaṃ tiparivaṭṭavasena aggaṇhanto ayaṃ ariṭṭho viya mayhaṃ sāsane kalalaṃ kacavaraṃ pakkhipatīti dassento taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vātiādimāha. Tattha aniccaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, yasmā hutvā na hoti, tasmā aniccaṃ. Uppādavayavattito vipariṇāmatāvakālikaniccapaṭikkhepaṭṭhena vāti catūhi kāraṇehi aniccaṃ. Dukkhaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, paṭipīḷanākārena dukkhaṃ, santāpadukkhamadukkhavatthukasukhapaṭikkhepaṭṭhena vāti catūhi kāraṇehi dukkhaṃ. Vipariṇāmadhammanti bhavasaṅkantiupagamanasabhāvaṃ pakatibhāvavijahanasabhāvaṃ. Kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti yuttaṃ nu kho taṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhānaṃ vasena ahaṃ mamāti evaṃ gahetuṃ. No hetaṃ, bhanteti iminā te bhikkhū avasavattanākārena rūpaṃ, bhante, anattāti paṭijānanti. Suññaassāmikaanissaraattapaṭikkhepaṭṭhena vāti catūhi kāraṇehi anattā.
世尊有时以无常相显示无我,有时以苦相显示,有时则兼用两者。在《六六经》中:“若有人说‘眼是我’,这并不成立,因为眼可见有生灭。凡可见有生灭者,他便会有这样的见解:‘我生起、我灭去。’因此,若有人说‘眼是我’,那并不成立。所以,眼即无我。”此经便是以无常相显示无我。在《无我相经》中:“诸比丘,若色是我,色便不应导致疾病,且于色应可得‘愿我色如此,愿我色不如此’。然而,诸比丘,正因为色是无我,所以色导致疾病,于色亦不可得‘愿我色如此,愿我色不如此’。”此经便是以苦相显示无我。在《阿拉汉经》中:“诸比丘,色是无常,凡无常者是苦,凡苦者是无我,凡无我者,应当以正慧如实观察:‘此非我所,此非我,此非我的我。’”此经便是兼用两者显示无我。何以故?无常与苦显而易见,无我则不显然。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā hi katthaci aniccavasena anattattaṃ dasseti, katthaci dukkhavasena, katthaci ubhayavasena. ‘‘Cakkhu attāti yo vadeyya, taṃ na upapajjati, cakkhussa uppādopi vayopi paññāyati. Yassa kho pana uppādopi vayopi paññāyati, attā me uppajjati ca veti cāti iccassa evamāgataṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ na upapajjati cakkhu attāti yo vadeyya, iti cakkhu anattā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.422) imasmiñhi chachakkasutte aniccavasena anattataṃ dasseti. ‘‘Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave , attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’’’ti (mahāva. 20; saṃ. ni. 3.59) imasmiṃ anattalakkhaṇasutte dukkhavasena anattataṃ dasseti. ‘‘Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ, yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā, yadanattā taṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabba’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.76) imasmiṃ arahattasutte ubhayavasena anattataṃ dasseti. Kasmā? Aniccaṃ dukkhañca pākaṭaṃ. Anattāti na pākaṭaṃ.
当器皿等物破碎时,人们会说“啊!无常”,却绝不会有人说“啊!无我”。当身上生起疮疖,或被利刺扎伤时,人们会说“啊!苦”,却绝不会有人说“啊!无我”。何以故?因为这种无我相并不明显,难见、难示。因此,世尊或以无常相,或以苦相,或以两者兼用来显示它。而在此经的三转中,也是以无常相和苦相来显示的。受等诸蕴,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Paribhogabhājanādīsu hi bhinnesu aho aniccanti vadanti, aho anattāti vattā nāma natthi. Sarīre gaṇḍapiḷakādīsu vā uṭṭhitāsu kaṇṭakena vā viddhā aho dukkhanti vadanti, aho anattāti pana vattā nāma natthi. Kasmā? Idañhi anattalakkhaṇaṃ nāma avibhūtaṃ duddasaṃ duppaññāpanaṃ. Tena taṃ bhagavā aniccavasena vā dukkhavasena vā ubhayavasena vā dasseti. Tayidaṃ imasmimpi teparivaṭṭe aniccadukkhavaseneva dassitaṃ. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo.
“因此,诸比丘,现在”的意思是:比丘们,因为无论是现在还是过去,色都是无常、苦、无我,所以……。“任何色”等的解释,在《清净道论》“蕴的解说”中已详细阐明。显示巴利原文
Tasmā tiha, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, yasmā etarahi aññadāpi rūpaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā, tasmāti attho. Yaṃkiñci rūpantiādīni visuddhimagge khandhaniddese vitthāritāneva.
245 “厌离”即感到嫌厌。此处的“厌离”,意指“出起观”。出起观有许多名称:有些地方称为“想之顶”,有些地方称为“法住智”,有些地方称为“清净勤支”,有些地方称为“行道智见清净”,有些地方称为“无渴爱尽”,有时以三种名称来称呼,有时则以两种名称。显示巴利原文
245.Nibbindatīti ukkaṇṭhati. Ettha ca nibbidāti vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanā adhippetā. Vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanāya hi bahūni nāmāni. Esā hi katthaci saññagganti vuttā. Katthaci dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti. Katthaci pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅganti. Katthaci paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīti . Katthaci tammayatāpariyādānanti. Katthaci tīhi nāmehi. Katthaci dvīhīti.
其中,在《布咤婆楼经》中首先说:“布咤婆楼,先生起想,随后生起智。”如此称为“想之顶”。在《须师摩经》中说:“须师摩,法住智在先,涅槃智在后。”如此称为“法住智”。在《十上经》中说:“行道智见清净勤支。”如此称为“清净勤支”。在《车乘分别经》中说:“贤友,是否为了行道智见清净,而在世尊座下修习梵行呢?”如此称为“行道智见清净”。在《六处分别经》中说:“诸比丘,依止无渴爱,归于无渴爱——对于那种依于种种、缘于种种的舍,应舍断它;对于那种依于单一、缘于单一的舍,应依止它、归于它。如此,这种舍便被舍断,如此便被超越。”如此称为“无渴爱尽”。在《无碍解道》中说:“欲解脱之意乐、审察之随观、对诸行之舍,此诸法义同而名异。”这是以三种名称来称呼。在《发趣论》中说:“随顺对种姓而言,以无间缘为缘;随顺对清净而言,以无间缘为缘。”这是以两种名称来称呼。而在本《蛇喻经》中,则是以“厌离”这一名称出现。显示巴利原文
Tattha poṭṭhapādasutte tāva ‘‘saññā kho, poṭṭhapāda, paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, pacchā ñāṇa’’nti (dī. ni. 1.416) evaṃ saññagganti vuttā. Susimasutte ‘‘pubbe kho, susima, dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ , pacchā nibbāne ñāṇa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.70) evaṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti vuttā. Dasuttarasutte ‘‘paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhipadhāniyaṅga’’nti (dī. ni. 3.359) evaṃ pārisuddhipadāniyaṅganti vuttā. Rathavinīte ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.257) evaṃ paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīti vuttā. Saḷāyatanavibhaṅge ‘‘atammayataṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya atammayataṃ āgamma yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā, taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā, taṃ nissāya taṃ āgamma evametissā pahānaṃ hoti, evametissā samatikkamo hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.310) evaṃ tammayatāpariyādānanti vuttā. Paṭisambhidāmagge ‘‘yā ca muñcitukamyatā, yā ca paṭisaṅkhānupassanā, yā ca saṅkhārupekkhā, ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nāna’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.54) evaṃ tīhi nāmehi vuttā. Paṭṭhāne ‘‘anulomaṃ gotrabhussa anantarapaccayena paccayo, anulomaṃ vodānassa anantarapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.417) evaṃ dvīhi nāmehi vuttā. Imasmiṃ pana alagaddasutte nibbindatīti nibbidānāmena āgatā.
“厌离则离贪”:此处的“离贪”指道。“离贪而解脱”:此处的“由离贪之道而解脱”,是解说果。“于解脱时,有‘已解脱’之智生起”:此处是解说省察智。显示巴利原文
Nibbidā virajjatīti ettha virāgoti maggo virāgā vimuccatīti ettha virāgena maggena vimuccatīti phalaṃ kathitaṃ. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hotīti idha paccavekkhaṇā kathitā.
在展示了如此心解脱的大漏尽者之后,现在依五种如实之理为他取名,而说“诸比丘,这称为……”等。「无明」:即作为轮回根源的无明。由于它极难拔除,故称为「闩」;因他已拔除它,故称为「拔除闩者」。「已作截顶多罗树」:如同被砍断树冠的多罗树,又如将多罗树连根拔起,使该处再不长出多罗树——意为令它不再被施设、不再出现。「令后有」:能带来后有。「生轮回」等:从生与轮回两种角度而得名的后有诸蕴,其缘为业行。这种业行能令屡屡出生,如同包围般停驻,故称为「环绕物」;因他已将其打散、散布,故称为「散乱环绕物者」。「爱」:即作为轮回根源的爱。这种爱由于深深沉入、附着,故称为「柱」;因他已将其拔起、扯断丢弃,故称为「拔出柱者」。「下分结」:指那些倾向于下界、成为欲有再生缘的结。它们像城门一样覆盖、堵塞心而停留,故称为「门闩」;因他已去除、破坏它们,故称为「无门闩者」。「圣」:由于远离烦恼,故称为清净。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ mahākhīṇāsavaṃ dassetvā idāni tassa yathābhūtehi pañcahi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ gaṇhanto ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Avijjāti vaṭṭamūlikā avijjā. Ayañhi durukkhipanaṭṭhena palighoti vuccati. Tenesa tassa ukkhittattā ukkhittapalighoti vutto. Tālāvatthukatāti sīsacchinnatālo viya katā, samūlaṃ vā tālaṃ uddharitvā tālassa vatthu viya katā, yathā tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ puna so tālo na paññāyati, evaṃ puna apaññattibhāvaṃ nītāti attho. Ponobbhavikoti punabbhavadāyako. Jātisaṃsārotiādīsu jāyanavasena ceva saṃsaraṇavasena ca evaṃ laddhanāmānaṃ punabbhavakhandhānaṃ paccayo kammābhisaṅkhāro. So hi punappunaṃ uppattikaraṇavasena parikkhipitvā ṭhitattā parikkhāti vuccati, tenesa tassā saṃkiṇṇattā vikiṇṇattā saṃkiṇṇaparikkhoti vutto. Taṇhāti vaṭṭamūlikā taṇhā. Ayañhi gambhīrānugataṭṭhena esikāti vuccati. Tenesa tassā abbūḷhattā luñcitvā chaḍḍitattā abbūḷhesikoti vutto. Orambhāgiyānīti oraṃ bhajanakāni kāmabhave upapattipaccayāni. Etāni hi kavāṭaṃ viya nagaradvāraṃ cittaṃ pidahitvā ṭhitattā aggaḷāti vuccanti. Tenesa tesaṃ nirākatattā bhinnattā niraggaḷoti vutto. Ariyoti nikkileso parisuddho. Pannaddhajoti patitamānaddhajo. Pannabhāroti khandhabhārakilesabhāraabhisaṅkhārabhārapañckāmaguṇabhārā pannā orohitā assāti pannabhāro. Apica idha mānabhārasseva oropitattā pannabhāroti adhippeto. Visaṃyuttoti catūhi yogehi sabbakilesehi ca visaṃyutto. Idha pana mānasaṃyogeneva visaṃyuttattā visaṃyuttoti adhippeto. Asmimānoti rūpe asmīti māno, vedanāya… saññāya… saṅkhāresu… viññāṇe asmīti māno.
至此,世尊显示了漏尽者的时间状态——他以道灭尽烦恼,进入最上的灭尽之眠,以涅槃为所缘,入果定而住。譬如有两座城:一座是盗贼城,一座是安稳城。那时一位大勇士这样想:“只要这座盗贼城还存在,安稳城便无法免于怖畏。我要摧毁盗贼城。”于是他披上铠甲,执剑前往盗贼城。他用剑砍断城门口竖立的柱桩,劈开城门,拔起门闩,破坏城墙,填平城壕,推倒为庄严城市而竖立的幢幡,然后放火烧了那座城。之后,他进入安稳城,登上楼阁,被亲属围绕,享用美味的饮食。同样地,盗贼城如同自身见,安稳城如同涅槃,大勇士如同瑜伽行者。他这样想:“只要自身见的轮回继续流转,便无法免离三十二种业报、九十八种疾病和二十五大怖畏。”他如同大勇士穿上铠甲那样,披上戒的铠甲,持智慧剑,以阿拉汉道砍断爱柱——如同那位勇士用剑砍断柱桩;如同那位勇士劈开城门那样,他破开了五下分结的门闩;如同那位勇士拔起门闩那样,他拔起了无明之闩;如同那位勇士破坏城墙、填平城壕那样,他破坏了业行,填塞了生轮回之壕;如同那位勇士推倒幢幡、烧毁盗贼城那样,他推倒了慢幢,烧毁了自身见。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā bhagavatā maggena kilese khepetvā nirodhasayanavaragatassa nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā viharato khīṇāsavassa kālo dassito. Yathā hi dve nagarāni ekaṃ coranagaraṃ, ekaṃ khemanagaraṃ. Atha ekassa mahāyodhassa evaṃ bhaveyya – ‘‘yāvimaṃ coranagaraṃ tiṭṭhati, tāva khemanagaraṃ bhayato na muccati, coranagaraṃ anagaraṃ karissāmī’’ti sannāhaṃ katvā khaggaṃ gahetvā coranagaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā nagaradvāre ussāpite esikatthambhe khaggena chinditvā sadvārabāhakaṃ kavāṭaṃ chinditvā palighaṃ ukkhipitvā pākāraṃ bhindanto parikkhaṃ saṃkiritvā nagarasobhanatthāya ussite dhaje pātetvā nagaraṃ agginā jhāpetvā khemanagaraṃ pavisitvā pāsādaṃ abhiruyha ñātigaṇaparivuto surasabhojanaṃ bhuñjeyya, evaṃ coranagaraṃ viya sakkāyo, khemanagaraṃ viya nibbānaṃ, mahāyodho viya yogāvacaro. Tassevaṃ hoti, ‘‘yāva sakkāyavaṭṭaṃ vattati, tāva dvattiṃsakammakāraṇaaṭṭhanavutirogapañcavīsatimahābhayehi parimuccanaṃ natthī’’ti. So mahāyodho viya sannāhaṃ sīlasannāhaṃ katvā, paññākhaggaṃ gahetvā khaggena esikatthambhe viya arahattamaggena taṇhesikaṃ luñcitvā, so yodho sadvārabāhakaṃ nagarakavāṭaṃ viya pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanaggaḷaṃ ugghāṭetvā, so yodho palighaṃ viya, avijjāpalighaṃ ukkhipitvā , so yodho pākāraṃ bhindanto parikkhaṃ viya kammābhisaṅkhāraṃ bhindanto jātisaṃsāraparikkhaṃ saṃkiritvā, so yodho nagarasobhanatthāya ussāpite dhaje viya mānaddhaje pātetvā sakkāyanagaraṃ jhāpetvā, so yodho khemanagare uparipāsāde surasabhojanaṃ viya kilesanibbānaṃ nagaraṃ pavisitvā amatanirodhārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattisukhaṃ anubhavamāno kālaṃ vītināmeti.
246 现在,为了显示如此心解脱的漏尽者,其识是他人无法了知的,而说“如此心解脱……”等。其中,「寻觅」即寻找、探寻。「依止此」:即依止于此。「如来」:此处既可指有情,亦可指最上之人——漏尽者。「不被发现」:既指不存在,也指不可被了知。若将“如来”理解为有情,则意为“不存在”;若理解为漏尽者,则意为“不可被了知”。显示巴利原文
246. Idāni evaṃ vimuttacittassa khīṇāsavassa parehi anadhigamanīyaviññāṇataṃ dassento evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ khotiādimāha. Tattha anvesanti anvesantā gavesantā. Idaṃ nissitanti idaṃ nāma nissitaṃ. Tathāgatassāti ettha sattopi tathāgatoti adhippeto, uttamapuggalo khīṇāsavopi. Ananuvijjoti asaṃvijjamāno vā avindeyyo vā. Tathāgatoti hi satte gahite asaṃvijjamānoti attho vaṭṭati, khīṇāsave gahite avindeyyoti attho vaṭṭati.
在此,第一种解释的意图是:诸比丘,对于现世还住世的漏尽者,我不施设他为“如来”、“有情”、“补特伽罗”。对于不再结生、已般涅槃的漏尽者,我如何会施设他为“有情”或“补特伽罗”呢?如来是不可寻见的。因为在究竟意义上,并没有所谓“有情”存在。对于那不存在的,若去寻“依于此的识”,又能得到什么呢?怎么可能寻得到呢?这是第一种意图。第二种解释的意图是:诸比丘,我说,现世还住世的漏尽者,其识是帝释天等诸天所不能了知的。因为即使帝释天、梵天、生主等诸天去寻求,也无法知道漏尽者的观心、道心或果心依止于何种所缘而运作。对于不再结生、已般涅槃的,他们又能了知什么呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha purimanaye ayamadhippāyo – bhikkhave, ahaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dharamānakaṃyeva khīṇāsavaṃ tathāgato satto puggaloti na paññapemi. Appaṭisandhikaṃ pana parinibbutaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ sattoti vā puggaloti vā kiṃ paññapessāmi? Ananuvijjo tathāgato. Na hi paramatthato satto nāma koci atthi, tassa avijjamānassa idaṃ nissitaṃ viññāṇanti anvesantāpi kiṃ adhigacchissanti? Kathaṃ paṭilabhissantīti attho. Dutiyanaye ayamadhippāyo – bhikkhave, ahaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dharamānakaṃyeva khīṇāsavaṃ viññāṇavasena indādīhi avindiyaṃ vadāmi. Na hi saindā devā sabrahmakā sapajāpatikā anvesantāpi khīṇāsavassa vipassanācittaṃ vā maggacittaṃ vā phalacittaṃ vā, idaṃ nāma ārammaṇaṃ nissāya vattatīti jānituṃ sakkonti. Te appaṭisandhikassa parinibbutassa kiṃ jānissantīti?
“以不实”:即用不存在的事。“以空洞”:即用空洞无物的事。“以虚妄”:即用妄语。“以无实”:即用根本不存在的事。“诽谤”:即强烈地指责,压倒性地这样说。“调伏者”:调伏的意思是调治、毁灭;具有这种调伏的人就叫调伏者,意思是“有情的毁灭者”。“诸比丘,正如我并非……”的意思是:诸比丘,我不属于那种有情的毁灭者,我也不宣说有情的毁灭。这是说:正如我不是有情的毁灭者,正如我不施设有情的毁灭,那些沙门、婆罗门却说“沙门乔达摩是调伏者——有情的毁灭者”,还说“沙门乔达摩施设存在的有情的断灭、毁灭、非有”——他们就这样以不实、空洞、虚妄、无实的方式诽谤我。显示巴利原文
Asatāti asantena. Tucchāti tucchakena. Musāti musāvādena. Abhūtenāti yaṃ natthi, tena. Abbhācikkhantīti abhiācikkhanti, abhibhavitvā vadanti. Venayikoti vinayati vināsetīti vinayo, so eva venayiko, sattavināsakoti adhippāyo. Yathā cāhaṃ na, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, yena vākārena ahaṃ na sattavināsako. Yathā cāhaṃ na vadāmīti yena vā kāraṇena ahaṃ sattavināsaṃ na paññapemi . Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathāhaṃ na sattavināsako, yathā ca na sattavināsaṃ paññapemi, tathā maṃ te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’’ti vadantā sattavināsako samaṇo gotamoti ca, ‘‘sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapetī’’ti vadantā sattavināsaṃ paññapetīti ca asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhantīti.
“过去”:指往昔,就在大菩提道场的时候。“现在”:指如今正在说法的时候。“我只施设苦,以及苦的灭”:意思是,不论是我以前未转法轮、住于菩提道场时,还是从我转法轮后开始说法以来,我都只施设四圣谛。在此,应当知道:由于提到了苦,苦的根本——集就已经被包含在内;由于提到了灭,导向灭的道也已经被包含在内。“于此”:指在宣说四圣谛这件事上。“其他人”:指那些不能了知、不能通达这些圣谛的人。“辱骂”:他们以十种辱骂的依据来辱骂。“讥毁”:他们用言语来讥毁。“忿害、恼害”:他们怀着“要令他发怒、伤害他”的意图来冲撞、施加苦恼。“对此”:指对于这些辱骂等,或对于那些人。“愤”:就是愤怒。“不满”:就是忧恼。“不喜”:就是不高兴。显示巴利原文
Pubbe cāti pubbe mahābodhimaṇḍamhiyeva ca. Etarahi cāti etarahi dhammadesanāyañca. Dukkhañceva paññapemi, dukkhassa ca nirodhanti dhammacakkaṃ appavattetvā bodhimaṇḍe viharantopi dhammacakkappavattanato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ desentopi catusaccameva paññapemīti attho. Ettha hi dukkhaggahaṇena tassa mūlabhūto samudayo, nirodhaggahaṇena taṃsampāpako maggo gahitova hotīti veditabbo. Tatra ceti tasmiṃ catusaccappakāsane. Pareti saccāni ājānituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asamatthapuggalā. Akkosantīti dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanti. Paribhāsantīti vācāya paribhāsanti. Rosenti vihesentīti rosessāma vihesessāmāti adhippāyena ghaṭṭenti dukkhāpenti. Tatrāti tesu akkosādīsu, tesu vā parapuggalesu. Āghātoti kopo. Appaccayoti domanassaṃ. Anabhiraddhīti atuṭṭhi.
「于此」:即于宣说四圣谛之时。「其他人」:指有能力了知、通达四圣谛宣说的人。「欢喜」:即欢喜喜悦。「踊跃」:即兴奋踊跃。「于此」:同样是指于宣说四圣谛之时。「对此」:即对恭敬等事物。「所谓“此先前已遍知”」:指的是这五蕴,过去在菩提道场已由三种遍知而遍知。「于此这些」:即在这些五蕴上,有这些恭敬等。这是说什么呢?即使在那时,如来也不会想:“这些恭敬是冲着我做的”,或“我在享受这些”,只是先前已遍知的五蕴在承受这些恭敬,仅此而已。「因此」:因为那些不能通达诸谛的人也会辱骂如来。其余部分应如前文所述的方法理解。显示巴利原文
Tatra ceti catusaccappakāsaneyeva. Pareti catusaccappakāsanaṃ ājānituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ samatthapuggalā. Ānandoti ānandapīti. Uppilāvitattanti uppilāpanapīti. Tatra ceti catusaccappakāsanamhiyeva. Tatrāti sakkārādīsu. Yaṃ kho idaṃ pubbe pariññātanti idaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ pubbe bodhimaṇḍe tīhi pariññāhi pariññātaṃ. Tatthameti tasmiṃ khandhapañcake ime. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tatrāpi tathāgatassa ime sakkārā mayi karīyantīti vā ahaṃ ete anubhavāmīti vā na hoti. Pubbe pariññātakkhandhapañcakaṃyeva ete sakkāre anubhotīti ettakameva hotīti. Tasmāti yasmā saccāni paṭivijjhituṃ asamatthā tathāgatampi akkosanti, tasmā. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
247 「因此,诸比丘,凡不是你们的」:因为即使是对属于我的事物,舍断欲贪也能长久带来利益和安乐,所以凡不是你们的,你们应当舍断。这是它的含义。「随其所欲而行」:即随其所欲而行。「尊者,这些不是我们的我」:尊者,这些草木枝叶既不是我们的我,也不是属于我们的色或识。「或属于我的」:也就是说,连我们的衣等资具也不是属于我的,这是它的含义。「同样地,诸比丘,凡不是你们的,应当舍断它」:世尊开示说五蕴不是你们的,让你们舍断它,但并不是要你们把它拔除或砍掉,而是通过调伏欲贪来令你们舍断。显示巴利原文
247.Tasmā tiha, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākanti yasmā attaniyepi chandarāgappahānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati, tasmā yaṃ na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahathāti attho. Yathāpaccayaṃ vākareyyāti yathā yathā iccheyya tathā tathā kareyya. Na hi no etaṃ, bhante, attā vāti, bhante, etaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ amhākaṃ neva attā na amhākaṃ rūpaṃ na viññāṇanti vadanti. Attaniyaṃ vāti amhākaṃ cīvarādiparikkhāropi na hotīti attho. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahathāti bhagavā, khandhapañcakaṃyeva na tumhākanti dassetvā pajahāpeti, tañca kho na uppāṭetvā, luñcitvā vā. Chandarāgavinayena panetaṃ pajahāpeti.
248 「如此善说」:此可从三转开始一直引至此处;若逆推,从“仅少许喜爱便往生天界”开始引至此处,也是可行的。「善说」:即善巧地说。因为被善说了,所以它是显明、开示、清楚的。「断破布者」:破布是指破烂、撕裂、处处缝补打结的旧衣。若人没有这样的破布,而穿着八肘或九肘长的新衣,他便被称为“断破布者”。此法也是如此,于此法中,没有以欺骗等造成的破裂、破损、缝合、打结的状况。而且,垃圾也被称为破布。在此教法中,所谓的沙门垃圾无法立足。因此说:显示巴利原文
248.Evaṃ svākkhātoti ettha tiparivaṭṭato paṭṭhāya yāva imaṃ ṭhānaṃ āharitumpi vaṭṭati, paṭilomena pemamattakena saggaparāyaṇato paṭṭhāya yāva imaṃ ṭhānaṃ āharitumpi vaṭṭati. Svākkhātoti sukathito. Sukathitattā eva uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito. Chinnapilotikoti pilotikā vuccati chinnaṃ bhinnaṃ tattha tattha sibbitaṃ gaṇṭhikataṃ jiṇṇaṃ vatthaṃ, taṃ yassa natthi, aṭṭhahatthaṃ vā navahatthaṃ vā ahatasāṭakaṃ nivattho, so chinnapilotiko nāma. Ayampi dhammo tādiso, na hettha kohaññādivasena chinnabhinnasibbitagaṇṭhikatabhāvo atthi. Apica kacavaro pilotikoti vuccati. Imasmiñca sāsane samaṇakacavaraṃ nāma patiṭṭhātuṃ na labhati. Tenevāha –
应当驱除莠稗,抛弃一切污秽之物;
然后应如扬弃糠秕一般,摒弃那些非沙门却自认沙门的人。
驱除了怀恶欲、行恶行及处恶行境者之后,
清净者应与清净者共住,当具足正念;
然后,那些和合而明智的人,将作苦之尽。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha, kasambuñcāpakassatha; Tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine. Niddhamitvāna pāpicche, pāpaācāragocare; Suddhā suddhehi saṃvāsaṃ, kappayavho patissatā; Tato samaggā nipakā, dukkhassantaṃ karissathā’’ti. (su. ni. 283-285);
如此,即使仅是断除了沙门的垢秽,此法亦称为“断破布者”。“于他们无有施设轮转”:即他们的轮回已达到了不再被施设的状态,成为了不可施设。如此的大漏尽者,唯在如此善说的教法中出生。正如漏尽者如此,不来者等也是如此。显示巴利原文
Iti samaṇakacavarassa chinnattāpi ayaṃ dhammo chinnapilotiko nāma hoti. Vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti tesaṃ vaṭṭaṃ apaññattibhāvaṃ gataṃ nippaññattikaṃ jātaṃ. Evarūpo mahākhīṇāsavo evaṃ svākkhāte sāsaneyeva uppajjati. Yathā ca khīṇāsavo, evaṃ anāgāmiādayopi.
这其中,法随行者与信随行者,此二者是处于入流道上的行者。如经中所说:“何等为法随行者?若人为了证悟入流果而修习,其慧根增上,修习以慧为导、以慧为先的圣道,此人即称为法随行者。为证入流果而修习者是法随行者,而安住于果位者则是见至者。何等为信随行者?若人为了证悟入流果而修习,其信根增上,修习以信为导、以信为先的圣道,此人即称为信随行者。为证入流果而修习者是信随行者,而安住于果位者则是信解脱者。”(《人施设》30)“于我唯有信,唯有爱”这句,指的是那些不具备其余圣法、唯独对如来有信有爱的修观者。那些修观的比丘们,如此建立观之后坐下时,便会对十力尊生起一种信、一种爱。凭借这种信与爱,他们如同被牵手安置于天界一般,据说已成为决定趣者。古代的长老们则将这样的比丘称为“小入流者”。其余文义,皆甚明显。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhammānusārino saddhānusārinoti ime dve sotāpattimaggaṭṭhā honti. Yathāha – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo dhammānusārī? Yassa puggalassa sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannassa paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, paññāvāhiṃ paññāpubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāveti. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo dhammānusārī. Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno puggalo dhammānusārī, phale ṭhito diṭṭhippatto. Katamo ca puggalo saddhānusārī? Yassa puggalassa sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, saddhāvāhiṃ saddhāpubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāveti. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo saddhānusārī. Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno puggalo saddhānusārī, phale ṭhito saddhāvimutto’’ti (pu. pa. 30). Yesaṃ mayi saddhāmattaṃ pemamattanti iminā yesaṃ añño ariyadhammo natthi, tathāgate pana saddhāmattaṃ pemamattameva hoti. Te vipassakapuggalā adhippetā. Vipassakabhikkhūnañhi evaṃ vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinnānaṃ dasabale ekā saddhā ekaṃ pemaṃ uppajjati. Tāya saddhāya tena pemena hatthe gahetvā sagge ṭhapitā viya honti, niyatagatikā kira ete. Porāṇakattherā pana evarūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ cūḷasotāpannoti vadanti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
三、《蚁垤经》的解释显示巴利原文
3. Vammikasuttavaṇṇanā
249 “如是我闻”这段,是《蚁垤经》的开端。其中,“尊者”是表示亲切的称呼。“童子迦叶”是他的名字。因他在童年时便已出家,所以当世尊吩咐:“去唤迦叶来,将此果或嚼食交给迦叶。”众人问:“哪位迦叶?”答:“童子迦叶。”由此便得了此名,从那时起,即使到了老年,也仍被称为“童子迦叶”。又因他是国王所养育的儿子,故也称“童子迦叶”。以下是从他过去宿世因缘开始述说的故事:显示巴利原文
249.Evaṃme sutanti vammikasuttaṃ. Tattha āyasmāti piyavacanametaṃ. Kumārakassapoti tassa nāmaṃ. Kumārakāle pabbajitattā pana bhagavatā, ‘‘kassapaṃ pakkosatha, idaṃ phalaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā kassapassa dethā’’ti vutte, katarassa kassapassāti kumārakassapassāti evaṃ gahitanāmattā tato paṭṭhāya vuḍḍhakālepi ‘‘kumārakassapo’’ tveva vuccati. Apica raññā posāvanikaputtattāpi taṃ ‘‘kumārakassapo’’ti sañjāniṃsu. Ayaṃ panassa pubbayogato paṭṭhāya āvibhāvakathā –
据说,这位长老在过去莲华上佛的时代,是一位长者的儿子。有一天,他见到世尊将一位善巧说法的声闻弟子置于某一位次,便对世尊作了七日的供养,并发愿道:“愿我于未来某位佛陀的教法中,也能成为像这位长老一样的善巧说法声闻弟子!”之后,他继续广修福德。后来在迦叶佛的教法中出家,但那时并未能证得殊胜的成就。显示巴利原文
Thero kira padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle seṭṭhiputto ahosi. Athekadivasaṃ bhagavantaṃ citrakathiṃ ekaṃ attano sāvakaṃ ṭhānantare ṭhapentaṃ disvā bhagavato sattāhaṃ dānaṃ datvā, ‘‘ahampi bhagavā anāgate ekassa buddhassa ayaṃ thero viya citrakathī sāvako bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ katvā puññāni karonto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ nāsakkhi.
据说,那时在已般涅槃的迦叶佛的教法逐渐衰微之际,有五位比丘缚好梯子,登上山去修行沙门法。僧众中的长老于第三天证得阿拉汉果,下座长老于第四天证得不来果,其余三人未能证得殊胜的成就,死后投生天界。此后于一佛间隔中,他们辗转于天界与人间享受福报。其中一人后来投生于塔迦尸罗国王家族,成为名为弗迦娑提的国王,他因仰慕世尊而出家,在前往王舍城的途中,于陶匠的草舍听闻世尊说法,证得不来果。另一人投生于一个海港的良家,长大后乘船出海,船只遇难破损,他便身着树皮衣,获得了丰厚的供养,于是生起‘我是阿拉汉’的想法。一位慈悯他的天神责备说:‘你不是阿拉汉,去问世尊问题吧!’他依天神所教而行,随后便证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tadā kira parinibbutassa bhagavato sāsane osakkante pañca bhikkhū nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā pabbataṃ abhiruyha samaṇadhammaṃ akaṃsu. Saṅghatthero tatiyadivase arahattaṃ patto. Anuthero catutthadivase anāgāmī ahosi. Itare tayo visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkontā devaloke nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhontānaṃ eko takkasilāyaṃ rājakule nibbattitvā pukkusāti nāma rājā hutvā bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajitvā rājagahaṃ gacchanto kumbhakārasālāyaṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā anāgāmiphalaṃ patto. Eko ekasmiṃ samuddapaṭṭane kulaghare nibbattitvā nāvaṃ āruyha bhinnanāvo dārucīrāni nivāsetvā lābhasampattiṃ patto, ‘‘ahaṃ arahā’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā, ‘‘na tvaṃ arahā, gaccha satthāraṃ pañhaṃ pucchā’’ti atthakāmāya devatāya codito tathā katvā arahattaphalaṃ patto.
有一人投生于王舍城一位良家女子的胎中。她先前向父母请求出家,未得允许,便嫁入夫家,当时尚不知自己已怀有身孕。在取得丈夫的同意后,她便在比丘尼僧团中出家了。比丘尼们见她显露出怀孕的征象,便去询问提婆达多,提婆达多却说:‘她不是真正的沙门。’她们又去请问具足十力的世尊,大师便将此事委托给优波离长老处理。长老召集了舍卫城中若干家族及女居士毗舍佉,经过仔细审察后裁定:‘她在出家之前就已经怀孕,因此出家是清净的。’世尊赞叹长老说:‘这场争端裁决得非常好。’那位比丘尼后来产下一子,貌如金像,端严无比。憍萨罗国的波斯匿王将他抱去抚养,取名‘迦叶’。王子长大后,国王先为他盛装严饰,再带到世尊面前,让他出家。正是因为他是由国王养育长大的王子,所以众人称他为‘童子迦叶’。显示巴利原文
Eko rājagahe ekissā kuladārikāya kucchimhi uppanno. Sā ca paṭhamaṃ mātāpitaro yācitvā pabbajjaṃ alabhamānā kulagharaṃ gatā gabbhasaṇṭhitampi ajānantī sāmikaṃ ārādhetvā tena anuññātā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā. Tassā gabbhininimittaṃ disvā bhikkhuniyo devadattaṃ pucchiṃsu, so ‘‘assamaṇī’’ti āha. Dasabalaṃ pucchiṃsu, satthā upālittheraṃ paṭicchāpesi. Thero sāvatthinagaravāsīni kulāni visākhañca upāsikaṃ pakkosāpetvā sodhento, – ‘‘pure laddho gabbho, pabbajjā arogā’’ti āha. Satthā ‘‘suvinicchitaṃ adhikaraṇa’’nti therassa sādhukāraṃ adāsi. Sā bhikkhunī suvaṇṇabimbasadisaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi, taṃ gahetvā rājā pasenadi kosalo posāpesi. ‘‘Kassapo’’ti cassa nāmaṃ katvā aparabhāge alaṅkaritvā satthu santikaṃ netvā pabbājesi. Iti rañño posāvanikaputtattāpi taṃ ‘‘kumārakassapo’’ti sañjāniṃsūti.
‘盲林’指的是一个名为暗林的树林。据说,这片树林在两位佛陀住世期间,虽曾名为‘不弃林’,但同样以‘盲林’之名著称。在此说明其得名缘由:寿命短促的佛陀,其舍利不会结成完整的一块,而是依其决意的威力自然分散。正因为如此,我们的世尊在将般涅槃时,也曾这样决意:‘我不会久住于世,仅有少数众生能亲见我,而那些未能见到我的众生更为众多。他们若能取我的舍利到各处虔诚供奉,便将成为转生天界之因。’所以,他让自己的遗体自然分散。而寿命长远佛陀的舍利,则会如同一个浑然天成的黄金块一样,保持完整不散。显示巴利原文
Andhavaneti evaṃnāmake vane. Taṃ kira vanaṃ dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ kāle avijahitanāmaṃ andhavanaṃtveva paññāyati. Tatrāyaṃ paññattivibhāvanā – appāyukabuddhānañhi sarīradhātu na ekagghanā hoti. Adhiṭṭhānānubhāvena vippakiriyati. Teneva amhākampi bhagavā, – ‘‘ahaṃ na ciraṭṭhitiko, appakehi sattehi ahaṃ diṭṭho, yehi na diṭṭho, teva bahutarā, te me dhātuyo ādāya tattha tattha pūjentā saggaparāyaṇā bhavissantī’’ti parinibbānakāle, ‘‘attano sarīraṃ vippakiriyatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Dīghāyukabuddhānaṃ pana suvaṇṇakkhandho viya ekagghanaṃ dhātusarīraṃ tiṭṭhati.
迦叶世尊的舍利也正是这般完整地安放着。此后,大众会集一处商议道:“这些舍利已结成整块,无法分离,我们该如何是好?”于是他们决定:“那就直接造一座整体的舍利塔吧。这座塔应当建多大呢?”有人提议:“七由旬。”又有人指出:“这太大了,将来难以照料。六由旬吧,不然五由旬……四由旬……三由旬……二由旬……一由旬也行。”最后确定为一由旬。接着,他们又商定建塔用砖的规格:“塔外墙所用的砖,是价值十万金钱的整块红金砖;内墙用砖,价值五万金钱。砖缝的粘合材料,以雌黄和雄黄调和,并以油代水。”这样商定之后,他们把建塔的四面工程分作四份:国王负责第一面,王子地护负责第二面,位居大臣之首的将军负责第三面,位居地方之首的商主负责第四面。显示巴利原文
Kassapassāpi bhagavato tatheva aṭṭhāsi. Tato mahājanā sannipatitvā, ‘‘dhātuyo ekagghanā na sakkā viyojetuṃ, kiṃ karissāmā’’ti sammantayitvā ekagghanameva cetiyaṃ karissāma, kittakaṃ pana hotu tanti āhaṃsu. Eke sattayojaniyanti āhaṃsu. Etaṃ atimahantaṃ, anāgate jaggituṃ na sakkā, chayojanaṃ hotu, pañcayojanaṃ… catuyojanaṃ… tiyojanaṃ… dviyojanaṃ… ekayojanaṃ hotūti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā iṭṭhakā kīdisā hontūti bāhirante iṭṭhakā rattasuvaṇṇamayā ekagghanā satasahassagghanikā hontu, abbhantarimante paññāsasahassagghanikā. Haritālamanosilāhi mattikākiccaṃ kayiratu, telena udakakiccanti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā cattāri mukhāni catudhā vibhajiṃsu. Rājā ekaṃ mukhaṃ gaṇhi, rājaputto pathavindarakumāro ekaṃ, amaccānaṃ jeṭṭhako hutvā senāpati ekaṃ, janapadānaṃ jeṭṭhako hutvā seṭṭhi ekaṃ.
其中,国王财力雄厚,便命人取出黄金,在自己负责的那一面开始动工;副王与将军也分别在各自负责的那一面动工。然而,由商主负责的那一面,工程却停滞了。那时,有一位名叫耶索罗多的优婆塞,他精通三藏,是已证得阿那含果的圣弟子。他得知工程停滞,便备办五百辆车,前往各地村落劝募说:“迦叶佛曾住世两万年,如今已般涅槃,大众正为他建造一座一由旬的宝塔。若有哪位发心布施,无论是黄金、钱财、七宝,或是雌黄、雄黄,都请捐献出来。”人们便随力施舍金钱、黄金等物。那些实在没有能力的人,也布施了油和米等。这位优婆塞把油、米等物作为工人的伙食与工钱送去,又将剩余的东西换成黄金送去。就这样,他走遍了整个赡部洲。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhanasampannatāya rājāpi suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpetvā attanā gahitamukhe kammaṃ ārabhi, uparājāpi, senāpatipi. Seṭṭhinā gahitamukhe pana kammaṃ olīyati. Tato yasorato nāma eko upāsako tepiṭako bhāṇako anāgāmī ariyasāvako, so kammaṃ olīyatīti ñatvā pañca sakaṭasatāni yojāpetvā janapadaṃ gantvā ‘‘kassapasammāsambuddho vīsativassasahassāni ṭhatvā parinibbuto. Tassa yojanikaṃ ratanacetiyaṃ kayirati, yo yaṃ dātuṃ ussahati suvaṇṇaṃ vā hiraññaṃ vā sattaratanaṃ vā haritālaṃ vā manosilaṃ vā, so taṃ detū’’ti samādapesi. Manussā attano attano thāmena hiraññasuvaṇṇādīni adaṃsu. Asakkontā telataṇḍulādīni dentiyeva. Upāsako telataṇḍulādīni kammakārānaṃ bhattavetanatthaṃ pahiṇāti, avasesehi suvaṇṇaṃ cetāpetvā pahiṇāti, evaṃ sakalajambudīpaṃ acari.
当宝塔工程宣告完成时,塔场方面派人送信给这位老师说:“工程已经完成,请老师前来礼塔。”老师也回信说:“我正在整个赡部洲进行劝化,让他们带着现有的一切来圆满完成这项工程。”两封信在路上相错而过。然而,从塔场发出的信,反而比老师本人的信更早送到了老师手中。老师读完信后,心想我应当去礼塔,便独自启程。在途中的一片森林里,出现了五百个盗贼。其中一些人看见他后,便对同伙说:“此人从整个赡部洲收集了金银财宝,如今就像一座移动的宝库般走来。”于是他们抓住了他。老师问道:“诸位为何抓我?”盗贼们说:“你从整个赡部洲收集了那么多金银财宝,分一些给我们吧。”老师回答说:“诸位难道不知?迦叶世尊已经般涅槃,正在为他建造一座一由旬的宝塔。我所劝募到的一切,都是为彼所用,绝非为我个人。在每一处募得的东西,我都已当场派人送往塔场了。我身上除了这套穿着的衣服外,一文钱也没有。”显示巴利原文
Cetiye kammaṃ niṭṭhitanti cetiyaṭṭhānato paṇṇaṃ pahiṇiṃsu – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ kammaṃ ācariyo āgantvā cetiyaṃ vandatū’’ti. Sopi paṇṇaṃ pahiṇi – ‘‘mayā sakalajambudīpo samādapito, yaṃ atthi, taṃ gahetvā kammaṃ niṭṭhāpentū’’ti. Dvepi paṇṇāni antarāmagge samāgamiṃsu. Ācariyassa paṇṇato pana cetiyaṭṭhānato paṇṇaṃ paṭhamataraṃ ācariyassa hatthaṃ agamāsi. So paṇṇaṃ vācetvā cetiyaṃ vandissāmīti ekakova nikkhami. Antarāmagge aṭaviyaṃ pañca corasatāni uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tatrekacce taṃ disvā iminā sakalajambudīpato hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ sampiṇḍitaṃ, nidhikumbhī no pavaṭṭamānā āgatāti avasesānaṃ ārocetvā taṃ aggahesuṃ. Kasmā tātā, maṃ gaṇhathāti? Tayā sakalajambudīpato sabbaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ sampiṇḍitaṃ, amhākampi thokaṃ thokaṃ dehīti. Kiṃ tumhe na jānātha, kassapo bhagavā parinibbuto, tassa yojanikaṃ ratanacetiyaṃ kayirati, tadatthāya mayā samādapitaṃ, no attano atthāya. Taṃ taṃ laddhaladdhaṭṭhānato tattheva pesitaṃ, mayhaṃ pana nivatthasāṭakamattaṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ vittaṃ kākaṇikampi natthīti.
听过这番话,有些盗贼便说:“既然如此,就把这位老师放了吧。”另一些盗贼则说:“此人深受国王与大臣敬重,若他在城中街道上认出我们当中任何一人,去禀告国王、大臣等,我们必将遭逢大祸。”那位优婆塞说道:“诸位贤友,我绝不会那样做。”他说这话,并非出于贪生怕死之念,而是出于对那些盗贼的悲悯。然而,盗贼之中,一派主张“应捉”,一派主张“应放”,双方争执不下。由于主张“应捉”者占了多数,他们最终杀害了这位老师。显示巴利原文
Eke, ‘‘evametaṃ vissajetha ācariya’’nti āhaṃsu. Eke, ‘‘ayaṃ rājapūjito amaccapūjito , amhesu kañcideva nagaravīthiyaṃ disvā rājarājamahāmattādīnaṃ ārocetvā anayavyasanaṃ pāpuṇāpeyyā’’ti āhaṃsu. Upāsako, ‘‘tātā, nāhaṃ evaṃ karissāmī’’ti āha. Tañca kho tesu kāruññena, na attano jīvitanikantiyā. Atha tesu gahetabbo vissajjetabboti vivadantesu gahetabboti laddhikā eva bahutarā hutvā jīvitā voropayiṃsu.
由于冒犯了这位具足大功德的圣弟子,那些盗贼的眼目,便如熄灭了灯焰的灯芯一般,瞬间失去了光明。他们哀嚎道:“我的眼睛!我的眼睛在哪里啊!”之后,其中一些被亲属接回家中;那些无亲无故、孤苦无依的人,则留在那片森林中,栖身于树下或以树叶搭成的茅棚之下。来到森林的人们出于悲悯,施舍给他们米、随身所携的饭团或生活所需。若有人外出捡拾柴火和树叶返回,被问起:“你们去了何处?”他们便会回答:“我们去了盲林。”从此以后,在两尊佛之间的漫长岁月里,这片森林一直以“盲林”之名而为人所知。其实,此处在迦叶佛的时代,只是一处位于边鄙弃地的荒野。而在我们世尊的时代,它就在舍卫城附近祇园精舍的后面,是好乐独处静修的善男子们所安住的勤修堂。那时,具寿童子迦叶正依有学之道,在此精勤用功。因此,经中才说“住于盲林”。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ balavaguṇe ariyasāvake aparādhena nibbutadīpasikhā viya akkhīni antaradhāyiṃsu. Te, ‘‘kahaṃ bho cakkhu, kahaṃ bho cakkhū’’ti vippalapantā ekacce ñātakehi gehaṃ nītā. Ekacce noñātakā anāthāti tattheva aṭaviyaṃ rukkhamūle paṇṇasālāyaṃ vasiṃsu. Aṭaviṃ āgatamanussā kāruññena tesaṃ taṇḍulaṃ vā puṭabhattaṃ vā paribbayaṃ vā denti. Dārupaṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya gantvā āgatā manussā kuhiṃ gatatthāti vutte andhavanaṃ gatamhāti vadanti. Evaṃ dvinnampi buddhānaṃ kāle taṃ vanaṃ andhavanaṃtveva paññāyati. Kassapabuddhakāle panetaṃ chaḍḍitajanapade aṭavi ahosi. Amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle sāvatthiyā avidūre jetavanassa piṭṭhibhāge pavivekakāmānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ padhānagharaṃ ahosi, tattha āyasmā kumārakassapo tena samayena sekhapaṭipadaṃ pūrayamāno viharati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘andhavane viharatī’’ti.
“有一位天神”一句,意谓不知其姓名、种姓的某一位天神。在《中部》经文“世尊,您是否记得,曾为某位有大威力的天神,简要宣说灭尽渴爱的解脱”中,即便是众所周知的帝释天王,也被称为“某一位”。而“天神”一词是通称,既可用于男天神,也可用于天女。不过,依此处经文的语境,指的是男天神。“深夜已过”句中,“已过”一词有消逝、美妙、端严、随喜等多义。例如,在“尊者,夜已消逝,初夜分已过,比丘僧团围坐已久,世尊,请为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡吧”这一类句子中,用的是“消逝”义。而在“此人于此四种人中,最为优胜、最为殊妙”这一类句子中,用的则是“美妙”义。显示巴利原文
Aññatarā devatāti nāmagottavasena apākaṭā ekā devatāti attho. ‘‘Abhijānāti no, bhante, bhagavā ahuñātaññatarassa mahesakkhassa saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ bhāsitā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.365) ettha pana abhiññāto sakkopi devarājā aññataroti vutto. Devatāti ca idaṃ devānampi devadhītānampi sādhāraṇavacanaṃ. Imasmiṃ panatthe devo adhippeto. Abhikkantāya rattiyāti ettha abhikkantasaddo khayasundarābhirūpaabbhanumodanādīsu dissati. Tattha – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho, uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti evamādīsu (a. ni. 8.20) khaye dissati. ‘‘Ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti (a. ni. 4.100) evamādīsu sundare.
以绝妙之色,照亮一切方所。”此处“绝妙”即指端严。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ; Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā’’ti. (vi. va. 857) –
在“好极了,乔达摩尊者!”(《波罗夷》15)等句中,“好极了”表随喜。而在此处,它则表“消逝”。因此,“深夜已过”即指夜晚已经消逝。应理解为:这位天子是在中夜分结束时到来的。在“绝妙之色”一句中,“绝妙”一词取其“端严”义。而“色”这个词,则有皮肤、称赞、种族、原因、形态、尺寸、色处等多种含义。例如,在“世尊是金色之身”等句中,它指皮肤;在“居士,您这些对沙门乔达摩的称赞是何时搜集的?”(《中部》2.77)等句中,指称赞;在“乔达摩尊者,有四种姓”(《长部》3.115)等句中,指种族;在“因何缘故而被称为香手?”(《相应部》1.234)等句中,指原因;在“变化出大如象王的身形”(《相应部》1.138)等句中,指形态;在“钵有三种尺寸”(《波罗夷》602)等句中,指尺寸;在“色、香、味、食素”等句中,指色处。在此处,应取“皮肤”之义。因此,“绝妙之色”的意思即是端严可爱、令人悦意的肤色。毕竟,诸天神来到人界时,会舍离其原本的肤色与神通,而现起粗显之身。显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu abhirūpe. ‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti evamādīsu (pārā. 15) abbhanumodane. Idha pana khaye. Tena abhikkantāya rattiyāti parikkhīṇāya rattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatthāyaṃ devaputto majjhimayāmasamanantare āgatoti veditabbo. Abhikkantavaṇṇāti idha abhikkantasaddo abhirūpe. Vaṇṇasaddo pana chavi-thuti-kulavaggakāraṇa-saṇṭhānapamāṇarūpāyatanādīsu dissati. Tattha, ‘‘suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā’’ti evamādīsu chaviyā. ‘‘Kadā saññūḷhā pana te gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.77) evamādīsu thutiyaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bho gotama, vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 3.115) kulavagge. ‘‘Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhathenoti vuccatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.234) kāraṇe. ‘‘Mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.138) saṇṭhāne. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (pārā. 602) pamāṇe. ‘‘Vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā’’ti evamādīsu rūpāyatane. So idha chaviyaṃ daṭṭhabbo. Tena abhikkantavaṇṇāti abhirūpachaviiṭṭhavaṇṇā, manāpavaṇṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Devatā hi manussalokaṃ āgacchamānā pakativaṇṇaṃ pakatiiddhiṃ pajahitvā oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā atirekavaṇṇaṃ atirekaiddhiṃ māpetvā naṭasamajjādīni gacchantā manussā viya abhisaṅkhatena kāyena āgacchanti. Ayampi devaputto tatheva āgato. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘abhikkantavaṇṇā’’ti.
于“全然暗林”一词中,“全然”一字有多义:无余、多数、纯一、不过分、坚固、离系等。例如,在“完全圆满、清净的梵行”(《波罗夷》1)等句中,“全然”取“无余”义。在“央伽摩揭陀的所有人,将持丰盛的硬食与软食前来”等句中,取“多数”义。在“纯一苦蕴的生起”(《分别论》225)等句中,取“纯一”义。在“此具寿恐仅是徒有净信而已”(《大品》244)等句中,取“不过分”义。在“与具寿阿那律同住的比丘巴希亚,全然为破僧而固执已见”(《增支部》4.243)等句中,取“坚固”义。在“被称为‘究竟梵行已立’的最上士”(《相应部》3.57)等句中,取“离系”义。然于此处,乃取“无余”之义。显示巴利原文
Kevalakappanti ettha kevalasaddo anavasesa-yebhūyya-abyāmissānatirekadaḷhattha-visaṃyogādianekattho. Tathā hissa, ‘‘kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariya’’nti (pārā. 1) evamādīsu anavasesattamattho. ‘‘Kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya upasaṅkamissantī’’ti evamādīsu yebhuyyatā. ‘‘Kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti (vibha. 225) evamādīsu abyāmissatā. ‘‘Kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā’’ti (mahāva. 244) evamādīsu anatirekatā. ‘‘Āyasmato anuruddhassa bāhiyo nāma saddhivihāriko kevalakappaṃ saṅghabhedāya ṭhito’’ti (a. ni. 4.243) evamādīsu daḷhatthatā . ‘‘Kevalī vusitavā uttamapurisoti vuccatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.57) evamādīsu visaṃyogo. Idha panassa anavasesattamatthoti adhippeto.
而此处的“劫”字,则有深信、称呼、时间、施设、切断、调整、部分、遍满等多义。例如,在“乔达摩尊者的这番话确为可信,正如对阿拉汉、正自觉者所应有者”(《中部》1.387)等句中,其义为深信。在“比丘们,我允许你们以五种沙门的称呼方式享用瓜果”(《小品》250)等句中,其义为称呼。在“我即如是恒常安住……”等句中,其义为时间。在“此具寿名为‘劫’”(《相应部》3.124)等句中,其义为施设。在“他们善加装扮,将须发修剪整齐”(《相应部》4.365)等句中,其义为切断。在“允许两指宽的尺寸”(《小品》446)等句中,其义为调整。在“有躺卧的机会”(《增支部》8.80)等句中,其义为部分、少许。在“令竹林遍满一切处、放大光明”(《相应部》1.94)等句中,其义为遍满一切方所。此处,所取的是“遍满”之义。因此,“全然暗林”应理解为“四周毫无剩余地皆为暗林”。显示巴利原文
Kappasaddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahana-vohāra-kāla-paññatti- chedana-vikappa-lesa-samantabhāvādi-anekattho. Tathā hissa, ‘‘okappaniyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa, yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.387) evamādīsu abhisaddahanamattho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (cūḷava. 250) evamādīsu vohāro. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kālo. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.124) evamādīsu paññatti. ‘‘Alaṅkatā kappitakesamassū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.365) evamādīsu chedanaṃ. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’ti (cūḷava. 446) evamādīsu vikappo. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’nti (a. ni. 8.80) evamādīsu leso. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ veḷuvanaṃ obhāsetvā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.94) evamādīsu samantabhāvo. Idha panassa samantabhāvo attho adhippeto. Tasmā kevalakappaṃ andhavananti ettha anavasesaṃ samantato andhavananti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
“照亮后”(obhāsetvā)意谓:以由衣饰及身中所放出的光明遍照后,宛如月轮与日轮,令其化作一片光明、一束光芒。“立于一边”(ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsī)意谓:立于一个角落、一处地方。“作此言”(etadavocā)意谓:言说了“比丘!比丘!”等语。何以彼天子不作礼敬,唯以沙门的称呼言谈耶?因其常恒以沙门想及惯习而作。据传,其心中如是思惟:“此人过去曾住于欲界,而我自彼时起便已是梵行者。”以此沙门想故,彼以沙门想对待长老,故不行礼敬,唯以沙门称呼而与之言说。又传此天子乃此长老之前世旧友。始于何时?始于迦叶正自觉者之教法时期。盖因那五位由先业而结缘的朋友之中,那位被称为“于第四天得不来果”者,即是此天子。据传,于彼时,他们之中的僧团长老,在证得阿拉汉果时即同时获得了神通。彼长老心想:“我应做之事已臻究竟。”便飞腾于空中,至阿耨达池清净面目,自郁单越取来团食,返回后言:“诸贤友!请用此团食,食已,当……显示巴利原文
Obhāsetvāti vatthālaṅkārasarīrasamuṭṭhitāya ābhāya pharitvā, candimā viya ca sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekapajjotaṃ karitvāti attho. Ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti ekasmiṃ ante, ekasmiṃ okāse aṭṭhāsi. Etadavocāti etaṃ ‘‘bhikkhu bhikkhū’’tiādivacanamavoca. Kasmā panāyaṃ avanditvā samaṇavohāreneva kathetīti? Samaṇasaññāsamudācāreneva. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ antarā kāmāvacare vasi. Ahaṃ pana asmi tato kālato paṭṭhāya brahmacārī’’ti samaṇasaññāvassa samudācarati, tasmā avanditvā samaṇavohāreneva katheti. Pubbasahāyo kireso devaputto therassa. Kuto paṭṭhāyāti? Kassapasammāsambuddhakālato paṭṭhāya. Yo hi pubbayoge āgatesu pañcasu sahāyesu anuthero catutthadivase anāgāmī ahosīti vutto, ayaṃ so. Tadā kira tesu saṅghattherassa arahatteneva saddhiṃ abhiññā āgamiṃsu. So, ‘‘mayhaṃ kiccaṃ matthakaṃ patta’’nti vehāsaṃ uppatitvā anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā uttarakuruto piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya āgantvā, ‘‘imaṃ, āvuso, piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā appamattā samaṇadhammaṃ karothā’’ti āha. Itare āhaṃsu – ‘‘na, āvuso, amhākaṃ evaṃ katikā atthi – ‘yo paṭhamaṃ visesaṃ nibbattetvā piṇḍapātaṃ āharati, tenābhataṃ bhuñjitvā sesehi samaṇadhammo kātabbo’ti. Tumhe attano upanissayena kiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpayittha. Mayampi sace no upanissayo bhavissati, kiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpessāma. Papañco esa amhākaṃ, gacchatha tumhe’’ti. So yathāphāsukaṃ gantvā āyupariyosāne parinibbāyi.
次日,那位较年轻的朋友亲证了不来果,神通也随之生起。他同样取来团食,遭到拒绝后,便随宜而去,于寿命终结时投生于净居天。他安住于净居天后,观察那些朋友,见一位当时便已取般涅槃,一位如今已在世尊跟前证得圣位,而另一位却因为利养恭敬,生起了“我是阿拉汉”之心,滞留在素婆罗迦港。他看见后,便前往那位朋友跟前,对他说道:“你并非阿拉汉,也未走上阿拉汉之道。到世尊那里去听法吧!”就这样将他遣走。那位朋友便在内室中请求世尊的教诫,世尊以简要的教诫开示他:“故此,婆醯雅,你应当如是学:‘看时,仅仅是看……’”(《自说经》10),由此他便抵达了圣者的境界。显示巴利原文
Punadivase anuthero anāgāmiphalaṃ sacchakāsi, tassa abhiññāyo āgamiṃsu. Sopi tatheva piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā tehi paṭikkhitto yathāphāsukaṃ gantvā āyupariyosāne suddhāvāse nibbatti. So suddhāvāse ṭhatvā te sahāye olokento, eko tadāva parinibbuto, eko adhunā bhagavato santike ariyabhūmiṃ patto, eko lābhasakkāraṃ nissāya, ‘‘ahaṃ arahā’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā suppārakapaṭṭane vasatīti disvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘na tvaṃ arahā, na arahattamaggaṃ paṭipanno, gaccha bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dhammaṃ suṇāhī’’ti uyyojesi. Sopi antaraghare bhagavantaṃ ovādaṃ yācitvā, ‘‘tasmā tiha te bāhiya evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ hotū’’ti (udā. 10) bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovadito ariyabhūmiṃ sampāpuṇi.
此后,还有另一位朋友。天子在寻找“他在何处”时,望见这位朋友正在暗林中修习有学之道。他便心想:“我要到朋友身边去。不过,前去的时候不可空手,应当带些礼物。但我这位朋友是不贪着物质供养的人,住在山顶上,从前我立于空中施给他的团食他都不曾受用,而是专精修习沙门法。如今我若带着物质上的礼物前去,他又怎会接受呢?我便以法作为礼物带去吧。”于是,他住于梵天界中,宛如串起宝珠一般,将十五个问题逐一辨析清楚,然后带着这份法礼前来,站在距朋友不远处。由于他自身一直保持着沙门想的习气,便未向朋友作礼,直唤道:“比丘!比丘!”继而说出了“这蚁垤……”等话语。此处应理解为:因急切呼唤的心情,故有重复呼唤“比丘!比丘!”之举。又有一说:如同仅在额头单点一个吉祥点,额头并不美观,若在其周围再点上其他小点,则会如繁花簇拥般庄严;同样,孤立的单词言说不美,正是为了运用助伴语句,让言说犹如繁花簇拥般庄严,他才这样宣说。显示巴利原文
Tato añño eko atthi, so kuhinti olokento andhavane sekkhapaṭipadaṃ pūrayamāno viharatīti disvā cintesi – ‘‘sahāyakassa santike gamissāmīti, gacchantena pana tucchahatthena agantvā kiñci paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā gantuṃ vaṭṭati, sahāyo kho pana me nirāmiso pabbatamatthake vasanto mayā ākāse ṭhatvā dinnaṃ piṇḍapātampi aparibhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi, idāni āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ kiṃ gaṇhissati? Dhammapaṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā gamissāmī’’ti brahmaloke ṭhitova ratanāvaḷiṃ ganthento viya pannarasa pañhe vibhajitvā taṃ dhammapaṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgantvā sahāyassa avidūre ṭhatvā attano samaṇasaññāsamudācāravasena taṃ anabhivādetvāva, ‘‘bhikkhu bhikkhū’’ti ālapitvā ayaṃ vammikotiādimāha. Tattha turitālapanavasena bhikkhu bhikkhūti āmeḍitaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathā vā ekaneva tilakena nalāṭaṃ na sobhati, taṃ parivāretvā aññesupi dinnesu phullitamaṇḍitaṃ viya sobhati, evaṃ ekeneva padena vacanaṃ na sobhati , parivārikapadena saddhiṃ phullitamaṇḍitaṃ viya sobhatīti taṃ parivārikapadavasena vacanaṃ phullitamaṇḍitaṃ viya karontopi evamāha.
“此蚁垤”:并非他面前真有一个蚁垤,而是为了说法,如同指着面前之物一般,说“此”。“木栓”:指持刀挖掘时见到了木栓。“举木栓、勤掘、智者!”:亲爱的智者!所谓的木栓,夜间冒烟,昼日燃烧。你将其拔出,再往更深处挖掘。其余诸句也应照此理解。“蛙”:指青蛙。“双轮辋”:指碱水过滤器。“龟”:指乌龟。“屠刀与砧板”:指切肉用的刀与砍肉的砧板。“肉片”:指一块约如磨石大小的鲜肉团。“龙”:他看见一条龙,其色如苏摩那花束,有巨大的颈冠,饰以三种卍字纹。“勿触龙!”:当你在用木杖、藤条驱赶或扬撒尘粉之时,切勿冒犯到龙。“礼敬龙!”:应从高处迎风而下,穿着洁净之衣,向龙行致敬之礼。龙所守护的显示巴利原文
Ayaṃvammikoti purato ṭhito vammiko nāma natthi, desanāvasena pana purato ṭhitaṃ dassento viya ayanti āha. Laṅginti satthaṃ ādāya khaṇanto palighaṃ addasa. Ukkhipa laṅgiṃ abhikkhaṇa sumedhāti tāta, paṇḍita, laṅgī nāma rattiṃ dhūmāyati divā pajjalati. Ukkhipeta paraṃ parato khaṇāti. Evaṃ sabbapadesu attho daṭṭhabbo. Uddhumāyikanti maṇḍūkaṃ. Caṅkavāranti khāraparissāvanaṃ. Kummanti kacchapaṃ. Asisūnanti maṃsacchedakaṃ asiñceva adhikuṭṭanañca. Maṃsapesinti nisadapotappamāṇaṃ allamaṃsapiṇḍaṃ. Nāganti sumanapupphakalāpasadisaṃ mahāphaṇaṃ tividhasovatthikaparikkhittaṃ ahināgaṃ addasa. Mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭesīti daṇḍakakoṭiyā vā vallikoṭiyā vā paṃsucuṇṇaṃ vā pana khipamāno mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭayi. Namo karohi nāgassāti uparivātato apagamma suddhavatthaṃ nivāsetvā nāgassa namakkāraṃ karohi. Nāgena adhisayitaṃ dhanaṃ nāma yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā khādato na khīyati, nāgo te adhisayitaṃ dhanaṃ dassati, tasmā namo karohi nāgassāti. Ito vā pana sutvāti yathā dukkhakkhandhe itoti sāsane nissakaṃ, na tathā idha. Idha pana devaputte nissakkaṃ, tasmā ito vā panāti mama vā pana santikā sutvāti ayamettha attho.
251 “四大所造者”(cātummahābhūtikassa):由四大所构成之物。此词为身体(kāya)的同义词。正如外在的蚁垤依四种原因而得名为蚁垤,即:“吐物”“被吐弃者”“被吐之堆”“被吐之湿所缚”。那个蚁垤会吐出蛇、蠓、鼠、壁虎等种种生物,故为“吐物”;它被白蚁所吐弃,故为“被吐弃者”;它由白蚁吐出并以口吻扬起的尘粉堆积而成,高可至髋或与人齐,故为“被吐之堆”;由于白蚁吐出的涎液湿气而黏合,纵然天降大雨七日七夜也不会崩散,暑季时从彼处取一撮土以手捏压,便有湿气渗出,如是依被吐之湿所结合,故为“被吐之湿所缚”。同样的,这个身体也因为从眼排出眼垢等方式,排出种种不净垢秽,故也是“吐物”;诸佛、独觉佛、诸漏尽者于此有身中,因对有的渴爱已灭尽而弃舍此身,故为圣者所“吐弃”,依此义也是“被吐弃者”;此有身以三百骨节为支撑,以筋腱连结,涂以肉泥,裹以湿皮,映以悦人肤色而诳惑众生,这一切皆是圣者所“吐出的堆”,故也是“被吐之堆”。显示巴利原文
251.Cātummahābhūtikassāti catumahābhūtamayassa. Kāyassetaṃ adhivacananti sarīrassa nāmaṃ. Yatheva hi bāhirako vammiko, vamatīti vantakoti vantussayoti vantasinehasambandhoti catūhi kāraṇehi vammikoti vuccati. So hi ahimaṅgusaundūragharagoḷikādayo nānappakāre pāṇake vamatīti vammiko. Upacikāhi vantakoti vammiko. Upacikāhi vamitvā mukhatuṇḍakena ukkhittapaṃsucuṇṇena kaṭippamāṇenapi porisappamāṇenapi ussitoti vammiko. Upacikāhi vantakheḷasinehena ābaddhatāya sattasattāhaṃ deve vassantepi na vippakiriyati, nidāghepi tato paṃsumuṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tasmiṃ muṭṭhinā pīḷiyamāne sineho nikkhamati, evaṃ vantasinehena sambaddhoti vammiko. Evamayaṃ kāyopi, ‘‘akkhimhā akkhigūthako’’tiādinā nayena nānappakārakaṃ asucikalimalaṃ vamatīti vammiko. Buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsavā imasmiṃ attabhāve nikantipariyādānena attabhāvaṃ chaḍḍetvā gatāti ariyehi vantakotipi vammiko. Yehi cāyaṃ tīhi aṭṭhisatehi ussito nhārusambaddho maṃsāvalepano allacammapariyonaddho chavirañjito satte vañceti, taṃ sabbaṃ ariyehi vantamevāti vantussayotipi vammiko. ‘‘Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ, cittamassa vidhāvatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.55) evaṃ taṇhāya janitattā ariyehi vanteneva taṇhāsinehena sambaddho ayanti vantasinehena sambaddhotipi vammiko. Yathā ca vammikassa anto nānappakārā pāṇakā tattheva jāyanti, uccārapassāvaṃ karonti, gilānā sayanti, matā patanti. Iti so tesaṃ sūtigharaṃ vaccakuṭi gilānasālā susānañca hoti. Evaṃ khattiyamahāsālādīnampi kāyo ayaṃ gopitarakkhito maṇḍitappasādhito mahānubhāvānaṃ kāyoti acintetvā chavinissitā pāṇā cammanissitā pāṇā maṃsanissitā pāṇā nhārunissitā pāṇā aṭṭhinissitā pāṇā aṭṭhimiñjanissitā pāṇāti evaṃ kulagaṇanāya asītimattāni kimikulasahassāni antokāyasmiṃyeva jāyanti, uccārapassāvaṃ karonti, gelaññena āturitāni sayanti, matāni patanti, iti ayampi tesaṃ pāṇānaṃ sūtigharaṃ vaccakuṭi gilānasālā susānañca hotīti ‘‘vammiko’’ tveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘vammikoti kho, bhikkhu, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
“从父母所生”(mātāpettikasambhavassa):由母亲与父亲所出,由父母精血所生成。“依赖米饭粥糜增长”(odanakummāsūpacayassa):依米饭与粥糜而得以增长、长大。于“无常、涂油、按摩、坏灭、离散之法”(aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassa)中,此身有已还无,故为无常法。为除遣恶臭与不适而涂抹润肤香膏,是涂油法。为除遣肢节诸痛而以轻缓方式按摩,是按摩法;又或在幼年时,为使因胎中形态未正的诸肢节形态端正,而行抻拉、按揉等,亦属按摩法。即使如此照料,它仍具足坏灭、离散的法性,即会破裂与散灭,此即是它本然的自性。其中,以“父母所生”“米饭粥糜增长”“涂油”“按摩”等语,开示了集;以“无常”“坏灭”“离散”等语,开示了灭。当知以此七词,开示了四大所造身的起伏、增损,及集与灭。显示巴利原文
Mātāpettikasambhavassāti mātito ca pitito ca nibbattena mātāpettikena sukkasoṇitena sambhūtassa. Odanakummāsūpacayassāti odanena ceva kummāsena ca upacitassa vaḍḍhitassa. Aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassāti ettha ayaṃ kāyo hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccadhammo. Duggandhavighātatthāya tanuvilepanena ucchādanadhammo. Aṅgapaccaṅgābādhavinodanatthāya khuddakasambāhanena parimaddanadhammo. Daharakāle vā ūrūsu sayāpetvā gabbhavāsena dussaṇṭhitānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ saṇṭhānasampādanatthaṃ añchanapīḷanādivasena parimaddanadhammo. Evaṃ pariharatopi ca bhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo bhijjati ceva vikirati ca, evaṃ sabhāvoti attho. Tattha mātāpettikasambhavaodanakummāsūpacayaucchādanaparimaddanapadehi samudayo kathito, aniccabhedaviddhaṃsanapadehi atthaṅgamo. Evaṃ sattahipi padehi cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa uccāvacabhāvo vaḍḍhiparihāni samudayatthaṅgamo kathitoti veditabbo.
“白天的工作”(divā kammante):指白天所当行之事。于“冒烟”等词中,此“烟”字可用于忿怒、渴爱、寻思、五种欲功德、说法及寻常的烟等义。如“忿怒是烟,妄语是灰烬”一句中,用于忿怒;于“众生为渴爱所熏蒸”中,用于渴爱;于“尔时,有一比丘于世尊不远处,默然冒烟而坐”中,用于寻思。显示巴利原文
Divā kammanteti divā kattabbakammante. Dhūmāyanāti ettha ayaṃ dhūmasaddo kodhe taṇhāya vitakke pañcasu kāmaguṇesu dhammadesanāya pakatidhūmeti imesu atthesu vattati. ‘‘Kodho dhūmo bhasmanimosavajja’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.165) ettha hi kodhe vattati. ‘‘Icchādhūmāyitā sattā’’ti ettha taṇhāya. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavato avidūre dhūmāyanto nisinno hotī’’ti ettha vitakke.
诸欲如泥沼,诸欲如沼泽,
这具有三根的恐惧,我已知是:
尘与烟,皆由我所开显。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṅko ca kāmā palipo ca kāmā, Bhayañca metaṃ timūlaṃ pavuttaṃ; Rajo ca dhūmo ca mayā pakāsitā; Hitvā tuvaṃ pabbaja brahmadattā’’ti. (jā. 1.6.14) –
此处(“尘”),是指于五欲功德中。而“有烟”(dhūmaṃ kattā hotī,ma. ni. 1.349)一处,是指说法。“旌旗是车的标记,烟是火的标记”(saṃ. ni. 1.72)一处,则是指普通的烟。然而在此处,此“烟”意指寻(思惟)。因此说:“此(蚁垤)夜间冒烟。”显示巴利原文
Ettha pañcakāmaguṇesu. ‘‘Dhūmaṃ kattā hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.349) ettha dhammadesanāya. ‘‘Dhajo rathassa paññāṇaṃ, dhūmo paññāṇamaggino’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.72) ettha pakatidhūme. Idha panāyaṃ vitakke adhippeto. Tenāha ‘‘ayaṃ rattiṃ dhūmāyanā’’ti.
“这是如来的同义词”:如来因排除了七种法,故称为婆罗门。正如所说:“比丘,由排除七种法故,是为婆罗门。哪七种?贪已被排除,嗔……痴……慢……有身见……疑……戒禁取已被排除。比丘,由此七种法被排除故,是为婆罗门。”(cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 28)“妙慧”(Sumedhoti)即善妙之慧。“有学”(Sekkhassāti):此处,“学”即学习,故称为有学。正如所说:“比丘,彼学习故,称为有学。学习何等?学习增上戒,学习增上心,学习增上慧。”(a. ni. 3.86)显示巴利原文
Tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacananti tathāgato hi sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo nāma. Yathāha – ‘‘sattannaṃ kho, bhikkhu, dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo. Katamesaṃ sattannaṃ? Rāgo bāhito hoti, doso… moho… māno… sakkāyadiṭṭhi… vicikicchā… sīlabbataparāmāso bāhito hoti. Imesaṃ bhikkhu sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo’’ti (cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 28). Sumedhoti sundarapañño. Sekkhassāti ettha sikkhatīti sekkho. Yathāha – ‘‘sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekkhoti vuccati. Kiñca sikkhati? Adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.86).
“慧的同义词”,是指世间慧与出世间慧的同义词,并非武器或刀械的同义词。“精进策励”,是指身精进与心精进。此精进即以慧为前导:依世间慧,则属世间;依出世间慧,则属出世间。这里是其含义的阐明:显示巴利原文
Paññāyaadhivacananti lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, na āvudhasatthassa. Vīriyārambhassāti kāyikacetasikavīriyassa. Taṃ paññāgatikameva hoti. Lokiyāya paññāya lokiyaṃ, lokuttarāya paññāya lokuttaraṃ. Ettha panāyaṃ atthadīpanā –
据说,有一位乡村婆罗门,清晨与学生们一起出村,白天在林中教授咒语,傍晚返回村庄。途中有一处蚁冢,夜间冒烟,白日则燃烧。婆罗门对一位名叫妙慧的聪敏弟子说:“孩子,这个蚁冢夜间冒烟,白日燃烧,我们且观察它的变化,把它打破,分成四份再丢弃。”弟子应道“好的”,便拿起锄头,双脚平稳站定,照此做了。在这里,老师婆罗门如同世尊;妙慧弟子如同有学比丘;蚁冢如同身体。当婆罗门说“孩子,这个蚁冢……”时,如同世尊说“比丘,应将此四大所造之身分成四份而作把握”时。弟子回答“好的”并拿起锄头照做,如同有学比丘依四界差别作身把握,即:“在二十个部分中的坚硬性,这是地界;在十二个部分中的粘结性,这是水界;在四个部分中的成熟性,这是火界;在六个部分中的支持性,这是风界”,应当这样了知。显示巴利原文
Eko kira jānapado brāhmaṇo pātova māṇavakehi saddhiṃ gāmato nikkhamma divasaṃ araññe mante vācetvā sāyaṃ gāmaṃ āgacchati. Antarāmagge ca eko vammiko atthi. So rattiṃ dhūmāyati, divā pajjalati. Brāhmaṇo antevāsiṃ sumedhaṃ māṇavaṃ āha – ‘‘tāta, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūmāyati, divā pajjalati, vikāramassa passissāma, bhinditvā naṃ cattāro koṭṭhāse katvā khipāhī’’ti. So sādhūti kudālaṃ gahetvā samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya tathā akāsi. Tatra ācariyabrāhmaṇo viya bhagavā. Sumedhamāṇavako viya sekkho bhikkhu. Vammiko viya kāyo. ‘‘Tāta, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūmāyati, divā pajjalati, vikāramassa passissāma, bhinditvā naṃ cattāro koṭṭhāse katvā khipāhī’’ti brāhmaṇena vuttakālo viya, ‘‘bhikkhu cātumahābhūtikaṃ kāyaṃ cattāro koṭṭhāse katvā pariggaṇhāhī’’ti bhagavatā vuttakālo. Tassa sādhūti kudālaṃ gahetvā tathākaraṇaṃ viya sekkhassa bhikkhuno, ‘‘yo vīsatiyā koṭṭhāsesu thaddhabhāvo, ayaṃ pathavīdhātu. Yo dvādasasu koṭṭhāsesu ābandhanabhāvo, ayaṃ āpodhātu. Yo catūsu koṭṭhāsesu paripācanabhāvo, ayaṃ tejodhātu. Yo chasu koṭṭhāsesu vitthambhanabhāvo, ayaṃ vāyodhātū’’ti evaṃ catudhātuvavatthānavasena kāyapariggaho veditabbo.
“门闩”,比丘,为什么世尊将无明说为门闩来开示呢?犹如关闭城门,插上门闩,大众的通行便被阻断,城内的人留在城内,城外的人留在城外。同样地,当无明之闩落在智门之上,他通往涅槃的智行便被阻断。因此,世尊将无明说为门闩来开示。“舍弃无明”,这是指通过执持业处并广参遍问的方式来舍断无明。显示巴利原文
Laṅgīti kho, bhikkhūti kasmā bhagavā avijjaṃ laṅgīti katvā dassesīti? Yathā hi nagarassa dvāraṃ pidhāya palighe yojite mahājanassa gamanaṃ pacchijjati, ye nagarassa anto, te antoyeva honti. Ye bahi, te bahiyeva. Evameva yassa ñāṇamukhe avijjālaṅgī patati, tassa nibbānasampāpakaṃ ñāṇagamanaṃ pacchijjati, tasmā avijjaṃ laṅgīti katvā dassesi. Pajaha avijjanti ettha kammaṭṭhānauggahaparipucchāvasena avijjāpahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“气胀蛙”,比丘们,此处的气胀蛙并非庞然大物,仅有指甲片大小,栖于旧叶之下、草丛之间或藤蔓之中。若被杖端、藤梢或尘土所触,它便吸气鼓胀,身体变得又大又圆,如木苹果般大小,四足悬空,无法动弹,落入敌手,成为乌鸦、兀鹰等的食物。同样,这种瞋恚刚生起时,只是内心的一丝波动。若当时不加制止,便会增长,令颜面扭曲。再不制止,便令下巴抽动。再不制止,便口出粗语。再不制止,便四处张望。再不制止,便动手拉扯。再不制止,便用手抓取土块、棍棒与刀具。再不制止,便以棍棒、刀具砍击。再不制止,便导致杀人与自杀。正如所说:‘当此瞋恚杀害他人又自杀时,这瞋恚便极其强盛、达到圆满。’于此,正如气胀蛙四足悬空,无法动弹,落入敌手,成为乌鸦等的食物;同样,具瞋恚者不能持取业处而修习增长,落入敌手,成为一切魔随心所欲的对象。因此世尊说:‘气胀蛙,比丘,这是瞋怒与绝望的同义词。’其中,具大威力的瞋即是瞋怒与绝望。‘舍弃瞋怒与绝望’,这是指通过反复审察而舍断。显示巴利原文
Uddhumāyikātikho, bhikkhūti ettha uddhumāyikamaṇḍūko nāma no mahanto, nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇo hoti, purāṇapaṇṇantare vā gacchantare vā valliantare vā vasati. So daṇḍakoṭiyā vā vallikoṭiyā vā paṃsucuṇṇakena vā ghaṭṭito āyamitvā mahanto parimaṇḍalo beluvapakkappamāṇo hutvā cattāro pāde ākāsagate katvā pacchinnagamano hutvā amittavasaṃ yāti, kākakulalādibhattameva hoti. Evameva ayaṃ kodho paṭhamaṃ uppajjanto cittāvilamattakova hoti. Tasmiṃ khaṇe aniggahito vaḍḍhitvā mukhavikulanaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito hanusañcopanaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito pharusavācānicchāraṇaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito disāvilokanaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito ākaḍḍhanaparikaḍḍhanaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito pāṇinā leḍḍudaṇḍasatthaparāmasanaṃ pāpeti. Tadā aniggahito daṇḍasatthābhinipātaṃ pāpeti . Tadā aniggahito paraghātanampi attaghātanampi pāpeti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘yato ayaṃ kodho paraṃ ghātetvā attānaṃ ghāteti, ettāvatāyaṃ kodho paramussadagato hoti paramavepullappatto’’ti. Tattha yathā uddhumāyikāya catūsu pādesu ākāsagatesu gamanaṃ pacchijjati, uddhumāyikā amittavasaṃ gantvā kākādibhattaṃ hoti, evameva kodhasamaṅgīpuggalo kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā vaḍḍhetuṃ na sakkoti, amittavasaṃ yāti, sabbesaṃ mārānaṃ yathākāmakaraṇīyo hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘uddhumāyikāti kho, bhikkhu, kodhūpāyāsassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Tattha balavappatto kodhova kodhūpāyāso. Pajaha kodhūpāyāsanti ettha paṭisaṅkhānappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“二路”。此处,譬如有人身带财物、拥有资具,行于旷野沙漠的长途,来到岔路口,无法决定“应当走这条路,还是应当走那条路”,便停在那里,盗贼随之而起,令他遭受伤害与不幸。同样,持取根本业处而坐的比丘,若对佛等生起疑惑,便不能增长业处,此时,烦恼魔等一切魔,便令他遭受伤害与不幸。因此,疑就如岔路。所以世尊说:‘二路,比丘,这是疑的同义词。’‘舍弃疑’,这是指通过持取业处与遍寻参问而舍断疑惑。显示巴利原文
Dvidhāpathoti ettha, yathā puriso sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggappaṭipanno dvedhāpathaṃ patvā, ‘‘iminā nu kho gantabbaṃ, iminā gantabba’’nti nicchetuṃ asakkonto tattheva tiṭṭhati, atha naṃ corā uṭṭhahitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpenti, evameva kho mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisinno bhikkhu buddhādīsu kaṅkhāya uppannāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ na sakkoti, atha naṃ kilesamārādayo sabbe mārā anayabyasanaṃ pāpenti, iti vicikicchā dvedhāpathasamā hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘dvidhāpathoti kho, bhikkhu, vicikicchāyetaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Pajaha vicikicchanti ettha kammaṭṭhānauggahaparipucchāvasena vicikicchāpahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“滤水器”。此处,犹如染工们将水倒入碱水过滤器时,一罐水、两罐、十罐、二十罐乃至百罐水,全都流走,点滴不剩;同样,被诸盖所覆蔽的人,其心中善法无法安住。因此世尊说:‘滤水器,比丘,这是五盖的同义词。’‘舍弃五盖’,这是指通过镇伏与彼分断除而舍断诸盖。显示巴利原文
Caṅgavāranti ettha, yathā rajakehi khāraparissāvanamhi udake pakkhitte eko udakaghaṭo dvepi dasapi vīsatipi ghaṭasatampi paggharatiyeva, pasaṭamattampi udakaṃ na tiṭṭhati, evameva nīvaraṇasamaṅgino puggalassa abbhantare kusaladhammo na tiṭṭhati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘caṅgavāranti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Pajaha pañcanīvaraṇeti ettha vikkhambhanatadaṅgavasena nīvaraṇappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“龟”——正如龟有四足与头,合为五部分,一切有为法在执取时,也同样成为这五种蕴。因此世尊说:“比丘,‘龟’即是五取蕴的异名。”“应舍断五取蕴”,意思是对于此五蕴,应舍断对其的欲贪。显示巴利原文
Kummoti ettha, yathā kacchapassa cattāro pādā sīsanti pañceva aṅgāni honti, evameva sabbepi saṅkhatā dhammā gayhamānā pañceva khandhā bhavanti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘kummoti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Pajaha pañcupādānakkhandheti ettha pañcasu khandhesu chandarāgappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“刀俎”——如同将肉放在砧板上以刀剁切,这些众生为了追求所贪的事物,便被烦恼欲所宰杀;他们以那些事物为缘,被烦恼欲切割、剁碎。因此世尊说:“比丘,‘刀俎’即是五种欲乐的异名。”“应舍断五种欲乐”,意思是对于这五种欲乐,应舍断对其的欲贪。显示巴利原文
Asisūnāti ettha, yathā sūnāya upari maṃsaṃ ṭhapetvā asinā koṭṭenti, evamime sattā vatthukāmatthāya kilesakāmehi ghātayamānā vatthukāmānaṃ upari katvā kilesakāmehi kantitā koṭṭitā ca honti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘asisūnāti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Pajaha pañca kāmaguṇeti ettha pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“肉片”——比丘们,所谓“肉片”,是众多众生所渴望的,刹帝利等人希望得到它,乌鸦等畜生也想得到它。因为这些众生被无明所蒙蔽,对喜贪产生爱着,令轮回不断增长。又好比肉片会粘着于放置之处,这些被喜贪系缚的众生,便粘着于轮回,即使遭受痛苦也不生厌离。因此,喜贪就如同肉片。所以世尊说:“比丘,‘肉片’即是喜贪的异名。”“应舍断喜贪”,意指通过第四道来舍断喜贪。显示巴利原文
Maṃsapesīti kho, bhikkhūti ettha ayaṃ maṃsapesi nāma bahujanapatthitā khattiyādayo manussāpi naṃ patthenti kākādayo tiracchānāpi. Ime hi sattā avijjāya sammattā nandirāgaṃ upagamma vaṭṭaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Yathā vā maṃsapesi ṭhapitaṭhapitaṭṭhāne laggati, evamime sattā nandirāgabaddhā vaṭṭe lagganti, dukkhaṃ patvāpi na ukkaṇṭhanti , iti nandirāgo maṃsapesisadiso hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘maṃsapesīti kho, bhikkhu, nandirāgassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Pajaha nandīrāganti ettha catutthamaggena nandīrāgappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
“比丘,‘龙象’乃是那漏尽者比丘的称号。”此中,漏尽者被称为“龙象”的含义,已在《无秽经》中阐明。“你应礼敬那位龙象”的意思是:你应向那漏尽者的佛陀之龙象礼敬——即“彼世尊是觉者,为觉悟而说法;是调御者,为调御而说法;是寂静者,为寂静而说法;是度脱者,为度脱而说法;是般涅槃者,为般涅槃而说法”,以此方式礼敬。这便是此处的含义。如此,此经便成了长老的禅修业处。长老亦以此经为业处,增长观智,证得阿拉汉果。“这就是它的含义”即是对此问题的解答。于是,世尊犹如从宝堆中拈起宝珠的尖顶一般,依于法次第完成了这次说法。显示巴利原文
Nāgoti kho, bhikkhu, khīṇāsavassetaṃ bhikkhuno adhivacananti ettha yenatthena khīṇāsavo nāgoti vuccati, so anaṅgaṇasutte (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.63) pakāsito eva. Namo karohi nāgassāti khīṇāsavassa buddhanāgassa, ‘‘buddho so bhagavā bodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, danto so bhagavā damathāya dhammaṃ deseti, santo so bhagavā samathāya dhammaṃ deseti, tiṇṇo so bhagavā taraṇāya dhammaṃ deseti, parinibbuto so bhagavā parinibbānāya dhammaṃ desetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.361) evaṃ namakkāraṃ karohīti ayamettha attho. Iti idaṃ suttaṃ therassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. Theropi idameva suttaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ patto. Ayametassa atthoti ayaṃ etassa pañhassa attho. Iti bhagavā ratanarāsimhi maṇikūṭaṃ gaṇhanto viya yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesīti.
《蚁冢经》义释(Vammikasuttavaṇṇanā) 终。显示巴利原文
Vammikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
4. 《七车经》义释(Rathavinītasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
4. Rathavinītasuttavaṇṇanā
252 “如是我闻”等,是《七车经》。其中,“在王舍城”是指那座名为王舍城的城市。此城因曾为曼陀多王、大典尊王等所统治,故称“王舍城”。此处虽有其他解释,但那些无关紧要,这仅是那座城市的名称。再者,这座城市只在佛陀出世或转轮王出世之时才成为城市,其余时间则空无人迹,由夜叉占据,变为一片他们栖居的林地。“在竹林栗鼠饲养处”:“竹林”是那座园林的名称。据说那座园林为竹林所环绕,有十八肘高的围墙,设有城门与塔楼,闪耀着青蓝色的光泽,令人悦意,故称“竹林”。又因人们在那里为松鼠设了饲食点,所以又称“栗鼠饲养处”。显示巴利原文
252.Evaṃme sutanti rathavinītasuttaṃ. Tattha rājagaheti evaṃnāmake nagare, tañhi mandhātumahāgovindādīhi pariggahitattā rājagahanti vuccati. Aññepettha pakāre vaṇṇayanti. Kiṃ tehi? Nāmametaṃ tassa nagarassa. Taṃ panetaṃ buddhakāle ca cakkavattikāle ca nagaraṃ hoti, sesakāle suññaṃ hoti yakkhapariggahitaṃ, tesaṃ vasantavanaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati. Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpeti veḷuvananti tassa uyyānassa nāmaṃ, taṃ kira veḷūhi parikkhittaṃ ahosi aṭṭhārasahatthena ca pākārena, gopuraṭṭālakayuttaṃ nīlobhāsaṃ manoramaṃ, tena veḷuvananti vuccati. Kalandakānañcettha nivāpaṃ adaṃsu, tena kalandakanivāpoti vuccati.
往昔,有位国王来到那座园林中游玩,因饮了酒而醉,便于白天卧睡。随从们以为“国王睡着了”,遂被花果等吸引,四散而去。此时,因酒气弥漫,从一株有洞的树中游出一条黑蛇,朝着国王的方向而来。一位树神见了,心想:“我当救国王性命!”于是化作一只黑松鼠,来至国王耳边弄出声响。国王惊醒,黑蛇便退了回去。国王见黑蛇退去,心知是此松鼠救了自己性命,便在那里为黑松鼠设置了固定的投食处,并宣告了不伤害它们的无畏令。由此,从那时起,那个地方便被称为“栗鼠饲养处”。而“Kalandakā”就是黑松鼠的名称。显示巴利原文
Pubbe kira aññataro rājā tattha uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ āgato surāmadena matto divāseyyaṃ upagato supi. Parijanopissa, ‘‘sutto rājā’’ti pupphaphalādīhi palobhiyamāno ito cito ca pakkāmi, atha surāgandhena aññatarasmā susirarukkhā kaṇhasappo nikkhamitvā raññābhimukho āgacchati. Taṃ disvā rukkhadevatā, ‘‘rañño jīvitaṃ dammī’’ti kāḷakavesena āgantvā kaṇṇamūle saddamakāsi. Rājā paṭibujjhi, kaṇhasappo nivatto. So taṃ disvā, ‘‘imāya mama jīvitaṃ dinna’’nti kāḷakānaṃ tattha nivāpaṃ paṭṭhapesi, abhayaghosanañca ghosāpesi. Tasmā taṃ tato pabhuti kalandakanivāpanti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ. Kalandakāti kāḷakānaṃ nāmaṃ.
“出生地住者”:指居于出生之地的人。其中,“出生地”即出生之处。然而,这个出生之处,并不是如憍萨罗大国王等的出生处,也不是如商吉婆罗门等的出生处,也不是帝释天、夜摩天、兜率天等的出生处,也不是八十大声闻等的出生处,也不是其他有情的出生处——这些都不能叫作“出生地”。可是,有这样一位圣者:在他出生的那一天,一万个世界仿佛同悬一面旗帜,花鬘散洒,花粉与香粉芬芳弥漫,一切都如盛开的欢喜园中那般光彩夺目,又如荷叶上的水珠一般安住不动;更有令生来即盲者得以见色等众多神变显现。这位一切知菩萨的出生地,即以释迦族国为依止的迦毗罗卫城,才被称作“出生地”。显示巴利原文
Jātibhūmikāti jātibhūmivāsino. Tattha jātibhūmīti jātaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃ kho panetaṃ neva kosalamahārājādīnaṃ na caṅkībrāhamaṇādīnaṃ na sakkasuyāmasantusitādīnaṃ na asītimahāsāvakādīnaṃ na aññesaṃ sattānaṃ jātaṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘jātibhūmī’’ti vuccati. Yassa pana jātadivase dasasahassilokadhātu ekaddhajamālāvippakiṇṇakusumavāsacuṇṇagandhasugandhā sabbapāliphullamiva nandanavanaṃ virocamānā paduminipaṇṇe udakabindu viya akampittha, jaccandhādīnañca rūpadassanādīni anekāni pāṭihāriyāni pavattiṃsu, tassa sabbaññubodhisattassa jātaṭṭhānasākiyajanapado kapilavatthāhāro, sā ‘‘jātibhūmī’’ti vuccati.
对尊重法的解释显示巴利原文
Dhammagarubhāvavaṇṇanā
「雨安居已住」是指经过三个月的雨安居,举行了自恣之后。世尊在向来客做了款待之后,宣说了「比丘们,是否安忍」等语,接着又说了「比丘们,哪一位呢」等话。据说,那些比丘被这样款待地问到:「比丘们,是否安忍?是否过得去?你们是不是没费太大力气就走完了那段远路?有没有因为托钵而辛苦?比丘们,你们是从哪里来的?」他们回答:「世尊,我们从释迦国,从迦毗罗卫的出生地来。」那时,世尊并没有问净饭大王的健康,也没有问释俱王、善悟王、兜头王、甘露王的健康,没有问无敌妃、摩诃巴阇波提的健康,没有问整个释迦族圈子的健康,而是向一位自己获得十种论事、又能引导他人安住其中、修行具足的比丘,说了「比丘们,哪一位呢」等话。显示巴利原文
Vassaṃvuṭṭhāti temāsaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhā pavāritapavāraṇā hutvā. Bhagavā etadavocāti ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīya’’ntiādīhi vacanehi āgantukapaṭisanthāraṃ katvā etaṃ, ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave’’tiādivacanamavoca. Te kira bhikkhu, – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kaccittha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamittha, kuto ca tumhe, bhikkhave, āgacchathā’’ti paṭisanthāravasena pucchitā – ‘‘bhagavā sākiyajanapade kapilavatthāhārato jātibhūmito āgacchāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha bhagavā neva suddhodanamahārājassa, na sakkodanassa, na sukkodanassa, na dhotodanassa, na amitodanassa, na amittāya deviyā, na mahāpajāpatiyā, na sakalassa sākiyamaṇḍalassa ārogyaṃ pucchi. Atha kho attanā ca dasakathāvatthulābhiṃ parañca tattha samādapetāraṃ paṭipattisampannaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchanto idaṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca.
那么,为什么世尊不问净饭王等人的健康,却偏偏问这样的一位比丘呢?因为喜爱。对于诸佛来说,修行有成的比丘、比丘尼、近事男、近事女,都是可爱、可意的。是什么原因呢?因为尊重法。诸如来都是尊重法的人,而他们尊重法的情况,应当通过「住于无敬者、无顺从者实在是苦」(《增支部》4.21)这句在阿惹巴拉榕树下所生起的意乐来了解。正是因为尊重法,世尊在大迦叶尊者出家那天,前去迎接,走了三牛呼那么远的路。走了一百多由旬的路,在恒河岸边说法,使大劫宾那及其徒众安立于阿拉汉果。在某一次午后,走了四十五由旬的路,在陶匠的住所整夜说法,使善男子弗迦娑提安立于不来果。走了二十由旬,去帮助林住沙弥。走了六十由旬的路,对迦地罗林住长老说法。当他知道阿那律尊者正坐在东竹林园里思惟大人之思惟时,就从空中前往,降在长老面前,表达赞叹。对于瞿帝康纳首那长老,在一间香房里为他敷设床座,在黎明时分请他宣说法义,并在梵呗结束时给予赞叹。走了三牛呼的路,在三位善男子所住的牛角娑罗林中,开示了和合的功德。迦叶世尊也生起这样的信赖:「这位圣弟子已安立于不来果」,于是前往陶匠嘎帝咖拉的住处,亲手拿起食物而受用。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavā suddhodanādīnaṃ ārogyaṃ apucchitvā evarūpaṃ bhikkhumeva pucchati? Piyatāya. Buddhānañhi paṭipannakā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo ca piyā honti manāpā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Dhammagarutāya. Dhammagaruno hi tathāgatā, so ca nesaṃ dhammagarubhāvo, ‘‘dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati, appatisso’’ti (a. ni. 4.21) iminā ajapālanigrodhamūle uppannajjhāsayena veditabbo. Dhammagarutāyeva hi bhagavā mahākassapattherassa abhinikkhamanadivase paccuggamanaṃ karonto tigāvutaṃ maggaṃ agamāsi. Atirekatiyojanasataṃ maggaṃ gantvā gaṅgātīre dhammaṃ desetvā mahākappinaṃ saparisaṃ arahatte patiṭṭhapesi. Ekasmiṃ pacchābhatte pañcacattālīsayojanaṃ maggaṃ gantvā kumbhakārassa nivesane tiyāmarattiṃ dhammakathaṃ katvā pukkusātikulaputtaṃ anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhapesi. Vīsayojanasataṃ gantvā vanavāsisāmaṇerassa anuggahaṃ akāsi. Saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā khadiravaniyattherassa dhammaṃ desesi. Anuruddhatthero pācīnavaṃsadāye nisinno mahāpurisavitakkaṃ vitakketīti ñatvā tattha ākāsena gantvā therassa purato oruyha sādhukāramadāsi. Koṭikaṇṇasoṇattherassa ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññapāpetvā paccūsakāle dhammadesanaṃ ajjhesitvā sarabhaññapariyosāne sādhukāramadāsi. Tigāvutaṃ maggaṃ gantvā tiṇṇaṃ kulaputtānaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne gosiṅgasālavane sāmaggirasānisaṃsaṃ kathesi. Kassapopi bhagavā – ‘‘anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhito ariyasāvako aya’’nti vissāsaṃ uppādetvā ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa nivesanaṃ gantvā sahatthā āmisaṃ gahetvā paribhuñji.
世尊临近雨安居时,由比丘僧团围绕,从祇园出发游行。憍萨罗王、给孤独长者等都无法劝请世尊返回。给孤独长者回到家中,满怀忧愁地坐下。这时,一位名叫富那的婢女问道:“主人,您为何忧愁?”长者答道:“是的,我没能劝请大师返回,心中便这样想:这三个月我将不能听闻佛法,也不能随心作供养了。”婢女说:“主人,我去劝请大师返回。”长者说:“你若能劝请他返回,我便给你自由。”于是她去世尊处,匍匐在十力者的足下,说:“世尊,请您返回吧。”世尊说:“富那,你自己尚且依人而活,能为我做什么呢?”她说:“世尊,您也知道我没有什么可布施的。然而,以您返回为缘,我就能安住于三皈依和五戒中。”世尊赞叹道:“善哉,善哉,富那!”随后便返回进入祇园。这件事传遍了。长者听说世尊是因富那而返回,便给予她自由,并把她视如女儿般安置下来。后来,她请求出家而出家,出家后便开始修观。那时,大师察知她已进入修观的状态,便诵出这首光明偈:显示巴利原文
Amhākaṃyeva bhagavā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya jetavanato bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto cārikaṃ nikkhami. Kosalamahārājaanāthapiṇḍikādayo nivattetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Anāthapiṇḍiko gharaṃ āgantvā domanassappatto nisīdi. Atha naṃ puṇṇā nāma dāsī domanassappattosi sāmīti āha. ‘‘Āma je, satthāraṃ nivattetuṃ nāsakkhiṃ, atha me imaṃ temāsaṃ dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ, yathādhippāyaṃ vā dānaṃ dātuṃ na labhissāmī’’ti cintā uppannāti. Ahampi sāmi satthāraṃ nivattessāmīti. Sace nivattetuṃ sakkosi, bhujissāyeva tvanti. Sā gantvā dasabalassa pādamūle nipajjitvā ‘‘nivattatha bhagavā’’ti āha. Puṇṇe tvaṃ parapaṭibaddhajīvikā kiṃ me karissasīti. Bhagavā mayhaṃ deyyadhammo natthīti tumhepi jānātha, tumhākaṃ nivattanapaccayā panāhaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhahissāmīti. Bhagavā sādhu sādhu puṇṇeti sādhukāraṃ katvā nivattetvā jetavanameva paviṭṭho. Ayaṃ kathā pākaṭā ahosi. Seṭṭhi sutvā puṇṇāya kira bhagavā nivattitoti taṃ bhujissaṃ katvā dhītuṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sā pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbaji, pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhi. Athassā satthā āraddhavipassakabhāvaṃ ñatvā imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ vissajjesi –
富那啊,你圆满了正法,犹如十五的满月;
以圆满的智慧,你必将尽苦边。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puṇṇe pūresi saddhammaṃ, cando pannaraso yathā; Paripuṇṇāya paññāya, dukkhassantaṃ karissasī’’ti. (therīgā. 3);
偈颂完结之时,她证得阿拉汉果,成为一名著名的女弟子。诸佛如来正是这般敬重于法。显示巴利原文
Gāthāpariyosāne arahattaṃ patvā abhiññātā sāvikā ahosīti. Evaṃ dhammagaruno tathāgatā.
当难陀迦长老在集会堂说法时,世尊尚未沐浴便径直前往,彻夜站立聆听法音。说法终了,世尊由衷随喜赞叹。长老上前顶礼,问道:“尊者,您是何时来到此处的?”世尊答:“在你方才开始讲经之时。”长老说:“尊者,您行了极为难能之事,佛陀您竟是如此地娇贵柔嫩。”世尊说:“难陀,纵使你说法历经一劫,我也会站立着听闻一劫。”诸佛如来便是这般敬重于法。正因他们敬重于法,那些依法修行者便成为可爱敬者,故世尊会询问修行者。此处所说的“修行者”,分为四种:为自利修行而不为他利;为他利修行而不为自利;既不为自利也不为他利修行;既为自利也为他利修行。显示巴利原文
Nandakatthere upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ dhammaṃ desentepi bhagavā anahātova gantvā tiyāmarattiṃ ṭhitakova dhammakathaṃ sutvā desanāpariyosāne sādhukāramadāsi. Thero āgantvā vanditvā, ‘‘kāya velāya, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. Tayā suttante āraddhamatteti. Dukkaraṃ karittha, bhante, buddhasukhumālā tumheti. Sace tvaṃ, nanda, kappaṃ desetuṃ sakkuṇeyyāsi, kappamattampāhaṃ ṭhitakova suṇeyyanti bhagavā avoca. Evaṃ dhammagaruno tathāgatā. Tesaṃ dhammagarutāya paṭipannakā piyā honti, tasmā paṭipannake pucchi. Paṭipannako ca nāma attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, no attahitāya ca paṭipanno no parahitāya ca, attahitāya ca paṭipanno parahitāya cāti catubbidho hoti.
其中,若有人自己通达了十种论事,却不以此教诫、教授他人,正如具寿拔古喇尊者一般。这便是“为自利修行,不为他利修行”。对于这样的比丘,世尊不予询问。何以故?因为他不在令我的教法增长之列。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo sayaṃ dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ lābhī hoti, paraṃ tattha na ovadati na anusāsati āyasmā bākulo viya. Ayaṃ attahitāya paṭipanno nāma no parahitāya paṭipanno, evarūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhagavā na pucchati. Kasmā? Na mayhaṃ sāsanassa vaḍḍhipakkhe ṭhitoti.
若有人自身并未证得十种论事,却以此教诫他人,目的仅是为了让人认可他已尽应作之事,就像释迦子乌巴难达那样,这便称为‘为他利修行,而非为自利’。对于这类比丘,世尊亦不询问。何以故?因为他的贪爱犹如大篮,尚未断除。显示巴利原文
Yo pana dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ alābhī, paraṃ tehi ovadati tena katavattasādiyanatthaṃ upanando sakyaputto viya, ayaṃ parahitāya paṭipanno nāma no attahitāya, evarūpampi na pucchati. Kasmā? Assa taṇhā mahāpacchi viya appahīnāti.
若有人自身既未证得十种论事,亦不以此教导他人,如同拉鲁达伊一般,这类人即是‘既不为自利,也不为他利修行’。对于这类比丘,世尊同样不询问。何以故?因为他内在的烦恼,犹如丛生荆棘,粗大难除。显示巴利原文
Yo attanāpi dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ alābhī, parampi tehi na ovadati, lāḷudāyī viya, ayaṃ neva attahitāya paṭipanno na parahitāya, evarūpampi na pucchati. Kasmā? Assa anto kilesā pharasuchejjā viya mahantāti.
然而,若有人自身通达了十种论事,并以此教导他人,这便称为‘既为自利,又为他利修行’,犹如舍利弗、目犍连、大迦叶等八十位大长老。对于这样的比丘,世尊便会询问。何以故?因为他属于能令我教法增长的一方。在此,世尊正是为了询问这样的比丘,才说出:‘诸比丘,到底是谁……’等语。显示巴利原文
Yo pana sayaṃ dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ lābhī, parampi tehi ovadati, ayaṃ attahitāya ceva parahitāya ca paṭipanno nāma sāriputtamoggallānamahākassapādayo asītimahātherā viya, evarūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchati. Kasmā? Mayhaṃ sāsanassa vuḍḍhipakkhe ṭhitoti. Idhāpi evarūpameva pucchanto – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha.
然而,世尊如此发问后,那些比丘并未互相思量或商议:“世尊在自己的出生地,询问一位既能自利利他、又通达十种论事的比丘是谁。”为什么呢?因为具寿满慈子在那片地方,犹如悬于空中的日月,名声显赫,广为人知。因此,那些比丘如同听闻雷声便聚集一处、待要齐声高鸣的孔雀群一般,又如同刚出家的比丘要向世尊禀告自己恩师满慈长老的功德那样,觉得自己的语言不足以圆满讲述长老的德行,于是异口同声说道:“尊者,就是那位名叫满慈的具寿……”等等。在此,“满慈”是那位长老的名字。他是曼特阿尼的儿子,故称“满慈子”。“备受尊敬”,是指他因功德的盛誉而受到尊敬。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavatā puṭṭhānaṃ pana tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavā attano jātibhūmiyaṃ ubhayahitāya paṭipannaṃ dasakathāvatthulābhiṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchati, ko nu kho tattha evarūpoti na aññamaññaṃ cintanā vā samantanā vā ahosi. Kasmā? Āyasmā hi mantāṇiputto tasmiṃ janapade ākāsamajjhe ṭhito cando viya sūriyo viya ca pākaṭo paññāto. Tasmā te bhikkhū meghasaddaṃ sutvā ekajjhaṃ sannipatitamoraghaṭā viya ghanasajjhāyaṃ kātuṃ, āraddhabhikkhū viya ca attano ācariyaṃ puṇṇattheraṃ bhagavato ārocentā therassa ca guṇaṃ bhāsituṃ appahontehi mukhehi ekappahāreneva puṇṇo nāma, bhante, āyasmātiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha puṇṇoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Mantāṇiyā pana so putto, tasmā mantāṇiputtoti vuccati. Sambhāvitoti guṇasambhāvanāya sambhāvito.
对少欲等特质的解释显示巴利原文
Appicchatādivaṇṇanā
“少欲”,即远离欲求、无有欲望、无有渴爱。于此,字面似有所保留,但其义实则完全彻底,毫无残余。因为他的心中,连极微细的恶欲都没有。这位漏尽者已彻底断除渴爱。此外,于此还应了知四种差别:过贪、恶欲、多欲、少欲。显示巴利原文
Appicchoti icchāvirahito niiccho nittaṇho. Ettha hi byañjanaṃ sāvasesaṃ viya, attho pana niravaseso. Na hi tassa anto aṇumattāpi pāpikā icchā nāma atthi. Khīṇāsavo hesa sabbaso pahīnataṇho. Apicettha atricchatā pāpicchatā mahicchatā appicchatāti ayaṃ bhedo veditabbo.
其中,对自己所得不满足,而希求他人所得,此谓“过贪”。具此过贪者,纵使同一盘中烤饼落入自己钵内,也觉得烤得不够透、个头小;而同样的饼放入他人钵中,则倍觉烤得透熟、个头大。没有真实功德却加以炫耀,并受取施物时不知限量,此谓“恶欲”。此恶欲在《阿毗达摩》中即以“此处有一人,本无信心,却期望人们知道‘我是有信之人’……”等方式开示。具恶欲者,专行欺诳。有真实功德却加以炫耀,并受取施物时不知限量,此谓“多欲”。此多欲亦以《分别论》851所说方式出现:“此处有一人,本有信,却期望人们知道‘我是有信之人’;本有戒,却期望人们知道‘我是有戒之人’……”具多欲者,难以满足,纵使刚生产的母亲亦不能令其称心。因此说——显示巴利原文
Tattha sakalābhe atittassa paralābhe patthanā atricchatā nāma. Tāya samannāgatassa ekabhājena pakkapūvopi attano patte patito na supakko viya khuddako viya ca khāyati. Sveva parassa patte pakkhitto supakko viya mahanto viya ca khāyati. Asantaguṇasambhāvanatā pana paṭiggahaṇe ca amattaññutā pāpicchatā nāma, sā, ‘‘idhekacco assaddho samāno saddhoti maṃ jano jānātū’’tiādinā nayena abhidhamme āgatāyeva, tāya samannāgato puggalo kohaññe patiṭṭhāti. Santaguṇasambhāvanā pana paṭiggahaṇe ca amattaññutā mahicchatā nāma. Sāpi, ‘‘idhekacco saddho samāno saddhoti maṃ jano jānātūti icchati, sīlavā samāno sīlavāti maṃ jano jānātū’’ti (vibha. 851) iminā nayena āgatāyeva, tāya samannāgato puggalo dussantappayo hoti, vijātamātāpissa cittaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
大火堆、海洋,以及多欲之人,
纵使以大车满载资具而行布施,这三者也终无餍足之时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aggikkhandho samuddo ca, mahiccho cāpi puggalo; Sakaṭena paccayaṃ detu, tayopete atappayā’’ti.
将真实功德隐而不露,并于接受资具时能知限量,这便称为「少欲」。具足此少欲的人,尽管自身拥有功德,却有意隐藏。例如:有信者不欲使人知「我是有信者」;持戒者不欲使人知「我是持戒者」;远离者不欲使人知「我是远离者」;多闻者不欲使人知「我是多闻者」;精进者不欲使人知「我是精进者」;得定者不欲使人知「我是得定者」;具慧者不欲使人知「我是具慧者」;漏尽者不欲使人知「我是漏尽者」。正如摩诃延底长老那样。显示巴利原文
Santaguṇanigūhanatā pana paṭiggahaṇe ca mattaññutā appicchatā nāma, tāya samannāgato puggalo attani vijjamānampi guṇaṃ paṭicchādetukāmatāya, ‘‘saddho samāno saddhoti maṃ jano jānātūti na icchati. Sīlavā, pavivitto, bahussuto, āraddhavīriyo, samādhisampanno, paññavā, khīṇāsavo samāno khīṇāsavoti maṃ jano jānātū’’ti na icchati, seyyathāpi majjhantikatthero.
据说,这位长老是一位大漏尽者,但他的钵与衣加起来也只值一足之价。无忧法王兴建精舍时,在那盛大的精舍落成庆典之日,他担任了僧团上座。当时,人们见他外貌极为粗陋,便对他说:“尊者,请稍往旁边让一让。”长老心想:“像我这样的漏尽者若不为国王作护卫,还有谁会作呢?”说完便沉入地中,待到僧团上座举起食团之时,他又恰好浮现出来接取。他就是这样一位漏尽者,却全然不希望旁人知晓“我是漏尽者”。像这样的少欲比丘,能令未生的利养生起,令已生的利养坚固,亦能令施主心生欢喜。因为他越是随顺自身的少欲而少取,那些对其德行具足净信的人们,便越发会多作布施。显示巴利原文
Thero kira mahākhīṇāsavo ahosi, pattacīvaraṃ panassa pādamattameva agghati, so asokassa dhammarañño vihāramahadivase saṅghatthero ahosi. Athassa atilūkhabhāvaṃ disvā manussā, ‘‘bhante, thokaṃ bahi hothā’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero, ‘‘mādise khīṇāsave rañño saṅgahaṃ akaronte añño ko karissatī’’ti pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā saṅghattherassa ukkhittapiṇḍaṃ gaṇhantoyeva ummujji. Evaṃ khīṇāsavo samāno, ‘‘khīṇāsavoti maṃ jano jānātū’’ti na icchati. Evaṃ appiccho pana bhikkhu anuppannaṃ lābhaṃ uppādeti, uppannaṃ lābhaṃ thāvaraṃ karoti, dāyakānaṃ cittaṃ ārādheti, yathā yathā hi so attano appicchatāya appaṃ gaṇhāti, tathā tathā tassa vatte pasannā manussā bahū denti.
此外,少欲又有四种:于资具少欲、于头陀支少欲、于教理少欲、于证得少欲。其中,对于四种资具能行少欲者,名为“资具少欲”。这样的人知道施主的心意,知道施物的状况,也知道自身的能力。若施物丰厚而施主想少给,他便随顺施主的心意只取少量;若施物微薄而施主想多给,他便随顺施物的状况只取少量;若施物既丰厚,施主又想多给,他也能如实了知自身的所需,只取适当的量。显示巴利原文
Aparopi catubbidho appiccho – paccayaappiccho dhutaṅgaappiccho pariyattiappiccho adhigamaappicchoti. Tattha catūsu paccayesu appiccho paccayaappiccho nāma, so dāyakassa vasaṃ jānāti, deyyadhammassa vasaṃ jānāti, attano thāmaṃ jānāti. Yadi hi deyyadhammo bahu hoti, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, dāyakassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo appo, dāyako bahuṃ dātukāmo, deyyadhammassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammopi bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, attano thāmaṃ ñatvā pamāṇeneva gaṇhāti.
不令他人知晓自身受持头陀支,这称为“头陀支少欲”。为了阐明这个道理,有这样的实例:据说,冢间住大善贤尊者曾在墓地中住了六十年,其他任何一位比丘都一无所知。因此他说:显示巴利原文
Dhutaṅgasamādānassa attani atthibhāvaṃ najānāpetukāmo dhutaṅgaappiccho nāma. Tassa vibhāvanatthaṃ imāni vatthūni – sosānikamahāsumanatthero kira saṭṭhi vassāni susāne vasi, añño ekabhikkhupi na aññāsi, tenevāha –
‘‘Susāne saṭṭhi vassāni, abbokiṇṇaṃ vasāmahaṃ; Dutiyo maṃ na jāneyya, aho sosānikuttamo’’ti.
在支提山住着两位兄弟长老。其中弟弟长老拿着侍者送来的甘蔗段,来到兄长长老跟前,说道:“尊者,请受用。”那时,兄长长老刚用完饭,正在漱口,便说:“贤友,够了。”弟弟长老问:“尊者,您莫非是一位一食者?”兄长长老说:“贤友,把甘蔗段拿走吧。”这位长老五十年来一直是一食者,但为了隐藏这一头陀支,便接过来受用了;漱口之后,再次决意头陀支而离去。显示巴利原文
Cetiyapabbate dvebhātiyattherā vasiṃsu. Tesu kaniṭṭho upaṭṭhākena pesitā ucchukhaṇḍikā gahetvā jeṭṭhassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Paribhogaṃ, bhante, karothāti. Therassa ca bhattakiccaṃ katvā mukhaṃ vikkhālanakālo ahosi. So alaṃ, āvusoti āha. Kacci, bhante, ekāsanikatthāti. Āharāvuso, ucchukhaṇḍikāti paññāsa vassāni ekāsaniko samānopi dhutaṅgaṃ nigūhamāno paribhogaṃ katvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā puna dhutaṅgaṃ adhiṭṭhāya gato.
而像沙祇多城的提舍长老那样,不希望让人知道自己多闻成就的,便称作「教理少欲」。据说,这位长老总是说没有时间,在讲说法义及遍问处不给别人任何机会。众人呵责他说:「尊者,难道要等到您临终才有空吗?」于是他便解散了大众,前往翅子树沙海精舍。在那里结夏安居期间,不论是长老、新学还是中等比丘,他都给予了饶益。到了大自恣日,他以法谈令大众心受震动,之后便离去了。显示巴利原文
Yo pana sāketakatissatthero viya bahussutabhāvaṃ jānāpetuṃ na icchati, ayaṃ pariyattiappiccho nāma. Thero kira khaṇo natthīti uddesaparipucchāsu okāsaṃ akaronto maraṇakkhayaṃ, bhante, labhissathāti codito gaṇaṃ vissajjetvā kaṇikāravālikasamuddavihāraṃ gato. Tattha antovassaṃ theranavamajjhimānaṃ upakāro hutvā mahāpavāraṇāya uposathadivase dhammakathāya janataṃ khobhetvā gato.
若是已证得入流等果位的人,却不想让人知道自己的成就,便称作「证得少欲」,犹如那三位善男子,或如阇提罗陶匠那样。显示巴利原文
Yo pana sotāpannādīsu aññataro hutvā sotāpannādibhāvaṃ jānāpetuṃ na icchati, ayaṃ adhigamaappiccho nāma, tayo kulaputtā viya ghaṭikārakumbhakāro viya ca.
然而,尊者富楼那因为彻底断除了过度欲、邪恶欲与多欲,具足了与之相反的、名为无贪的清净少欲,所以被称为「少欲者」。他还向比丘们开示:「贤友们,过度欲、邪恶欲、多欲这些法应当断除。」指出它们的过患,教导应修持这样的少欲而安住,这便是作少欲说。因此才说:「自身少欲,并为比丘们作少欲说者。」显示巴利原文
Āyasmā pana puṇṇo atricchataṃ pāpicchataṃ mahicchatañca pahāya sabbaso icchāpaṭipakkhabhūtāya alobhasaṅkhātāya parisuddhāya appicchatāya samannāgatattā appiccho nāma ahosi. Bhikkhūnampi, ‘‘āvuso, atricchatā pāpicchatā mahicchatāti ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti tesu ādīnavaṃ dassetvā evarūpaṃ appicchataṃ samādāya vattitabbanti appicchakathaṃ kathesi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā’’ti.
十二种知足(santosa)的解说显示巴利原文
Dvādasavidhasantosavaṇṇanā
现在,我将阐明‘自身知足’等词句中的殊胜义。至于这些词句的连接方式,则依前说之理可知。所谓‘知足’者,即具备随所得资具而知足。此知足有十二种。具体而言,于袈裟,有依所得知足、依力知足、依适宜知足三种;于团食等其他资具,亦各有三种。这便是他们分类的解说。显示巴利原文
Idāni attanā ca santuṭṭhotiādīsu visesatthameva dīpayissāma. Yojanā pana vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Santuṭṭhoti itarītarapaccayasantosena samannāgato. So panesa santoso dvādasavidho hoti. Seyyathidaṃ, cīvare yathālābhasantoso yathābalasantoso yathasāruppasantosoti tividho, evaṃ piṇḍapātādīsu. Tassāyaṃ pabhedasaṃvaṇṇanā.
此处,比丘获得袈裟,不论精致或粗劣,他仅以此袈裟存活,不希求余者,纵能得更好者亦不取受。这即是他于袈裟的‘依所得知足’。复次,若比丘天生体弱,或为疾病、衰老所困,披着厚重袈裟则感疲累,他便与同法比丘交换,换得轻便者而用,亦能知足。这即是他于袈裟的‘依力知足’。另有一类比丘得殊胜资具,获得如劫贝衣等珍贵袈裟,或得众多袈裟,便思惟:‘此衣适于长老、久出家者,此衣适于多闻者,此衣适于病者,此衣适于少得者。’遂行施舍,而后收集他们所换下的旧袈裟,或从垃圾堆等处捡拾破布,缝制成僧伽梨衣披着,亦能知足。这即是他于袈裟的‘依适宜知足’。显示巴利原文
Idha bhikkhu cīvaraṃ labhati sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā. So teneva yāpeti aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa cīvare yathālābhasantoso. Atha yo pakatidubbalo vā hoti ābādhajarābhibhūto vā, garucīvaraṃ pārupanto kilamati, so sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ taṃ parivattetvā lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathābalasantoso. Aparo paṇītapaccayalābhī hoti, so paṭṭacīvarādīnaṃ aññataraṃ mahagghacīvaraṃ bahūni vā pana cīvarāni labhitvā idaṃ therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ idaṃ bahussutānaṃ anurūpaṃ, idaṃ gilānānaṃ idaṃ appalābhānaṃ hotūti datvā tesaṃ purāṇacīvaraṃ vā saṅkārakūṭādito vā nantakāni uccinitvā tehi saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathāsāruppasantoso.
此处,比丘获得团食,不论粗劣或精美,他仅以此食存活,不希求余者,纵能得更好者亦不取受。这即是他于团食的‘依所得知足’。若比丘得到与自身体质不合、或与疾病相克之食,食已身感不适,他便将此食付与同法比丘,从彼比丘手中取用相宜之食而受用,并修习沙门法,亦能知足。这即是他于团食的‘依力知足’。另有一类比丘获得众多精美团食,如同处理袈裟那样,将食物施予久出家者、多闻者、少得者、病者,然后或食他们残余,或为团食而行乞,食种种混杂之食,亦能知足。这即是他于团食的‘依适宜知足’。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathālābhasantoso. Yo pana attano pakativiruddhaṃ vā byādhiviruddhaṃ vā piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, yenassa paribhuttena aphāsu hoti, so sabhāgassa bhikkhuno taṃ datvā tassa hatthato sappāyabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathābalasantoso. Aparo bahuṃ paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ viya cirapabbajitabahussutaappalābhigilānānaṃ datvā tesaṃ vā sesakaṃ piṇḍāya vā caritvā missakāhāraṃ bhuñjantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathāsāruppasantoso.
这里,比丘获得的坐卧具,或可意或不可意,他对此不因此生起喜悦,也不生起嗔恚,哪怕只是铺草的地方,也随所得而满足。这称为他对坐卧具的「随得知足」。若有人得到与自己体质相违、或与疾病相违的坐卧具,住在那里感觉不适,便将它让与同法比丘,住到那位比丘处所适宜之处,他也依然知足。这称为他对坐卧具的「随力知足」。又有一大福德之人,得到许多精美的坐卧具,比如岩窟、重阁、殿堂等。如同对待袈裟那样,他把它们施与久出家者、多闻者、少得者、病者,自己则随遇而安,住在任何地方,他也依然知足。又有人这样思惟:‘所谓最胜妙的坐卧具,其实是放逸之处,陷在里面便会昏沉、睡眠,被睡眠所压服后,醒时便会生起不善之念。’因此,即使得到那样的坐卧具,他也不受用;拒绝之后,或在露天、或在树下等处居住,也一如既往知足。这称为他对坐卧具的「随宜知足」。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu senāsanaṃ labhati manāpaṃ vā amanāpaṃ vā, so tena neva somanassaṃ na paṭighaṃ uppādeti, antamaso tiṇasanthārakenāpi yathāladdheneva tussati, ayamassa senāsane yathālābhasantoso. Yo pana attano pakativiruddhaṃ vā byādhiviruddhaṃ vā senāsanaṃ labhati, yatthassa vasato aphāsu hoti, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa santake sappāyasenāsane vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathābalasantoso. Aparo mahāpuñño leṇamaṇḍapakūṭāgārādīni bahūni paṇītasenāsanāni labhati, so tāni cīvarādīni viya cirapabbajitabahussutaappalābhigilānānaṃ datvā yattha katthaci vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso. Yopi, ‘‘uttamasenāsanaṃ nāma pamādaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha nisinnassa thinamiddhaṃ okkamati, niddābhibhūtassa puna paṭibujjhato pāpavitakkā pātubhavantī’’ti paṭisañcikkhitvā tādisaṃ senāsanaṃ pattampi na sampaṭicchati, so taṃ paṭikkhipitvā abbhokāsarukkhamūlādīsu vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayampissa senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso.
这里,比丘获得药物,或粗劣或精美,他随所得到便知足,不希求别的,即使能得到更好的,也不纳受。这称为他对病缘药的「随得知足」。若有人需要油却得了糖蜜,便将糖蜜让与同法比丘,从那位比丘手中取油,或者另外去寻得,再用这些来制药,他也依然知足。这称为他对病缘药的「随力知足」。又有一大福德之人,获得众多油、蜜、糖蜜等精美的药。如同对待袈裟那样,他把这些药施与久出家者、多闻者、少得者、病者,再用他们带回的任何药物来维持,他也依然知足。又有人于一只容器中盛浸尿的诃梨勒,另一只容器盛四甘蜜,当被告诉:‘尊者,请随意取用您所想要的!’即使他的疾病用其中任何一种都能痊愈,他却想:‘浸尿诃梨勒才是诸佛所称叹的。’于是回绝四甘蜜,只用浸尿诃梨勒来制药,成为第一知足者。这称为他对病缘药的「随宜知足」。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu bhesajjaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so yaṃ labhati, teneva santussati, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathālābhasantoso. Yo pana telena atthiko phāṇitaṃ labhati, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa hatthato telaṃ gahetvā aññadeva vā pariyesitvā tehi bhesajjaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathābalasantoso. Aparo mahāpuñño bahuṃ telamadhuphāṇitādipaṇītabhesajjaṃ labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ viya cirapabbajitabahussutaappalābhigilānānaṃ datvā tesaṃ ābhatakena yena kenaci yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Yo pana ekasmiṃ bhājane muttaharītakaṃ ṭhapetvā ekasmiṃ catumadhuraṃ, ‘‘gaṇha, bhante, yadicchasī’’ti vuccamāno sacassa tesu aññatarenapi rogo vūpasammati, atha muttaharītakaṃ nāma buddhādīhi vaṇṇitanti catumadhuraṃ paṭikkhipitvā muttaharītakeneva bhesajjaṃ karonto paramasantuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathāsāruppasantoso.
然而,在这每种资具上的三种知足之中,随宜知足最为第一。具寿富楼那对于每一种资具,都以此三种知足而知足。并且,他也成为比丘们中这「知足论」的宣说者。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana paccekaṃ paccayesu tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ santosānaṃ yathāsāruppasantosova aggo. Āyasmā puṇṇo ekekasmiṃ paccaye imehi tīhi santosehi santuṭṭho ahosi. Santuṭṭhikathañcāti bhikkhūnampi ca imaṃ santuṭṭhikathaṃ kattāva ahosi.
三种远离的注释显示巴利原文
Tividhapavivekavaṇṇanā
“已远离者”:意为具足三种远离——身远离、心远离、依远离。其中,独自而行、独自站立、独自而坐、独自躺卧、独自入村乞食、独自返回、独自经行、独自游方、独自安住,这称为身远离。八等至称为心远离。涅槃称为依远离。正如经文所说:“身远离,是乐于远离、乐出离者的远离;心远离,是心清净、达到最上清净者的远离;依远离,是无依、已达无造作者(为行所摄)的远离。”(《大本》57)而此远离之论,也正是比丘们的远离论。显示巴利原文
Pavivittoti kāyapaviveko cittapaviveko upadhipavivekoti imehi tīhi pavivekehi samannāgato. Tattha eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko caṅkamamadhiṭṭhāti, eko carati, eko viharatīti ayaṃ kāyapaviveko nāma. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo pana cittapaviveko nāma. Nibbānaṃ upadhipaviveko nāma. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘kāyapaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ. Cittapaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ. Upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatāna’’nti (mahāni. 57). Pavivekakathanti bhikkhūnampi ca imaṃ pavivekakathaṃ kattā.
五种交杂的注释显示巴利原文
Pañcavidhasaṃsaggavaṇṇanā
“不交杂”:意为远离五种交杂。五种交杂是:听交杂、看交杂、交谈交杂、受用交杂、身交杂。其中,听交杂是指:此处的比丘听到“某村或某镇,有一位女子或少女,容貌端丽、悦目动人、端庄优雅,具足最上妙的肤色之美”。他听后,心便沉溺其中,无法继续守护梵行,又耻于显露出自己于学处上的羸弱,便退转还俗了。如此,无论是听他人讲述关于容貌等成就之言,还是亲闻嬉笑、交谈、歌唱之声,经由耳门生起的贪欲,即称为“听交杂”。这一点,可从不为女人香气所动的辟支菩萨,以及住在五隙岩窟的年轻比丘提沙这两个例子而了知。显示巴利原文
Asaṃsaṭṭhoti pañcavidhena saṃsaggena virahito. Savanasaṃsaggo dassanasaṃsaggo samullapanasaṃsaggo sambhogasaṃsaggo kāyasaṃsaggoti pañcavidho saṃsaggo. Tesu idha bhikkhu suṇāti, ‘‘asukasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā kumārikā vā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’’ti. So taṃ sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhādubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā hīnāyāvattatīti evaṃ parehi vā kathīyamānaṃ rūpādisampattiṃ attanā vā hasitalapitagītasaddaṃ suṇantassa sotaviññāṇavīthivasena uppanno rāgo savanasaṃsaggo nāma. So anitthigandhapaccekabodhisattassa ca pañcaggaḷaleṇavāsītissadaharassa ca vasena veditabbo –
据说,有位年轻比丘在空中飞行时,听见山间铁匠的女儿与五位少女同去莲花池沐浴,佩戴莲花,并以曼妙歌声唱和的声音,他顿时被欲贪击中,失去了殊胜的境界,遭遇了不幸与灾祸。至于“看交杂”,是指比丘虽未听闻什么,却亲眼看见女子或少女,容貌端丽、悦目动人、端庄优雅,具足最上妙的肤色之美。他看到后,心便沉溺其中,无法继续守护梵行,又耻于显露自己于学处上的羸弱,便退转还俗了。如此,当注视不应注视的对象时,经由眼门生起的贪欲,即称为“看交杂”。此事应如此理解──显示巴利原文
Daharo kira ākāsena gacchanto girigāmavāsikammāradhītāya pañcahi kumārīhi saddhiṃ padumasaraṃ gantvā nhatvā padumāni ca pilandhitvā madhurassarena gāyantiyā saddaṃ sutvā kāmarāgena viddho visesā parihāyitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇi. Idha bhikkhu na heva kho suṇāti, apica kho sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā kumāriṃ vā abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgataṃ. So taṃ disvā saṃsīdati visīdati na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhādubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā hīnāyāvattatīti evaṃ visabhāgarūpaṃ olokentassa pana cakkhuviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo dassanasaṃsaggo nāma. So evaṃ veditabbo –
据说,有一位年轻比丘为请教课业而前往迦罗提迦瓦皮德瓦拉精舍。导师看出他将会有障碍,便不给他机会。这位年轻比丘一次次地跟随。导师说:“你若不进村中走动,我便教授你课业。”年轻比丘答应道:“好的。”接纳条件之后,课业完毕,他礼敬导师而离去,心中思忖:“导师不许我在此村走动,是何原因?”于是整好袈裟,走进了村子。那时,一位良家女子身著黄衣,正站在屋内。她见到年轻比丘,心生贪爱,便用勺舀了粥放入他钵中,随即转身躺到床上。她的父母问她:“女儿,你怎么了?”她说:“若能跟那位从门前走过的年轻比丘在一起,我就能活下去;若不能,我就活不成了。”父母急忙跑到村口找到那位年轻比丘,向他礼敬后说:“尊者,请您回来,接受供养吧。”年轻比丘说:“不必了,我要走了。”他们恳求道:“尊者,事情是这样的——尊者,我们家中有诸多财富,只有这一个女儿,请您来做我们的长子,如此便能安乐度日。”年轻比丘答道:“我不需要这种障碍。”便未接受,径直离去了。显示巴利原文
Eko kira daharo kāladīghavāpidvāravihāraṃ uddesatthāya gato. Ācariyo tassa antarāyaṃ disvā okāsaṃ na karoti. So punappunnaṃ anubandhati. Ācariyo sace antogāme na carissasi. Dassāmi te uddesanti āha. So sādhūti sampaṭicchitvā uddese niṭṭhite ācariyaṃ vanditvā gacchanto ācariyo me imasmiṃ gāme carituṃ na deti, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇanti cīvaraṃ pārupitvā gāmaṃ pāvisi, ekā kuladhītā pītakavatthaṃ nivāsetvā gehe ṭhitā daharaṃ disvā sañjātarāgā uḷuṅkena yāguṃ āharitvā tassa patte pakkhipitvā nivattitvā mañcake nipajji. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro kiṃ ammāti pucchiṃsu, dvārena gataṃ daharaṃ labhamānā jīvissāmi, alabhamānā marissāmīti. Mātāpitaro vegena gantvā gāmadvāre daharaṃ patvā vanditvā, ‘‘nivattatha, bhante, bhikkhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Daharo alaṃ gacchāmīti. Te, ‘‘idaṃ nāma, bhante, kāraṇa’’nti yācitvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, gehe ettakaṃ nāma dhanaṃ atthi, ekāyeva no dhītā, tvaṃ no jeṭṭhaputtaṭṭhāne ṭhassasi, sukhena sakkā jīvitu’’nti āhaṃsu. Daharo, ‘‘na mayhaṃ iminā palibodhena attho’’ti anādiyitvāva pakkanto.
父母回去后,对她说:“女儿啊,我们没能让那位年轻比丘回心转意。你若想找别的丈夫,我们能替你找到。起来吃些东西吧。”但她不愿,绝食七天后便过世了。父母为她办妥后事,把那件黄布供养给城门口精舍的比丘僧团。比丘们将布剪成许多小块分发。一位长老比丘拿到自己那份布片后,来到了迦良尼精舍。那位年轻比丘也正好想去礼敬塔庙,到了那里,坐在昼间的休息处。长老比丘拿起那块布片,对年轻比丘说:“请你用这个替我缝一个滤水袋。”年轻比丘问道:“尊者,您这东西从何得来?”长老比丘便将事情的原委讲了一遍。年轻比丘听罢,心中生起念头:“我竟未能与这样的女子一起生活!”当下就被贪欲之火猛烈燃烧,就在那里去世了。显示巴利原文
Mātāpitaro gantvā, ‘‘amma, nāsakkhimhā daharaṃ nivattetuṃ, yaṃ aññaṃ sāmikaṃ icchasi, taṃ labhissasi, uṭṭhehi khāda ca piva cā’’ti āhaṃsu. Sā anicchantī sattāhaṃ nirāhārā hutvā kālamakāsi. Mātāpitaro tassā sarīrakiccaṃ katvā taṃ pītakavatthaṃ dhuravihāre bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu, bhikkhū vatthaṃ khaṇḍākhanḍaṃ katvā bhājayiṃsu. Eko mahallako attano koṭṭhāsaṃ gahetvā kalyāṇīvihāraṃ āgato. Sopi daharo cetiyaṃ vandissāmīti tattheva gantvā divāṭṭhāne nisīdi. Mahallako taṃ vatthakhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā, ‘‘iminā me parissāvanaṃ vicārethā’’ti daharaṃ avoca. Daharo mahāthera ‘‘kuhiṃ laddha’’nti āha. So sabbaṃ pavattiṃ kathesi. So taṃ sutvāva, ‘‘evarūpāya nāma saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ nālattha’’nti rāgagginā daḍḍho tattheva kālamakāsi.
“言谈交杂”是指:透过彼此问候、交谈而引生的贪欲。比丘受用属于比丘尼之物,或比丘尼受用属于比丘之物,依此种受用而引生的贪欲,名为“受用交杂”。此事应这样理解:据说,在摩利迦瓦提精舍举行大法会时,有十万比丘、九万比丘尼。一位沙弥端着热粥走动,时而将钵放在袈裟一角,时而放在地上。一位沙弥尼见了,递给他一个小碟子,说道:“把钵搁在这上面吧,您请走。”后来,于某次危难之时,他们都渡海前往他国。那些比丘尼比他们先抵达。那位沙弥尼听说“有位锡兰来的比丘来了”,便去那位长老跟前,亲切问候后坐下,问道:“尊者,当年在摩利迦瓦提精舍大法会时,您多大年纪?”长老说:“那时我是七岁的沙弥。你那时几岁?”她答道:“我就是那个七岁的沙弥尼,曾给那位端热粥的沙弥一个小碟子,让他放钵。”长老说:“我就是那个人。”随即拿出那个小碟子给她看。他们只因这么一点点交杂,便再也无力守护梵行,待到两人都年届六十时,双双还俗了。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññaṃ ālāpasallāpavasena uppannarāgo pana samullapanasaṃsaggo nāma. Bhikkhuno bhikkhuniyā santakaṃ, bhikkhuniyā vā bhikkhussa santakaṃ gahetvā paribhogakaraṇavasena uppannarāgo sambhogasaṃsaggo nāma. So evaṃ veditabbo – maricavaṭṭivihāramahe kira bhikkhūnaṃ satasahassaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ navutisahassāni eva ahesuṃ. Eko sāmaṇero uṇhayāguṃ gahetvā gacchanto sakiṃ cīvarakaṇṇe ṭhapesi, sakiṃ bhūmiyaṃ. Ekā sāmaṇerī disvā ettha pattaṃ ṭhapetvā yāhīti thālakaṃ adāsi. Te aparabhāge ekasmiṃ bhaye uppanne parasamuddaṃ agamaṃsu. Tesu bhikkhunī puretaraṃ agamāsi. Sā, ‘‘eko kira sīhaḷabhikkhu āgato’’ti sutvā therassa santikaṃ gantvā paṭisanthāraṃ katvā nisinnā, – ‘‘bhante, maricavaṭṭivihāramahakāle tumhe kativassā’’ti pucchi. Tadāhaṃ sattavassikasāmaṇero. Tvaṃ pana kativassāti? Ahaṃ sattavassikasāmaṇerīyeva ekassa sāmaṇerassa uṇhayāguṃ gahetvā gacchantassa pattaṭhapanatthaṃ thālakamadāsinti. Thero, ‘‘ahaṃ so’’ti vatvā thālakaṃ nīharitvā dassesi. Te ettakeneva saṃsaggena brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkontā dvepi saṭṭhivassakāle vibbhamiṃsu.
“身交杂”是指由牵手等行为而生起的贪欲。这里有一则事例:据说,在大塔庙的庭院中,年轻比丘们正在自行温习课业,年轻比丘尼们则坐在他们身后听法。那时,其中一位年轻比丘伸出手,碰到了一位年轻比丘尼的身体。那位比丘尼便抓住他的手,按在自己胸口。正因这片刻的交杂,两人都还俗成了在家人。显示巴利原文
Hatthagāhādivasena pana uppannarāgo kāyasaṃsaggo nāma. Tatridaṃ vatthu – mahācetiyaṅgaṇe kira daharabhikkhū sajjhāyaṃ gaṇhanti. Tesaṃ piṭṭhipasse daharabhikkhuniyo dhammaṃ suṇanti. Tatreko daharo hatthaṃ pasārento ekissā daharabhikkhuniyā kāyaṃ chupi. Sā taṃ hatthaṃ gahetvā attano urasmiṃ ṭhapesi, ettakena saṃsaggena dvepi vibbhamitvā gihibhāvaṃ pattā.
夺与被夺等的注释说明。显示巴利原文
Gāhagāhakādivaṇṇanā
在这五种交杂中,比丘与比丘之间的见、闻、交谈、受用和身触,原本就常常发生;除身交杂外,比丘与比丘尼之间的其余四种交杂,只是偶尔发生;同样地,与男居士、女居士间的这一切交杂,也只是偶尔发生。在这些情况下,比丘应防护自心,不为烦恼所趁。要知道,有些比丘是“夺-被夺者”,有些是“被夺-解脱者”,有些是“解脱-被夺者”,有些则是“解脱-解脱者”。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana pañcasu saṃsaggesu bhikkhuno bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ savanadassanasamullapanasambhogakāyaparāmāsā niccampi hontiyeva, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ ṭhapetvā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ sesā kālena kālaṃ honti; tathā upāsakaupāsikāhi saddhiṃ sabbepi kālena kālaṃ honti. Tesu hi kilesuppattito cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Eko hi bhikkhu gāhagāhako hoti, eko gāhamuttako, eko muttagāhako, eko muttamuttako.
其中,若人们以财物引诱比丘,怀着获取之心来亲近;比丘也以花、果等去引诱在家人,怀着获取之心去亲近——此人称为“夺-被夺者”。若人们如前所述,怀着获取之心来亲近,而比丘是以应供者的身份去亲近——此人称为“被夺-解脱者”。若人们出于敬奉应供者的心供养四种资具,而比丘却以花、果等去引诱,怀着获取之心去亲近——此人称为“解脱-被夺者”。若人们出于敬奉应供者的心供养四种资具,比丘也如同小乞食帝须长老那样,以应供者的方式接受并使用——此人则称为“解脱-解脱者”。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ manussāpi āmisena upalāpetvā gahaṇavasena upasaṅkamanti, bhikkhupi pupphaphalādīhi upalāpetvā gahaṇavasena upasaṅkamati, ayaṃ gāhagāhako nāma. Yaṃ pana manussā vuttanayena upasaṅkamanti, bhikkhu dakkhiṇeyyavasena upasaṅkamati, ayaṃ gāhamuttako nāma. Yassa manussā dakkhiṇeyyavasena cattāro paccaye denti, bhikkhu pupphaphalādīhi upalāpetvā gahaṇavasena upasaṅkamati, ayaṃ muttagāhako nāma. Yassa manussāpi dakkhiṇeyyavasena cattāro paccaye denti, bhikkhupi cūḷapiṇḍapātiyatissatthero viya dakkhiṇeyyavasena paribhuñjati, ayaṃ muttamuttako nāma.
据说,曾有一位近事女侍奉这位长老长达十二年。一天,她所在的村庄起火,房舍都被烧毁。其他与那些人家相熟的常住比丘前来,亲切地问候道:“近事女,可有什么财物没能救出来吗?”那家人说:“我们母亲的常住长老,一到用餐时分必定会来的。”第二天,长老估摸着乞食的时间才到来。近事女让他在谷仓的荫凉处坐下,备好食物供养了他。长老受斋毕将离去时,那家人说:“我们母亲的常住长老,正是到吃饭的时候才来啊。”近事女应道:“你们的常住长老恰合于你们,我的长老恰合于我。”然而,具寿满慈子丝毫也不落入这五种交杂当中,也不与四众弟子混杂。他既是“被夺解脱者”,也是“解脱解脱者”。正如他自己不混杂,他也为比丘们作不混杂的开示。显示巴利原文
Theraṃ kira ekā upāsikā dvādasa vassāni upaṭṭhahi. Ekadivasaṃ tasmiṃ gāme aggi uṭṭhahitvā gehāni jhāpesi. Aññesaṃ kulūpakabhikkhū āgantvā – ‘‘kiṃ upāsike, api kiñci bhaṇḍakaṃ arogaṃ kātuṃ asakkhitthā’’ti paṭisanthāraṃ akaṃsu. Manussā, ‘‘amhākaṃ mātu kulūpakatthero bhuñjanavelāyameva āgamissatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Theropi punadivase bhikkhācāravelaṃ sallakkhetvāva āgato. Upāsikā koṭṭhacchāyāya nisīdāpetvā bhikkhaṃ sampādetvā adāsi. There bhattakiccaṃ katvā pakkante manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākaṃ mātu kulūpakatthero bhuñjanavelāyameva āgato’’ti. Upāsikā, ‘‘tumhākaṃ kulūpakā tumhākaṃyeva anucchavikā, mayhaṃ thero mayheva anucchaviko’’ti āha. Āyasmā pana mantāṇiputto imehi pañcahi saṃsaggehi catūhipi parisāhi saddhiṃ asaṃsaṭṭho gāhamuttako ceva muttamuttako ca ahosi. Yathā ca sayaṃ asaṃsaṭṭho, evaṃ bhikkhūnampi taṃ asaṃsaggakathaṃ kattā ahosi.
“已发勤精进”的意思是:已策励起精进,即具足了身精进与心精进。若有比丘在行走时,不让已生起的烦恼有转入站立的机会;在站立时,不让已生起的烦恼有转入坐下的机会;在坐下时,不让已生起的烦恼有转入躺卧的机会——他就像用咒术压住黑蛇并牢牢擒捉的人,又像用脚踏住仇敌脖颈与之搏斗的人一样,于一切威仪中精勤修习,这样的比丘便称为“已发勤精进”。富楼那长老正是这样的人。他同样为比丘们作激励精进的开示。显示巴利原文
Āraddhavīriyoti paggahitavīriyo, paripuṇṇakāyikacetasikavīriyoti attho. Yo hi bhikkhu gamane uppannakilesaṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇituṃ na deti, ṭhāne uppannakilesaṃ nisajjaṃ, nisajjāya uppannakilesaṃ sayanaṃ pāpuṇituṃ na deti, mantena kaṇhasappaṃ uppīḷetvā gaṇhanto viya, amittaṃ gīvāya akkamanto viya ca vicarati, ayaṃ āraddhavīriyo nāma. Thero ca tādiso ahosi. Bhikkhūnampi tatheva vīriyārambhakathaṃ kattā ahosi.
在“戒具足”等词中,“戒”指四种遍清净戒;“定”指作为观基础的八种等至;“慧”指出世间智与世间智;“解脱”指圣果;“解脱智见”指十九种省察智。长老自身也具足戒等功德,并为比丘们开示戒等法义。他以十种论事教诫比丘,因此称为“教诫者”。然而,有的人只会教诫,却不能将微妙的义理辗转解说清楚,令人明了,但长老并非如此。长老能令比丘们通达十种论事,因此称为“令了知者”。有的人虽能令人明了,却道不出其中的缘由。长老还能指出缘由,因此称为“指示者”。有的人能指出存在的缘由,却不能令人信受。长老还能令人信受,因此称为“劝发者”。如此劝发之后,为激发比丘们对论事的热忱而鼓舞他们,因此称为“激励者”。对那些已生起热忱的人,通过赞叹令其欢喜,因此称为“令喜者”。显示巴利原文
Sīlasampannotiādīsu sīlanti catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. Samādhīti vipassanāpādakā aṭṭha samāpattiyo. Paññāti lokiyalokuttarañāṇaṃ. Vimuttīti ariyaphalaṃ. Vimuttiñāṇadassananti ekūnavīsatividhaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. Thero sayampi sīlādīhi sampanno ahosi bhikkhūnampi sīlādikathaṃ kattā. Svāyaṃ dasahi kathāvatthūhi ovadatīti ovādako. Yathā pana eko ovadatiyeva, sukhumaṃ atthaṃ parivattetvā jānāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Na evaṃ thero. Thero pana tāni dasa kathāvatthūni viññāpetīti viññāpako. Eko viññāpetuṃ sakkoti, kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ na sakkoti. Thero kāraṇampi sandassetīti sandassako. Eko vijjamānaṃ kāraṇaṃ dasseti, gāhetuṃ pana na sakkoti. Thero gāhetumpi sakkotīti samādapako. Evaṃ samādapetvā pana tesu kathāvatthūsu ussāhajananavasena bhikkhū samuttejetīti samuttejako. Ussāhajāte vaṇṇaṃ vatvā sampahaṃsetīti sampahaṃsako.
五得注释显示巴利原文
Pañcalābhavaṇṇanā
253 “善得”的意思是:对他人而言,获得人身、得以出家等功德,也可称为一种“得”。然而,对于尊者富楼那来说,这些才真正是“善得”,意指他能在世尊面前得到如此称扬,这含有深远的利益。再者,被愚者称扬,不算是真正的得;被智者称扬,才算是得。因为在家人的称扬不能算作那样的得:他们本想称赞,却说成“我们的师父温和、柔顺、说话让人欢喜,对来寺院的我们照顾得很好,给粥、给饭、给糖浆”——这实际上成了说坏话。他们本想说不好的话,却说成“这位长老好像昏昏沉沉,好像软弱无力,好像整天皱着眉头,和他在一起一点安稳感都没有”——这反而成了称赞。即便是同梵行者在世尊背后称赞,也不能算是那样的得;只有在世尊面前得到称赞,才是最殊胜的得。世尊正是基于这一义利,才说“善得”。
“随喜再随喜”的意思是:一次又一次地进入十种论事之后,随喜赞叹。而世尊也对此随喜赞叹,世尊这样随喜说:“正是如此,那位比丘是少欲者,那位比丘是知足者。”如此,得智者称赞为一得,得同梵行者称赞为一得,在世尊面前得称赞为一得,次第显示巴利原文
253.Suladdhalābhāti aññesampi manussattabhāvapabbajjādiguṇalābhā nāma honti. Āyasmato pana puṇṇassa suladdhalābhā ete, yassa satthu sammukhā evaṃ vaṇṇo abbhuggatoti attho. Apica apaṇḍitehi vaṇṇakathanaṃ nāma na tathā lābho, paṇḍitehi vaṇṇakathanaṃ pana lābho. Gihī hi vā vaṇṇakathanaṃ na tathā lābho, gihī hi ‘‘vaṇṇaṃ kathessāmī’’ti, ‘‘amhākaṃ ayyo saṇho sakhilo sukhasambhāso, vihāraṃ āgatānaṃ yāgubhattaphāṇitādīhi saṅgahaṃ karotī’’ti kathento avaṇṇameva katheti. ‘‘Avaṇṇaṃ kathessāmī’’ti ‘‘ayaṃ thero mandamando viya abalabalo viya bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viya natthi iminā saddhiṃ vissāso’’ti kathento vaṇṇameva katheti. Sabrahmacārīhipi satthu parammukhā vaṇṇakathanaṃ na tathā lābho, satthu sammukhā pana atilābhoti imampi atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘‘suladdhalābhā’’ti āha. Anumassa anumassāti dasa kathāvatthūni anupavisitvā anupavisitvā. Tañca satthā abbhanumodatīti tañcassa vaṇṇaṃ evametaṃ appiccho ca so bhikkhu santuṭṭho ca so bhikkhūti anumodati. Iti viññūhi vaṇṇabhāsanaṃ eko lābho, sabrahmacārīhi eko, satthu sammukhā eko, anumassa anumassa eko, satthārā abbhanumodanaṃ ekoti ime pañca lābhe sandhāya ‘‘suladdhalābhā’’ti āha. Kadācīti kismiñcideva kāle. Karahacīti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpoti api nāma koci kathāsamudācāropi bhaveyya. Therena kira āyasmā puṇṇo neva diṭṭhapubbo, nassa dhammakathā sutapubbā. Iti so tassa dassanampi dhammakathampi patthayamāno evamāha.
游行等注释显示巴利原文
Cārikādivaṇṇanā
254 “如其所乐而住”的意思是:随顺自己的意乐而住。诸佛安住于某处时,不会因为树荫、饮水等条件不足,或坐卧具不适,或那里的人没有信心等原因,而生起不欢喜的心。他们也不会因为那里的条件圆满,觉得“在这里住得真舒服”而生起贪恋,从而长久停留。然而,当如来安住某地时,若有众生能因此皈依三宝、受持戒律、发心出家,或者由此获得证入入流道等果位的亲依止缘,诸佛便会以令众生安立于这些成就的意乐而住下。如果没有这样的因缘,他们就会离开。因此说“如其所乐而住”之后。
“行于游行”的意思是:踏上长途的旅程。而世尊的游行有两种:一种是急行游行,另一种是非急行游行。显示巴利原文
254.Yathābhirantanti yathāajjhāsayaṃ viharitvā. Buddhānañhi ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vasantānaṃ chāyūdakādivipattiṃ vā apphāsukasenāsanaṃ vā, manussānaṃ assaddhādibhāvaṃ vā āgamma anabhirati nāma natthi. Tesaṃ sampattiyā ‘‘idha phāsu viharāmā’’ti abhiramitvā ciravihāropi natthi. Yattha pana tathāgate viharante sattā saraṇesu vā patiṭṭhahanti, sīlāni vā samādiyanti, pabbajanti vā, tato sotāpattimaggādīnaṃ vā pana tesaṃ upanissayo hoti. Tattha buddhā satte tāsu sampattīsu patiṭṭhāpanaajjhāsayena vasanti; tāsaṃ abhāve pakkamanti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘yathāajjhāsayaṃ viharitvā’’ti. Cārikaṃ caramānoti addhānagamanaṃ gacchanto. Cārikā ca nāmesā bhagavato duvidhā hoti turitacārikā ca, aturitacārikā ca.
此处,“急行游行”是指:即使远在他方,看见有可度化的人,为了度化他而快速赶过去。这种游行,可从迎接大迦叶等事例中见到。实际上,世尊前去迎接大迦叶时,须臾之间便走完了三伽否他(约九公里)的路;为了度化旷野夜叉,走了三十由旬;为了央掘魔罗,也走了同样的距离。为了弗迦娑提,走了四十五由旬;为了大劫宾那,走了一百二十由旬;为了迦提罗林住者,走了七百由旬;为了法将的同住比丘——林住提舍沙弥,走了一百二十三伽否他(超过一百二十由旬)。显示巴利原文
Tattha dūrepi bodhaneyyapuggalaṃ disvā tassa bodhanatthāya sahasā gamanaṃ turitacārikā nāma. Sā mahākassapapaccuggamanādīsu daṭṭhabbā. Bhagavā hi mahākassapaṃ paccuggacchanto muhuttena tigāvutaṃ maggaṃ agamāsi, āḷavakassatthāya tiṃsayojanaṃ, tathā aṅgulimālassa . Pukkusātissa pana pañcacattālīsayojanaṃ, mahākappinassa vīsayojanasataṃ, khadiravaniyassatthāya satta yojanasatāni agamāsi; dhammasenāpatino saddhivihārikassa vanavāsītissasāmaṇerassa tigāvutādhikaṃ vīsayojanasataṃ.
据说,一天那位长老说:“尊者,我要去提舍沙弥那里。”世尊说:“我也去。”然后对尊者阿难说:“阿难,去通知那二万位具足六通的比丘:‘世尊要到林住提舍沙弥的住处去了。’”第二天,世尊在二万漏尽比丘的围绕下,从空中腾空而起,飞越一百二十由旬,降落在提舍沙弥行乞的聚落村门口,搭好袈裟。那些正要外出劳作的人们看见后,便说:“导师来了,别去干活了!”于是他们铺设座位,供养了粥和饮品。这时,一些年少比丘问道:“居士们,世尊要去哪里?”优婆塞们回答:“世尊不去其他地方,就是专程来见提舍沙弥的。”他们顿时生起喜悦,心想:“原来导师是为了见我们的亲教师长老而来,我们的长老果然非同寻常啊。”显示巴利原文
Ekadivasaṃ kira thero, ‘‘tissasāmaṇerassa santikaṃ, bhante, gacchāmī’’ti āha. Bhagavā, ‘‘ahampi gamissāmī’’ti vatvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ānanda, vīsatisahassānaṃ chaḷabhiññānaṃ ārocehi – ‘bhagavā vanavāsītissasāmaṇerassa santikaṃ gamissatī’’’ti. Tato dutiyadivase vīsatisahassakhīṇāsavaparivuto ākāse uppatitvā vīsayojanasatamatthake tassa gocaragāmadvāre otaritvā cīvaraṃ pārupi. Kammantaṃ gacchamānā manussā disvā, ‘‘satthā, bho, āgato, mā kammantaṃ agamitthā’’ti vatvā āsanāni paññapetvā yāguṃ datvā pānavattaṃ karontā, ‘‘kuhiṃ, bhante, bhagavā gacchatī’’ti daharabhikkhū pucchiṃsu. Upāsakā, na bhagavā aññattha gacchati, idheva tissasāmaṇerassa dassanatthāya āgatoti . Te ‘‘amhākaṃ kira kulūpakattherassa dassanatthāya satthā āgato, no vata no thero oramattako’’ti somanassajātā ahesuṃ.
世尊用完斋饭后,沙弥入村乞食,问道:“优婆塞们,大比丘僧团在哪里?”他们告诉他说:“尊者,导师来了。”他来到世尊面前,将乞食之事向世尊禀明。导师伸手接过他的钵,说:“够了,提舍,斋饭我已经用过了。”于是提舍沙弥向自己的亲教师告假后,坐在自己放置钵盂的座位上,用完了饭。用餐完毕后,导师说了吉祥祝福语,然后走出去,站在村门口,问道:“提舍,通往你住处的路是哪一条?”提舍回答:“世尊,是这一条。”世尊便让他引路,说:“提舍,你在前面带路。”据说,世尊虽是包括诸天在内的整个世间的指南者,但心想“在这全长三伽否他的路上,我想见一见沙弥”,便让他做了引路人。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavato bhattakiccapariyosāne sāmaṇero gāmaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā ‘‘upāsakā mahā bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti pucchi. Athassa te, ‘‘satthā, bhante, āgato’’ti ārocesuṃ, so bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā piṇḍapātena āpucchi. Satthā tassa pattaṃ hatthena gahetvā, ‘‘alaṃ, tissa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattakicca’’nti āha. Tato upajjhāyaṃ āpucchitvā attano pattāsane nisīditvā bhattakiccamakāsi. Athassa bhattakiccapariyosāne satthā maṅgalaṃ vatvā nikkhamitvā gāmadvāre ṭhatvā, ‘‘kataro te, tissa, vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gamanamaggo’’ti āha. ‘‘Ayaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Maggaṃ desayamāno purato yāhi tissāti. Bhagavā kira sadevakassa lokassa maggadesako samānopi ‘‘sakalatigāvute magge sāmaṇeraṃ daṭṭhuṃ lacchāmī’’ti taṃ maggadesakamakāsi.
提舍沙弥回到自己的住处后,为世尊做了应作的侍奉。然后世尊问他:“提舍,你的经行处是哪一个?”随后他们一同来到那里,世尊坐在沙弥常坐的石头上,问道:“提舍,你在这个地方住得安乐吗?”他回答说:“是的,尊者。我住在这里时,听到狮子、老虎、大象、鹿、孔雀等的声音,就会生起‘山林想’,因为这种想,我住得很安乐。”于是世尊说:“提舍,把比丘僧团集合起来,我要将佛陀的遗产传授给你。”在大众聚集后,世尊为他授了具足戒,然后才回到自己的住处。这就叫做“急行游行”。显示巴利原文
So attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā bhagavato vattamakāsi. Atha naṃ bhagavā, ‘‘kataro te, tissa, caṅkamo’’ti pucchitvā tattha gantvā sāmaṇerassa nisīdanapāsāṇe nisīditvā, ‘‘tissa, imasmiṃ ṭhāne sukhaṃ vasasī’’ti pucchi. So āha – ‘‘āma, bhante, imasmiṃ me ṭhāne vasantassa sīhabyagghahatthimigamorādīnaṃ saddaṃ suṇato araññasaññā uppajjati, tāya sukhaṃ vasāmī’’ti. Atha naṃ bhagavā, ‘‘tissa, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātehi, buddhadāyajjaṃ te dassāmī’’ti vatvā sannipatite bhikkhusaṅghe upasampādetvā attano vasanaṭṭhānameva agamāsīti. Ayaṃ turitacārikā nāma.
若按照村落、城镇的次第,每日行进一由旬或半由旬,以托钵乞食等方式利益世间众生的出行,则称为「非急行游行」。世尊作此游行时,会在大圈、中圈、末圈这三个圈中的某一个圈内游行。其中,大圈方圆九百由旬,中圈方圆六百由旬,末圈方圆三百由旬。当他想在大圈游行时,便于大自恣日举行自恣后,次日由大比丘僧团围绕出发。此时,方圆一百由旬内一片喧腾,先到者可获得邀请供食的机会;其余两个圈的供养规模则不及大圈。在那里,世尊会在各个村落、城镇中停留一两天,以接受食物供养来利益大众,并以法布施令他们的轮回解脱善业增长,前后共九个月结束游行。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana gāmanigamapaṭipāṭiyā devasikaṃ yojanaḍḍhayojanavasena piṇḍapātacariyādīhi lokaṃ anuggaṇhantassa gamanaṃ, ayaṃ aturitacārikā nāma. Imaṃ pana cārikaṃ caranto bhagavā mahāmaṇḍalaṃ majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ antimamaṇḍalanti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maṇḍalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ carati. Tattha mahāmaṇḍalaṃ navayojanasatikaṃ, majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ chayojanasatikaṃ, antimamaṇḍalaṃ tiyojanasatikaṃ. Yadā mahāmaṇḍale cārikaṃ caritukāmo hoti, mahāpavāraṇāya pavāretvā pāṭipadadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro nikkhamati. Samantā yojanasataṃ ekakolāhalaṃ ahosi, purimaṃ purimaṃ āgatā nimantetuṃ labhanti; itaresu dvīsu maṇḍalesu sakkāro mahāmaṇḍale osarati. Tatra bhagavā tesu tesu gāmanigamesu ekāhaṃ dvīhaṃ vasanto mahājanaṃ āmisapaṭiggahena anuggaṇhanto dhammadānena cassa vivaṭṭūpanissitaṃ kusalaṃ vaḍḍhento navahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpeti.
然而,若雨安居期间比丘们的止与观尚很稚嫩,他便不举行大自恣,而是作「自恣摄益」,待到迦提迦月的满月日才自恣。随后,于末伽始罗月的第一天,由大比丘僧团围绕出发,进入中圈游行。若因其他因缘也想在中圈游行,同样必须住满四个月才会出发。如前所述,另外两个圈的供养规模均不及中圈。世尊同样以先前的方式利益世间,在八个月内结束游行。显示巴利原文
Sace pana antovasse bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanā taruṇā hoti, mahāpavāraṇāya apavāretvā pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ datvā kattikapuṇṇamāya pavāretvā migasirassa paṭhamadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro nikkhamitvā majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ osarati. Aññenapi kāraṇena majjhimamaṇḍale cārikaṃ caritukāmo catumāsaṃ vasitvāva nikkhamati. Vuttanayeneva itaresu dvīsu maṇḍalesu sakkāro majjhimamaṇḍale osarati. Bhagavā purimanayeneva lokaṃ anuggaṇhanto aṭṭhahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpeti.
此外,即使雨安居四个月已结束,若世尊应度众生的根器尚未完全成熟,为等待其根器成熟,世尊会再继续住一个月、两个月、三个月或四个月,然后才由大比丘僧团围绕出发。如前所述,其余两个圈的供养也会向内圈收拢汇集。世尊同样以先前的方式利益世间,在七个月、六个月、五个月,乃至四个月内结束游行。就这样,在这三个圈中,无论于何处游行,他都不是为了衣钵等资具而行。他的目的是:那些贫穷、愚痴、年老、患病之人,何时才能前来面见如来呢?当我游行时,广大民众便能获得亲见如来的机会。在那里,有人会生起净信,有人会以花鬘等作供养,有人会施舍一勺饭食,有人会舍弃邪见而成为正见者。这将为他们带来长远的利益与安乐——正是出于如此的悲悯,世尊才作此行。显示巴利原文
Sace pana catumāsaṃ vuṭṭhavassassāpi bhagavato veneyyasattā aparipakkindriyā honti, tesaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ āgamayamāno aparampi ekaṃ māsaṃ vā dviticatumāsaṃ vā tattheva vasitvā mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro nikkhamati. Vuttanayeneva itaresu dvīsu maṇḍalesu sakkāro antomaṇḍale osarati. Bhagavā purimanayeneva lokaṃ anuggaṇhanto sattahi vā chahi vā pañcahi vā catūhi vā māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpeti. Iti imesu tīsu maṇḍalesu yattha katthaci cārikaṃ caranto na cīvarādihetu carati. Atha kho ye duggatā bālā jiṇṇā byādhitā, te kadā tathāgataṃ āgantvā passissanti? Mayi pana cārikaṃ carante mahājano tathāgatadassanaṃ labhissati, tattha keci cittāni pasādessanti, keci mālādīhi pūjessanti, keci kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dassanti, keci micchādassanaṃ pahāya sammādiṭṭhikā bhavissanti, taṃ tesaṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti evaṃ lokānukampāya cārikaṃ carati.
再者,诸佛世尊游行有四种原因:为了以经行方式令身体舒适;为了等候教法事缘成熟的时机;为了给比丘们制定学处;为了度化各处根器已熟、堪受教化的众生。又有另外四种原因:为了使众人生起“皈依佛”“皈依法”“皈依僧”之心,以及为了以广大法雨令四众弟子得到满足。又有五种原因:为了使众生成就“远离杀生”“远离不与取”“远离欲邪行”“远离妄语”“远离酒与麻醉品等放逸之因”。又有八种原因:为了使众生成就“证得初禅”“证得第二禅”……乃至“证得非想非非想处定”。再有另外八种原因:为了使众生成就“证得入流道”“证得入流果”……乃至“亲证阿拉汉果”。以上即是所说非急行游行,此处所指的正是这种游行。而这种游行又分两种:定期游行与不定期游行。其中,纯粹为了度化某一位众生而前往,称为定期游行;依照村落、城镇、都城的次第渐次而行,则称为不定期游行。这里所说的,便是不定期的游行。显示巴利原文
Apica catūhi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti – jaṅghāvihāravasena sarīraphāsukatthāya, atthuppattikālaṃ abhikaṅkhanatthāya, bhikhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpanatthāya, tattha tattha paripākagatindriye bodhaneyyasatte bodhanatthāyāti. Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchissantīti vā, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchissantīti vā, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchissantīti vā, mahatā dhammavassena catasso parisā santappessāmīti vāti . Aparehi pañcahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti – pāṇātipātā viramissantīti vā, adinnādānā… kāmesumicchācārā… musāvādā… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā viramissantīti vāti. Aparehi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti – paṭhamajjhānaṃ paṭilabhissantīti vā, dutiyaṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilabhissantīti vāti. Aparehi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti – sotāpattimaggaṃ adhigamissantīti vā, sotāpattiphalaṃ…pe… arahattaphalaṃ sacchikarissantīti vāti. Ayaṃ aturitacārikā, sā idha adhippetā. Sā panesā duvidhā hoti nibaddhacārikā, anibaddhacārikā ca. Tattha yaṃ ekasseva bodhaneyyasattassa atthāya gacchati, ayaṃ nibaddhacārikā nāma. Yaṃ pana gāmanigamanagarapaṭipāṭivasena carati, ayaṃ anibaddhacārikā nāma. Esā idha adhippetā.
“整理好坐卧处”意指收拾好坐卧具。然而,长老在收拾时,并未将小钵大钵、小碟大碟、绢衣细布衣等打成包裹,也没有把酥油等灌满罐子藏入内室、关上门并上锁加印。他只是依照律文的规定而作,即:“若那里没有比丘、沙弥、守园人或优婆塞,便将床叠放在四块石头上,把凳子叠放上去,把衣物堆叠在衣竿或衣绳上,关好门窗,然后离去。”(《小品》361)也就是说,长老只需知会住在当地的常驻比丘,便算完成了收拾。显示巴利原文
Senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvāti senāsanaṃ paṭisāmetvā. Taṃ pana paṭisāmento thero na cūḷapattamahāpatta-cūḷathālakamahāthālaka-paṭṭuṇṇacīvara-dukūlacīvarādīnaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā sappitelādīnaṃ vā pana ghaṭe pūrāpetvā gabbhe nidahitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya kuñcikamuddikādīni yojāpesi. ‘‘Sace na hoti bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā ārāmiko vā upāsako vā, catūsu pāsāṇesu mañce mañcaṃ āropetvā pīṭhe pīṭhaṃ āropetvā cīvaravaṃse vā cīvararajjuyā vā upari puñjaṃ katvā dvāravātapānaṃ thaketvā pakkamitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 361) vacanato pana nevāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchanamattakeneva paṭisāmesi.
“便朝舍卫城方向游行而去”:他因渴望拜见导师,便朝着舍卫城所在的方位出发了。出发时,他并未禀告净饭大王,也不曾让人携带酥油、蜂蜜、糖浆等物,而是如同离群独行的狂象,又如无所依傍的狮子,仅带着衣钵,独自一人上了路。为什么他当初没有带着五百随行弟子一同前往王舍城,偏偏到这时才出发呢?因为王舍城距迦毗罗卫很远,有六十由旬,而舍卫城只有十五由旬。导师从王舍城走了四十五由旬,此时正住在舍卫城。有人说他如今才出发是因为听说导师就在近处,但这并非真正的原因。一个要去拜见诸佛的人,纵使要走一千由旬也会毅然前往。只不过在那时,他尚无法获得身远离。与众人结伴同行时,有人提议“我们走吧”,另一人却说“留在这里”;有人主张“留下吧”,另一人却偏要“走”。这样便很难在自己想要入定的时候随时进入等至坐下,也很难寻得一处舒适的住处以成就身远离。若独自行走,这一切便容易做到。因此,他那时没有出发,此刻方才启程。显示巴利原文
Yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmīti satthu dassanakāmo hutvā yena disābhāgena sāvatthi tena pakkāmi. Pakkamanto ca na suddhodanamahārājassa ārocāpetvā sappitelamadhuphāṇitādīni gāhāpetvā pakkanto. Yūthaṃ pahāya nikkhanto pana mattahatthī viya, asahāyakicco sīho viya, pattacīvaramattaṃ ādāya ekakova pakkāmi. Kasmā panesa pañcasatehi attano antevāsikehi saddhiṃ rājagahaṃ agantvā idāni nikkhantoti? Rājagahaṃ kapilavatthuto dūraṃ saṭṭhiyojanāni, sāvatthi pana pañcadasa. Satthā rājagahato pañcacattālīsayojanaṃ āgantvā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, idāni āsanno jātoti sutvā nikkhamīti akāraṇametaṃ. Buddhānaṃ santikaṃ gacchanto hi esa yojanasahassampi gaccheyya, tadā pana kāyaviveko na sakkā laddhunti. Bahūhi saddhiṃ gamanakāle hi ekasmiṃ gacchāmāti vadante eko idheva vasāmāti vadati. Ekasmiṃ vasāmāti vadante eko gacchāmāti vadati. Tasmā icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdituṃ vā phāsukasenāsane kāyavivekaṃ laddhuṃ vā na sakkā hoti, ekakassa pana taṃ sabbaṃ sulabhaṃ hotīti tadā agantvā idāni pakkāmi.
关于“游行的时候”:虽然此词严格来说仅适用于佛陀为饶益大众的出行,但依托佛陀,依通俗的惯用语,也可用来指声闻弟子的出游——就如同用竹片等制成的扇子,随顺俗语也称之为“多罗叶扇”。关于“朝着世尊所在之处”:他在距舍卫城不远处的一座村庄托钵乞食,用完斋后进入了祇园精舍。他本可前往舍利弗尊者或大目犍连尊者的住处,却既没有先洗脚、涂油、饮水或稍用饮品解除疲乏,心中也从未生起“稍事休息后再去见导师”的念头,而是径直走向香室。对长老而言,当他渴望见到导师时,其他比丘与他毫无关系。因此,他也根本没有考虑带着罗睺罗或阿难,先请求许可再去拜见导师这回事。显示巴利原文
Cārikaṃcaramānoti ettha kiñcāpi ayaṃ cārikā nāma mahājanasaṅgahatthaṃ buddhānaṃyeva labbhati, buddhe upādāya pana ruḷhīsaddena sāvakānampi vuccati kilañjādīhi kataṃ bījanampi tālavaṇṭaṃ viya. Yena bhagavāti sāvatthiyā avidūre ekasmiṃ gāmake piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco jetavanaṃ pavisitvā sāriputtattherassa vā mahāmoggallānattherassa vā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā pāde dhovitvā makkhetvā pānīyaṃ vā pānakaṃ vā pivitvā thokaṃ vissamitvā satthāraṃ passissāmīti cittampi anuppādetvā ujukaṃ gandhakuṭipariveṇameva agamāsi. Therassa hi satthāraṃ daṭṭhukāmassa aññena bhikkhunā kiccaṃ natthi. Tasmā rāhulaṃ vā ānandaṃ vā gahetvā okāsaṃ kāretvā satthāraṃ passissāmīti evampi cittaṃ na uppādesi.
事实上,长老在佛陀的教法中,就如战场上为国克敌、深得国王亲信的勇士一般。正如这样的勇士想见国王时,根本不需要通过他人引见,依其亲近信赖便可直接得见。同样,长老在佛陀的教法中也是亲信,想见导师时无需另求他人转达。于是,他洗完脚,在擦脚布上擦干之后,便朝世尊走去。世尊也预先知道:“凌晨时分,满慈子将会到来。”因此,他进入香室后并未插上门栓,只是缓解了身体的疲劳,便起身坐着。长老轻轻推开门,进入香室,向世尊行接足礼后,退到一旁坐下。关于“讲说法义的开示”:世尊在说法义时,在《小牛角经》(《中部·小牛角经》等)中为三位善男子讲说了和合的利益;在《有学经》(《中部·有学经》等)中讲说了住处的利益;在《嘎帝咖拉经》(《中部·嘎帝咖拉经》等)中讲说了与获得宿住随念相关的法谈;在《赖吒和罗经》(《中部·赖吒和罗经》)中讲说了四种法要;在《塞拉经》(《中部·塞拉经》等)中讲说了饮料的利益;在《随烦恼经》(《中部·随烦恼经》等)中为跋耆长老说法时,讲说了和合的利益。而在这部《接力车经》中,为具……显示巴利原文
Thero hi sayameva buddhasāsane vallabho rañño saṅgāmavijayamahāyodho viya. Yathā hi tādisassa yodhassa rājānaṃ daṭṭhukāmassa aññaṃ sevitvā dassanakammaṃ nāma natthi; vallabhatāya sayameva passati. Evaṃ theropi buddhasāsane vallabho, tassa aññaṃ sevitvā satthudassanakiccaṃ natthīti pāde dhovitvā pādapuñchanamhi puñchitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Bhagavāpi ‘‘paccūsakāleyeva mantāṇiputto āgamissatī’’ti addasa. Tasmā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā sūcighaṭikaṃ adatvāva darathaṃ paṭippassambhetvā uṭṭhāya nisīdi. Thero kavāṭaṃ paṇāmetvā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Dhammiyā kathāyāti bhagavā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathento cūḷagosiṅgasutte (ma. ni. 1.325 ādayo) tiṇṇaṃ kulaputtānaṃ sāmaggirasānisaṃsaṃ kathesi; sekkhasutte (ma. ni. 2.22 ādayo) āvasathānisaṃsaṃ, ghaṭikārasutte (ma. ni. 2.282 ādayo) satipaṭilābhikaṃ pubbenivāsappaṭisaṃyuttakathaṃ; raṭṭhapālasutte (ma. ni. 2.304) cattāro dhammuddese, selasutte (ma. ni. 2.396 ādayo) pānakānisaṃsakathaṃ , upakkilesasutte (ma. ni. 3.236 ādayo) bhaguttherassa dhammakathaṃ kathento ekībhāve ānisaṃsaṃ kathesi. Imasmiṃ pana rathavinīte āyasmato puṇṇassa kathento dasakathāvatthunissayaṃ anantanayaṃ nāma dassesi puṇṇa, ayampi appicchakathāyeva santosakathāyevāti. Paṭisambhidāpattassa sāvakassa velante ṭhatvā mahāsamudde hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya ahosi.
关于“朝着暗林的方向”:据说,那时午饭后,祇园精舍变得拥挤不堪,众多刹帝利、婆罗门等纷纷涌进祇园,仿佛成了转轮王安营扎寨之处,全然无法获得独处的远离。而暗林则如同精勤修行的禅堂一般幽静、远离尘嚣,因此他便朝着暗林走去。他为什么没有去谒见那些大长老呢?他是这样想的:“等到傍晚时分我再过来,先去拜见大长老们,然后再去拜见十力世尊。如此,对大长老们算是一次亲近承事,而对导师则成了两次。向导师礼敬之后,我再返回自己的住处。”显示巴利原文
Yena andhavananti tadā kira pacchābhatte jetavanaṃ ākiṇṇaṃ hoti, bahū khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo jetavanaṃ osaranti; rañño cakkavattissa khandhāvāraṭṭhānaṃ viya hoti, na sakkā pavivekaṃ labhituṃ. Andhavanaṃ pana padhānagharasadisaṃ pavivittaṃ, tasmā yenandhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Kasmā pana mahāthere na addasa? Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘sāyanhasamaye āgantvā mahāthere disvā puna dasabalaṃ passissāmi, evaṃ mahātherānaṃ ekaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, satthu dve bhavissanti, tato satthāraṃ vanditvā mama vasanaṭṭhānameva gamissāmī’’ti.
「七清净问释」显示巴利原文
Sattavisuddhipañhavaṇṇanā
256 “他常常赞叹”:意思是反复称扬他的功德。据说,从那以后,长老天天在僧众中说:“听说有一位名叫满慈子的富楼那,他不混迹于四众弟子之中,特地前来拜见十力如来。他会不会不见我一面就离去呢?”他这样说,是为了提醒新学比丘和中年比丘们,因此称扬具寿富楼那的功德。据说他心中这样思量:“那些年长的老比丘们未必总在寺院,但如果有人讲说他的功德,那么无论哪位比丘见到他,都会来通报。”后来,那位与长老同住的比丘,看见具寿满慈子拿着衣钵正走进香室。他是怎么认出的呢?因为听见世尊说法时一再呼唤“富楼那,富楼那”,他由此知道:“这就是我戒师常常赞叹的那位尊者。”于是他赶紧回去禀报长老。“拿着坐具”:这里说的“坐具”,指带毛的布料,但长老当时是拿了一块皮革去的。“紧随在后”:就是跟在后面。“低头而行”:指行走时,路面高处只见前人脊背,路面低处只见前人头顶,这就称为低头而行。他以这样的方式随行。长老虽因收摄根门、举止安详,即使跟得很近,也不会以脚步声打扰对方。显示巴利原文
256.Abhiṇhaṃ kittayamāno ahosīti punappunaṃ vaṇṇaṃ kittayamāno vihāsi. Thero kira tato paṭṭhāya divase divase saṅghamajjhe ‘‘puṇṇo kira nāma mantāṇiputto catūhi parisāhi saddhiṃ asaṃsaṭṭho, so dasabalassa dassanatthāya āgamissati; kacci nu kho maṃ adisvāva gamissatī’’ti theranavamajjhimānaṃ satikaraṇatthaṃ āyasmato puṇṇassa guṇaṃ bhāsati. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘mahallakabhikkhū nāma na sabbakālaṃ antovihāre honti; guṇakathāya panassa kathitāya yo ca naṃ bhikkhuṃ passissati; so āgantvā ārocessatī’’ti. Athāyaṃ therasseva saddhivihāriko taṃ āyasmantaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ pattacīvaramādāya gandhakuṭiṃ pavisantaṃ addasa. Kathaṃ pana naṃ esa aññāsīti? Puṇṇa, puṇṇāti vatvā kathentassa bhagavato dhammakathāya aññāsi – ‘‘ayaṃ so thero, yassa me upajjhāyo abhiṇhaṃ kittayamāno hotī’’ti. Iti so āgantvā therassa ārocesi. Nisīdanaṃ ādāyāti nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati avāyimaṃ. Thero pana cammakhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā agamāsi. Piṭṭhito piṭṭhitoti pacchato pacchato. Sīsānulokīti yo unnataṭṭhāne piṭṭhiṃ passanto ninnaṭṭhāne sīsaṃ passanto gacchati, ayampi sīsānulokīti vuccati. Tādiso hutvā anubandhi. Thero hi kiñcāpi saṃyatapadasaddatāya accāsanno hutvā gacchantopi padasaddena na bādhati, ‘‘nāyaṃ sammodanakālo’’ti ñatvā pana na accāsanno, andhavanaṃ nāma mahantaṃ, ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nilīnaṃ apassantena, āvuso puṇṇa, puṇṇāti aphāsukasaddo kātabbo hotīti nisinnaṭṭhānajānanatthaṃ nātidūre hutvā sīsānulokī agamāsi. Divāvihāraṃ nisīdīti divāvihāratthāya nisīdi.
这其中,具寿富楼那出身北方婆罗门种姓,舍利弗尊者也是。富楼那尊者身色金黄,舍利弗尊者也是。富楼那尊者证得阿拉汉果定,舍利弗尊者也是。富楼那尊者圆满十万劫愿行,舍利弗尊者则更为殊胜,圆满十万劫又无数劫的愿行。富楼那尊者获得无碍解,是大漏尽阿拉汉,舍利弗尊者也是。如此,两位尊者,就如两头狮子同入一座黄金洞窟,两只老虎共步一片伸展之地,两尊六牙象王同入一处开满花的娑罗林,两只金翅鸟王齐飞一座木棉林,两位多闻天王同乘一辆人马车,两位释提桓因共坐一块黄毛毯石,两位哈里大梵天同处一座天宫——他们同是婆罗门种姓,同具金色肌肤,同证甚深禅定等至,同具足圆满的愿行,同为得无碍解的大漏尽者。当这样两位大阿拉汉共入此林时,林间之地倍生光辉。显示巴利原文
Tattha āyasmāpi puṇṇo udiccabrāhmaṇajacco, sāriputtattheropi. Puṇṇattheropi suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, sāriputtattheropi. Puṇṇattheropi arahattaphalasamāpattisamāpanno, sāriputtattheropi. Puṇṇattheropi kappasatasahassaṃ abhinīhārasampanno, sāriputtattheropi kappasatasahassādhikaṃ ekamasaṅkhyeyyaṃ. Puṇṇattheropi paṭisambhidāpatto mahākhīṇāsavo, sāriputtattheropi. Iti ekaṃ kanakaguhaṃ paviṭṭhā dve sīhā viya, ekaṃ vijambhanabhūmiṃ otiṇṇā dve byagghā viya, ekaṃ supupphitasālavanaṃ paviṭṭhā dve chaddantanāgarājāno viya, ekaṃ simbalivanaṃ paviṭṭhā dve supaṇṇarājāno viya, ekaṃ naravāhanayānaṃ abhiruḷhā dve vessavaṇā viya, ekaṃ paṇḍukambalasilaṃ abhinisinnā dve sakkā viya, ekavimānabbhantaragatā dve hāritamahābrahmāno viya ca te dvepi brāhmaṇajaccā dvepi suvaṇṇavaṇṇā dvepi samāpattilābhino dvepi abhinīhārasampannā dvepi paṭisambhidāpattā mahākhīṇāsavā ekaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ anupaviṭṭhā taṃ vanaṭṭhānaṃ sobhayiṃsu.
“朋友,我们在世尊这里修习梵行吗?”舍利弗尊者虽明知对方在世尊处安住梵行,但为引出一段论谈而这样发问。因为前面的问话若不确立,后面的论谈便无从生起,所以他如此发问。富楼那尊者认可道:“是的,朋友。”这时,想听他解答的舍利弗尊者便依次询问七种清净:“朋友,为了戒清净而在世尊这里修习梵行吗?”关于这些问题的详细说明,在《清净道论》中已经讲过。然而,富楼那尊者认为,即使安住于四遍净戒等,梵行之住也仍未到达顶点,因此他对所有这些问题,都以“朋友,并非如此”来一一否定。显示巴利原文
Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti, āvuso, kiṃ amhākaṃ bhagavato santike āyasmatā brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti? Idaṃ āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhagavati brahmacariyavāsaṃ jānantopi kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi. Purimakathāya hi appatiṭṭhitāya pacchimakathā na jāyati, tasmā evaṃ pucchi. Thero anujānanto ‘‘evamāvuso’’ti āha. Athassa pañhavissajjanaṃ sotukāmo āyasmā sāriputto ‘‘kiṃ nu kho āvuso sīlavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta visuddhiyo pucchi. Tāsaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Āyasmā pana puṇṇo yasmā catupārisuddhisīlādīsu ṭhitassāpi brahmacariyavāso matthakaṃ na pāpuṇāti, tasmā, ‘‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’’ti sabbaṃ paṭikkhipi.
“朋友,那么究竟是为了什么目的呢?”意思是:如果梵行不是为了戒清净等目的而修,那么到底是为了什么而修?他这样问道。“朋友,是为了无取般涅槃这个目的。”此处,“无取般涅槃”意指无因缘的般涅槃。取有两种:执取与缘取。执取即欲取等四种取;缘取即“无明缘行”等所说的缘。其中,持执取观点的阿阇梨们解释说:“无取般涅槃”是指不以四种取中的任何一取执取任何法而生起的阿拉汉果,这就叫无取般涅槃。因为此果不与任何取相应,不执取任何法,且是在烦恼完全寂灭时生起的,故称般涅槃。持缘取观点的阿阇梨们则解释说:“无取般涅槃”就是无因缘的般涅槃。依缘不再生起、无为、不死界本身,就是无取般涅槃。这就是终点,是究竟,是完结。因为对于达至无因缘般涅槃的人来说,其梵行之住才可真正说达到了顶点,所以长老说:“是为了无取般涅槃这个目的。”随后,舍利弗尊者继续追问:“朋友,戒清净就是无取般涅槃吗?”如此,进一步的问题就此展开。显示巴利原文
Kimatthaṃcarahāvusoti yadi sīlavisuddhiādīnaṃ atthāya brahmacariyaṃ na vussati, atha kimatthaṃ vussatīti pucchi. Anupādāparinibbānatthaṃ kho, āvusoti ettha anupādāparinibbānaṃ nāma appaccayaparinibbānaṃ. Dvedhā upādānāni gahaṇūpādānañca paccayūpādānañca. Gahaṇūpādānaṃ nāma kāmupādānādikaṃ catubbidhaṃ, paccayūpādānaṃ nāma avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti evaṃ vuttapaccayā. Tattha gahaṇūpādānavādino ācariyā anupādāparinibbānanti catūsu upādānesu aññatarenāpi kañci dhammaṃ aggahetvā pavattaṃ arahattaphalaṃ anupādāparinibbānanti kathenti. Tañhi na ca upādānasampayuttaṃ hutvā kañci dhammaṃ upādiyati, kilesānañca parinibbutante jātattā parinibbānanti vuccati. Paccayūpādānavādino pana anupādāparinibbānanti appaccayaparinibbānaṃ. Paccayavasena anuppannaṃ asaṅkhataṃ amatadhātumeva anupādāparinibbānanti kathenti. Ayaṃ anto, ayaṃ koṭi, ayaṃ niṭṭhā. Appaccayaparinibbānaṃ pattassa hi brahmacariyavāso matthakaṃ patto nāma hoti, tasmā thero ‘‘anupādāparinibbānattha’’nti āha. Atha naṃ anuyuñjanto āyasmā sāriputto ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti puna pucchaṃ ārabhi.
258 那位长老也在对所有环节都同样否定之后,于最后指出其中的过失,说道:“朋友,如果戒清净……”等等。在这里,“如果能施设”的意思是:如果可以被这样施设。将本有取的法施设为无取般涅槃,即是将有执取的法施设为无执取的法,将依缘的法施设为无因缘的法,将有为法施设为无为法。而在智见清净的语境中,应当这样理解:将依缘的法施设为无因缘的法,将有为法施设为无为法,这就是它的含义。“朋友,因为凡夫……”在此处应理解为指随顺轮回的世间愚痴凡夫。他由于连四遍净戒都不具备,故完全与这些法不相应。“既然如此”的意思是:因为有些智者能通过譬喻来理解义理,所以我要为你作一个譬喻。显示巴利原文
258. Theropi sabbaparivattesu tatheva paṭikkhipitvā pariyosāne dosaṃ dassento sīlavisuddhiṃ ce, āvusotiādimāha. Tattha paññapeyyāti yadi paññapeyya. Saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyyāti saṅgahaṇadhammameva niggahaṇadhammaṃ sappaccayadhammameva appaccayadhammaṃ saṅkhatadhammameva asaṅkhatadhammanti paññapeyyāti attho. Ñāṇadassanavisuddhiyaṃ pana sappaccayadhammameva appaccayadhammaṃ saṅkhatadhammameva asaṅkhatadhammanti paññapeyyāti ayameva attho gahetabbo. Puthujjano hi, āvusoti ettha vaṭṭānugato lokiyabālaputhujjano daṭṭhabbo. So hi catupārisuddhisīlamattassāpi abhāvato sabbaso aññatra imehi dhammehi. Tena hīti yena kāraṇena ekacce paṇḍitā upamāya atthaṃ jānanti, tena kāraṇena upamaṃ te karissāmīti attho.
七车调御的注释显示巴利原文
Sattarathavinītavaṇṇanā
259 “七辆应被调御的车”,意为七辆配以已被调御的良种骏马的车。“朋友,只是为了心清净的目的”——朋友,此名为“戒清净”的法,其意义只为达到心清净。“为了心清净的目的”是表示目的的从格。但在这里,其意义是:名为“戒清净”的法,只有在为了达到那称为“心清净”的目的时,才应被希求。而心清净正是戒清净的目标、终点与究竟。因为对于安住于心清净的人来说,戒清净的功用才可说已完成。此理适用于所有文句。显示巴利原文
259.Sattarathavinītānīti vinītaassājāniyayutte satta rathe. Yāvadeva, cittavisuddhatthāti , āvuso, ayaṃ sīlavisuddhi nāma, yāvadeva, cittavisuddhatthā. Cittavisuddhatthāti nissakkavacanametaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha attho, yāvadeva, cittavisuddhisaṅkhātā atthā, tāva ayaṃ sīlavisuddhi nāma icchitabbā. Yā pana ayaṃ cittavisuddhi, esā sīlavisuddhiyā attho, ayaṃ koṭi, idaṃ pariyosānaṃ, cittavisuddhiyaṃ ṭhitassa hi sīlavisuddhikiccaṃ kataṃ nāma hotīti. Esa nayo sabbapadesu.
那么,此处经文与譬喻的对应如下:那位畏惧老死的瑜伽行者,应被看作如同憍萨罗王波斯匿。萨迦耶见城,如同舍卫城;涅槃城,如同娑枳多城。国王在娑枳多城中,有一件能带来利益、必须急速赶去办妥的紧急事务,此事发生的时刻,便如同瑜伽行者对于尚未现观的四圣谛,必须前去现观的大事发生的时刻。七清净,如同那七辆应被调伏的车;登上第一辆车的时候,如同安住于戒清净的时候;从第一辆车等依次登上第二辆车等的时候,如同从戒清净等依次安住于心清净等的时候。乘坐第七辆车抵达娑枳多城的王宫门口,下车后登上高楼,在亲友们的围绕下,享用着美味珍馐的时刻,应被看作如同瑜伽行者依智见清净断尽一切烦恼后,登上了殊胜的正法高楼,以涅槃为所缘而入果等至,安坐于灭尽定的床座之上,正体验着出世间之乐的时刻。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ panettha opammasaṃsandanaṃ – rājā pasenadi kosalo viya hi jarāmaraṇabhīruko yogāvacaro daṭṭhabbo. Sāvatthinagaraṃ viya sakkāyanagaraṃ, sāketanagaraṃ viya nibbānanagaraṃ, rañño sākete vaḍḍhiāvahassa sīghaṃ gantvā pāpuṇitabbassa accāyikassa kiccassa uppādakālo viya yogino anabhisametānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ abhisamayakiccassa uppādakālo. Satta rathavinītāni viya satta visuddhiyo, paṭhamaṃ rathavinītaṃ āruḷhakālo viya sīlavisuddhiyaṃ ṭhitakālo, paṭhamarathavinītādīhi dutiyādīni āruḷhakālo viya sīlavisuddhiādīhi cittavisuddhiādīsu ṭhitakālo. Sattamena rathavinītena sākete antepuradvāre oruyha uparipāsāde ñātimittagaṇaparivutassa surasabhojanaparibhogakālo viya yogino ñāṇadassanavisuddhiyā sabbakilese khepetvā dhammavarapāsādaṃ āruyha paropaṇṇāsakusaladhammaparivārassa nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nirodhasayane nisinnassa lokuttarasukhānubhavanakālo daṭṭhabbo.
就这样,法将舍利弗长老向具寿富楼那——这位获得十种论事之法的人,询问了七清净。具寿富楼那则解答了十种论事。然而,法将如此发问,是知道而问,还是不知道而问呢?是成为了知渡场而在自领域内发问,还是未了知渡场而在自领域外发问呢?同样地,富楼那长老是知道而解答,还是不知道而解答呢?是成为了知渡场而在自领域内解答,还是未了知渡场而在自领域外解答呢?因为,若说‘知道、了知渡场、在自领域内发问’,那必是指法将。若说‘知道、了知渡场、在自领域内解答’,那便必是指富楼那长老。因为,在七清净中说得简略的内容,在十论事中被详细地展开;在十论事中说得简略的内容,在七清净中被详细地展开。应当通过这一思路来理解其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Iti āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ dasakathāvatthulābhiṃ dhammasenāpatisāriputtatthero satta visuddhiyo pucchi. Āyasmā puṇṇo dasa kathāvatthūni vissajjesi. Evaṃ pucchanto pana dhammasenāpati kiṃ jānitvā pucchi, udāhu ajānitvā? Titthakusalo vā pana hutvā visayasmiṃ pucchi, udāhu atitthakusalo hutvā avisayasmiṃ? Puṇṇattheropi ca kiṃ jānitvā vissajjesi, udāhu ajānitvā? Titthakusalo vā pana hutvā visayasmiṃ vissajjesi, udāhu atitthakusalo hutvā avisayeti? Jānitvā titthakusalo hutvā visaye pucchīti hi vadamāno dhammasenāpatiṃyeva vadeyya. Jānitvā titthakusalo hutvā visaye vissajjesīti vadamāno puṇṇattheraṃyeva vadeyya. Yañhi visuddhīsu saṃkhittaṃ, taṃ kathāvatthūsu vitthiṇṇaṃ. Yaṃ kathāvatthūsu saṃkhittaṃ, taṃ visuddhīsu vitthiṇṇaṃ. Tadaminā nayena veditabbaṃ.
原来,在清净之中,一个戒清净,是以少欲论、知足论、不杂居论和戒论这四种论事的形式出现的。一个心清净,是以远离论、精进策励论和定论这三种论事的形式出现的。如此,在清净中说得简略的内容,在论事中被详细地开显出来。而反过来,在论事中,一个慧论,却是以见清净、度疑清净、道非道智见清净、行道智见清净和智见清净这五种清净的形式出现的。如此,在论事中说得简略的内容,在清净中又被详细地开显出来。因此,舍利弗长老在询问七清净时,并未询问其他,他询问的正是这十种论事。富楼那长老在解答七清净时,也并未解答其他,他解答的也正是这十种论事。所以,应当如此理解:这两位尊者,都是知道、了知渡场,并在各自的领域内发问与解答的。显示巴利原文
Visuddhīsu hi ekā sīlavisuddhi cattāri kathāvatthūni hutvā āgatā appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā asaṃsaggakathā, sīlakathāti. Ekā cittavisuddhi tīṇi kathāvatthūni hutvā āgatā – pavivekakathā, vīriyārambhakathā, samādhikathāti, evaṃ tāva yaṃ visuddhīsu saṃkhittaṃ, taṃ kathāvatthūsu vitthiṇṇaṃ. Kathāvatthūsu pana ekā paññākathā pañca visuddhiyo hutvā āgatā – diṭṭhivisuddhi, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi, ñāṇadassanavisuddhīti, evaṃ yaṃ kathāvatthūsu saṃkhittaṃ, taṃ visuddhīsu vitthiṇṇaṃ. Tasmā sāriputtatthero satta visuddhiyo pucchanto na aññaṃ pucchi, dasa kathāvatthūniyeva pucchi. Puṇṇattheropi satta visuddhiyo vissajjento na aññaṃ vissajjesi, dasa kathāvatthūniyeva vissajjesīti. Iti ubhopete jānitvā titthakusalā hutvā visayeva pañhaṃ pucchiṃsu ceva vissajjesuṃ cāti veditabbo.
260 "您名叫什么?"——长老并非不知他的名字,而是明知故问,以便借此寒暄问候。"那么,尊者您呢?"——长老这样说,是为了友好地寒暄。"曼塔尼子"意为婆罗门女曼塔尼之子。"正如那样"中的"taṃ"仅为小品词。此句大意是:如同有学识的弟子所应解说那般,他正是这样解说的。"深入探寻、深入探寻"意指深入、进入十种论事之后。"以衣布头垫"中,"cela"指布,"aṇḍupaka"指头垫。他通过一种不可能的假设,指出常得见面的方式:即使让尊者坐在衣布头垫上,顶在头上一同行走,同梵行者也应当能获得面见的机会——对他们而言,能见到面本身便是一种利益。因为,如果不这样携带,想要提问或听法时,就不得不四处寻找:"长老站在何处?坐在何处?"而如此携带时,无论何时想见,都可立刻将他从头上请下,请坐于贵座上,然后提问或听法。如此,他以一种不可能的假设,揭示了常得见面的方法。显示巴利原文
260.Ko nāmo āyasmāti na thero tassa nāmaṃ na jānāti. Jānantoyeva pana sammodituṃ labhissāmīti pucchi. Kathañca panāyasmantanti idaṃ pana thero sammodamāno āha. Mantāṇiputtoti mantāṇiyā brāhmaṇiyā putto. Yathā tanti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ, yathā sutavatā sāvakena byākātabbā, evameva byākatāti ayamettha saṅkhepattho. Anumassa anumassāti dasa kathāvatthūni ogāhetvā anupavisitvā. Celaṇḍupakenāti ettha celaṃ vuccati vatthaṃ, aṇḍupakaṃ cumbaṭakaṃ. Vatthacumbaṭakaṃ sīse katvā āyasmantaṃ tattha nisīdāpetvā pariharantāpi sabrahmacārī dassanāya labheyyuṃ, evaṃ laddhadassanampi tesaṃ lābhāyevāti aṭṭhānaparikappena abhiṇhadassanassa upāyaṃ dassesi. Evaṃ apariharantena hi pañhaṃ vā pucchitukāmena dhammaṃ vā sotukāmena ‘‘thero kattha ṭhito kattha nisinno’’ti pariyesantena caritabbaṃ hoti. Evaṃ pariharantā pana icchiticchitakkhaṇeyeva sīsato oropetvā mahārahe āsane nisīdāpetvā sakkā honti pañhaṃ vā pucchituṃ dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ. Iti aṭṭhānaparikappena abhiṇhadassanassa upāyaṃ dassesi.
"舍利弗"意为婆罗门女舍利之子,同梵行者们便以此名知我。"与大师同模"意为与大师相似。就这样,仅凭一句话,尊者富楼那便如同捧到月轮一般,将舍利弗长老高高举起。因为在这一刻,长老纯粹说法者的特质展露无遗。譬如,称赞大臣、国师为伟大时,可以说他犹如国王;称赞牛时,可以说它有大象之量;称赞池塘时,可以说它有汪洋之量;称赞光明时,可以说它有日月之光——话说到这个份上,对这些事物的伟大再没有更高的形容了。称赞声闻弟子为伟大时,可以说他如同大师的映现,话说到这里,对他的伟大也再无法形容了。就这样,尊者富楼那仅凭一句话,便如同捧到月轮一样,把长老高高举起。显示巴利原文
Sāriputtoti ca pana manti sāriyā brāhmaṇiyā puttoti ca pana evaṃ maṃ sabrahmacārī jānanti. Satthukappenāti satthusadisena. Iti ekapadeneva āyasmā puṇṇo sāriputtattheraṃ candamaṇḍalaṃ āhacca ṭhapento viya ukkhipi. Therassa hi imasmiṃ ṭhāne ekantadhammakathikabhāvo pākaṭo ahosi. Amaccañhi purohitaṃ mahantoti vadamāno rājasadisoti vadeyya, goṇaṃ hatthippamāṇoti, vāpiṃ samuddappamāṇoti, ālokaṃ candimasūriyālokappamāṇoti, ito paraṃ etesaṃ mahantabhāvakathā nāma natthi. Sāvakampi mahāti vadanto satthupaṭibhāgoti vadeyya, ito paraṃ tassa mahantabhāvakathā nāma natthi. Iccāyasmā puṇṇo ekapadeneva theraṃ candamaṇḍalaṃ āhacca ṭhapento viya ukkhipi.
"即使这么一点我们也不会不回答":证得无碍解的人,绝无不能回答之理。然而,他所举的譬喻,我们不应再举譬喻,只应直接讲说义理。因为譬喻是为不了知的人而举——这是此处论师的用意。但在注释书中,却否定了这一说法,认为即使在诸佛面前,譬喻也仍可举出;这位尊者只是因为恭敬长老,才如此说而已。显示巴利原文
Ettakampi no nappaṭibhāseyyāti paṭisambhidāpattassa appaṭibhānaṃ nāma natthi. Yā panāyaṃ upamā āhaṭā, taṃ na āhareyyāma, atthameva katheyyāma. Upamā hi ajānantānaṃ āharīyatīti ayamettha adhippāyo. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana idampi paṭikkhipitvā upamā nāma buddhānampi santike āharīyati, theraṃ panesa apacāyamāno evamāhāti.
“深入探寻、深入探寻后而问”(Anumassa anumassa pucchitā):即深入十种论事,反复探寻之后而发问。那么,是发问难,还是解答难呢?仅是记住后发问并不难,但解答确实难。若是有因有据、条理分明地发问与解答,则两者都难。“他们一同随喜”(Samanumodiṃsū):即以同一心意随喜。就这样,开示顺着这些连贯而圆满结束。显示巴利原文
Anumassa anumassa pucchitāti dasa kathāvatthūni ogāhetvā ogāhetvā pucchitā. Kiṃ pana pañhassa pucchanaṃ bhāriyaṃ, udāhu vissajjananti? Uggahetvā pucchanaṃ no bhāriyaṃ, vissajjanaṃ pana bhāriyaṃ. Sahetukaṃ vā sakāraṇaṃ katvā pucchanampi vissajjanampi bhāriyameva. Samanumodiṃsūti samacittā hutvā anumodiṃsu. Iti yathānusandhināva desanā niṭṭhitāti.
《诱饵经》注释显示巴利原文
5. Nivāpasuttavaṇṇanā
261 “如是我闻”以下是《诱饵经》。其中,“诱饵猎人”是指为了捕捉鹿群而在森林中播撒草种,心想“等它们来吃这草时,我就能轻易捕捉”的人。“Nivāpa”指播种。“Nivutta”指已播撒开的种子。“Migajātā”指鹿群。“Anupakhajjā”指进入之后。“Mucchitā”指被渴爱的迷醉所迷醉,即渴爱浸透其心,达到如昏厥般的状态。“Madaṃ āpajjissantī”指将陷入骄慢之醉。“Pamāda”指放逸、忘失正念的状态。“Yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissantī”意为:它们将成为猎人想怎么处置就怎么处置的对象。在这片诱饵地中,据说有一种名为“暑季极妙”的诱饵草,随着暑热渐增,它会像野生稻丛与厚密云层一样,长得密密实实。猎人们会在靠近水源的便利处耕垦播种,围起篱笆,安上大门来守护。到了大热时节,所有草木皆已干枯,连润喉的滴水都极为难得之时,鹿群食着干草枯叶,战战兢兢地游荡徘徊。它们一嗅到诱饵草的香气,便不顾被杀害、捆绑等危险,成群跃过篱笆,钻了进来。显示巴利原文
261.Evaṃme sutanti nivāpasuttaṃ. Tattha nevāpikoti yo migānaṃ gahaṇatthāya araññe tiṇabījāni vapati ‘‘idaṃ tiṇaṃ khādituṃ āgate mige sukhaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti. Nivāpanti vappaṃ. Nivuttanti vapitaṃ. Migajātāti migaghaṭā. Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā. Mucchitāti taṇhāmucchanāya mucchitā, taṇhāya hadayaṃ pavisitvā mucchanākāraṃ pāpitāti attho. Madaṃ āpajjissantīti mānamadaṃ āpajjissanti. Pamādanti vissaṭṭhasatibhāvaṃ. Yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissantīti yathā icchissāma, tathā kātabbā bhavissanti. Imasmiṃ nivāpeti imasmiṃ nivāpaṭṭhāne. Ekaṃ kira nivāpatiṇaṃ nāma atthi nidāghabhaddakaṃ, taṃ yathā yathā nidāgho hoti, tathā tathā nīvāravanaṃ viya meghamālā viya ca ekagghanaṃ hoti, taṃ luddakā ekasmiṃ udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne kasitvā vapitvā vatiṃ katvā dvāraṃ yojetvā rakkhanti. Atha yadā mahānidāghe sabbatiṇāni sukkhāni honti, jivhātemanamattampi udakaṃ dullabhaṃ hoti, tadā migajātā sukkhatiṇāni ceva purāṇapaṇṇāni ca khādantā kampamānā viya vicarantā nivāpatiṇassa gandhaṃ ghāyitvā vadhabandhanādīni agaṇayitvā vatiṃ ajjhottharantā pavisanti. Tesañhi nivāpatiṇaṃ ativiya piyaṃ hoti manāpaṃ. Nevāpiko te disvā dve tīṇi divasāni pamatto viya hoti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā tiṭṭhati. Antonivāpaṭṭhāne tahiṃ tahiṃ udakaāvāṭakāpi honti, migā vivaṭadvārena pavisitvā khāditamattakaṃ pivitamattakameva katvā pakkamanti, punadivase kiñci na karontīti kaṇṇe cālayamānā khāditvā pivitvā ataramānā gacchanti, punadivase koci kiñci kattā natthīti yāvadatthaṃ khāditvā pivitvā maṇḍalagumbaṃ pavisitvā nipajjanti. Luddakā tesaṃ pamattabhāvaṃ jānitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya samparivāretvā koṭito paṭṭhāya koṭṭetvā gacchanti, evaṃ te tasmiṃ nivāpe nevāpikassa yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavanti.
262 “Tatra, bhikkhave”(经中说“比丘们,在此”)的意思是:比丘们,在这些鹿类当中。所谓“第一群鹿”,其实鹿群本来并无第一、第二等名目的差别。然而,世尊是依它们到来的先后顺序,权巧安立了名称,冠以第一、第二、第三、第四等称呼来做开示。“具足神通威力”是指他们能随心所欲而行;在这里,“神通”即是“威力”,所指的正是那种自在主宰的力量。显示巴利原文
262.Tatra, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, tesu migajātesu. Paṭhamā migajātāti, migajātā paṭhamadutiyā nāma natthi. Bhagavā pana āgatapaṭipāṭivasena kappetvā paṭhamā, dutiyā, tatiyā , catutthāti nāmaṃ āropetvā dassesi. Iddhānubhāvāti yathākāmaṃ kattabbabhāvato; vasībhāvoyeva hi ettha iddhīti ca ānubhāvoti ca adhippeto.
263 “怖畏受用”的意思是:因为怖畏而受用。“强力的精进”指持续活动的风界,此处意指那股精进力衰退了。显示巴利原文
263.Bhayabhogāti bhayena bhogato. Balavīriyanti aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇavāyodhātu, sā parihāyīti attho.
264 “我们要靠近而营造住处”的意思是:它们心想:“躺在里面吃有危险,从外面跑来吃也有危险,我们干脆借着那个投放诱饵的地方,在一边找个隐蔽处安顿下来吧。”“它们靠近而营造了住处”的意思是:它们心想,猎人不可能所有时候都那么警觉;我们可以躺在各处圆形的树丛里、树篱脚下,等到猎人去洗脸或去吃饭这一类事情而离开时,就溜进投放诱饵的地方,只吃一点点,然后退回我们安顿的地方去。就这样,它们靠近投放诱饵的地方,在密林、树丛、树篱脚下等地方安顿了下来。“它们进食了”的意思是:按照前面说过的办法,它们一发现猎人放松警惕的空隙,便迅速跑进去吃。“诡诈的小贼”指那些学会了诡计的狡诈之徒。“如同具神通者”意思是,看起来仿佛具有神通一样。“其他人”这里指夜叉。“这些不是鹿群”的意思是“这些恐怕不是鹿群吧”。“来处或……”显示巴利原文
264.Upanissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyāmāti anto nipajjitvā khādantānampi bhayameva, bāhirato āgantvā khādantānampi bhayameva, mayaṃ pana amuṃ nivāpaṭṭhānaṃ nissāya ekamante āsayaṃ kappeyyāmāti cintayiṃsu. Upanissāyaāsayaṃ kappayiṃsūti luddakā nāma na sabbakālaṃ appamattā honti. Mayaṃ tattha tattha maṇḍalagumbesu ceva vatipādesu ca nipajjitvā etesu mukhadhovanatthaṃ vā āhārakiccakaraṇatthaṃ vā pakkantesu nivāpavatthuṃ pavisitvā khāditamattaṃ katvā amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisissāmāti nivāpavatthuṃ upanissāya gahanesu gumbavatipādādīsu āsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Bhuñjiṃsūti vuttanayena luddakānaṃ pamādakālaṃ ñatvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ pavisitvā bhuñjiṃsu. Ketabinoti sikkhitakerāṭikā. Iddhimantāti iddhimanto viya. Parajanāti yakkhā. Ime na migajātāti. Āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vāti iminā nāma ṭhānena āgacchanti, amutra gacchantīti idaṃ nesaṃ na jānāma. Daṇḍavākarāhīti daṇḍavākarajālehi. Samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāresunti atimāyāvino ete, na dūraṃ gamissanti, santikeyeva nipannā bhavissantīti nivāpakkhettassa samantā sappadesaṃ mahantaṃ okāsaṃ anuparivāresuṃ. Addasaṃsūti evaṃ parivāretvā vākarajālaṃ samantato cāletvā olokentā addasaṃsu. Yattha teti yasmiṃ ṭhāne te gāhaṃ agamaṃsu, taṃ ṭhānaṃ addasaṃsūti attho.
265 “我们何不在他们到不了的地方”的意思是:据说它们这样想:“躺在里面吃的那些也有危险,从外面跑来吃的那些也有危险,就连住在附近去吃的那些也有危险——它们不是被围网兜住抓住了吗?”因此,它们生起这样的念头:“我们何不在猎人和猎人的随从们到不了、无法踏足的地方,在那里安顿下来呢?”“会去冲撞其他的鹿”的意思是:住在更远处的其他鹿会来冲撞它们,那些被冲撞的鹿又会去冲撞住在更远处的其他鹿。这样一来,我们撒下的这个诱饵,所有的鹿群、鹿队都会彻底舍弃、完全不要它了。“我们会袖手旁观”的意思是:我们就不参与抓捕它们了。为什么呢?因为在那些以种种方式前来的鹿中,幼崽、老鹿、瘦弱的或是离群的,总还是可能会被抓住;可是,如果它们根本不来了,那就什么都得不到了。“比丘们,他们就袖手旁观了”的意思是:这样思量之后,他们真的就不去管了。显示巴利原文
265.Yaṃnūna mayaṃ yattha agatīti te kira evaṃ cintayiṃsu – ‘‘anto nipajjitvā anto khādantānampi bhayameva, bāhirato āgantvā khādantānampi santike vasitvā khādantānampi bhayameva, tepi hi vākarajālena parikkhipitvā gahitāyevā’’ti, tena tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūna mayaṃ yattha nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca agati avisayo, tattha tattha seyyaṃ kappeyyāmā’’ti. Aññe ghaṭṭessantīti tato tato dūrataravāsino aññe ghaṭṭessanti. Te ghaṭṭitā aññeti tepi ghaṭṭitā aññe tato dūrataravāsino ghaṭṭessanti. Evaṃ imaṃnivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ sabbaso migajātā parimuccissantīti evaṃ imaṃ amhehi nivuttaṃ nivāpaṃ sabbe migaghaṭā migasaṅghā vissajjessanti pariccajissanti. Ajjhupekkheyyāmāti tesaṃ gahaṇe abyāvaṭā bhaveyyāmāti; yathā tathā āgacchantesu hi taruṇapotako vā mahallako vā dubbalo vā yūthaparihīno vā sakkā honti laddhuṃ, anāgacchantesu kiñci natthi. Ajjhupekkhiṃsu kho, bhikkhaveti evaṃ cintetvā abyāvaṭāva ahesuṃ.
267 “魔罗所布下的那个诱饵,以及那些世间利益”一句中,“诱饵”与“世间利益”两者,都是对成为轮回诱引的五种欲乐的称谓。魔罗并非像播撒种子那样四处散布欲乐,然而,对于那些贪着欲乐者,魔罗却能对其施展主宰之力,因此,这些欲乐便被称为“魔罗的诱饵”。故说“魔罗所布下的那个诱饵”。“他们未能脱出魔罗神变威力”的意思是:他们陷入了魔罗的掌控,成了任他随意摆布的人。这是依那个携带妻儿出家的事例所引出的譬喻。显示巴利原文
267.Amuṃnivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisānīti ettha nivāpoti vā lokāmisānīti vā vaṭṭāmisabhūtānaṃ pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Māro na ca bījāni viya kāmaguṇe vapento āhiṇḍati, kāmaguṇagiddhānaṃ pana upari vasaṃ vatteti, tasmā kāmaguṇā mārassa nivāpā nāma honti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassā’’ti. Na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvāti mārassa vasaṃ gatā ahesuṃ, yathākāmakaraṇīyā. Ayaṃ saputtabhariyapabbajjāya āgataupamā.
268 “心解脱退失”在此处的意思是:所谓心解脱,是指心中生起“我们要去林中居住”的意愿;这种意愿衰损了,便是此处所说的含义。“在那同类的譬喻中,我说这第二群便是如此”——这是借由如法婆罗门的出家方式所作的譬喻。婆罗门在依童真梵行生活四十八年后,由于害怕轮回从此断绝,心想“要将家系延续下去”,于是寻求财富,迎娶妻子,居家度日。当生下一个儿子时,他们便说:“我们的儿子已出生,轮回不会断绝,家系已经接续上了。”此后,他们或再次离家出家,或就这样继续过着夫妻共住的生活。显示巴利原文
268.Cetovimutti parihāyīti ettha cetovimutti nāma araññe vasissāmāti uppannaajjhāsayo; so parihāyīti attho. Tathūpame ahaṃ ime dutiyeti ayaṃ brāhmaṇadhammikapabbajjāya upamā. Brāhmaṇā hi aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā vaṭṭupacchedabhayena paveṇiṃ ghaṭayissāmāti dhanaṃ pariyesitvā bhariyaṃ gahetvā agāramajjhe vasantā ekasmiṃ putte jāte ‘‘amhākaṃ putto jāto vaṭṭaṃ na ucchinnaṃ paveṇi ghaṭitā’’ti puna nikkhamitvā pabbajanti vā tameva vā sa’kalattavāsaṃ vasanti.
269 “同样地,比丘们,第三群沙门婆罗门也未能脱离”的意思是:一如前两群,他们同样未能脱出魔罗的神变威力,一样成了任魔罗随意摆布的人。那么,他们又做了些什么呢?他们走进村落、城镇和王都,在各处园林、苑囿之地搭建净修处而居,教导良家子弟学习象术、马术、车术等种种技艺。如此一来,他们就像那第三群被围网围困的鹿一般,被魔罗恶魔的邪见之网紧紧笼罩,成了任其随意摆布的人。显示巴利原文
269.Evañhi te, bhikkhave, tatiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsūti purimā viya tepi mārassa iddhānubhāvā na mucciṃsu; yathākāmakaraṇīyāva ahesuṃ. Kiṃ pana te akaṃsūti? Gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaritvā tesu tesu ārāmauyyānaṭṭhānesu assamaṃ māpetvā nivasantā kuladārake hatthiassarathasippādīni nānappakārāni sippāni sikkhāpesuṃ. Iti te vākarajālena tatiyā migajātā viya mārassa pāpimato diṭṭhijālena parikkhipitvā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ.
270 “在同类的譬喻中,我说这些是第四群”——这是引来阐明此教法的譬喻。显示巴利原文
270.Tathūpameahaṃ ime catuttheti ayaṃ imassa sāsanassa upamā āhaṭā.
271 “他令魔罗变盲”:并非毁坏魔罗的眼睛,而是当比丘入于以观为前导的禅那之时,魔罗便无法看见——他的心正是依于这所谓的所缘而运作,因此才说“他令魔罗变盲”。“击打魔罗之眼,使其失去立足之地”:这是说,以同样的方式,让魔罗的眼变得没有踪迹、没有立足之处、没有依止、没有所缘,像这样地去“击打”。“他达到了邪恶者魔罗看不见的状态”:也就是以同样的方式,达到了令邪恶的魔罗无法看见的状态。因为,魔罗用他的肉眼,根本无法看见那位入于观基础禅那的比丘的智慧之身。“他以慧见了之后,诸漏灭尽”:这是指他以道慧照见了四圣谛之后,四种烦恼漏便彻底灭尽。“已渡越世间中的‘扩散’”:这里的“扩散”(visattikā),是指世间中众生那种执着、散布的状态而得其名。或者,换个角度问:“扩散”是由于什么意义而被称作“扩散”的呢?因为它已经散开,所以叫“扩散”;因为它已经遍满,所以叫“扩散”;因为它很广泛,所以叫“扩散”;因为它很宽广,所以叫“扩散”;因为它不平坦,所以叫“扩散”;因为它能令显示巴利原文
271.Andhamakāsi māranti na mārassa akkhīni bhindi. Vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpannassa pana bhikkhuno imaṃ nāma ārammaṇaṃ nissāya cittaṃ vattatīti māro passituṃ na sakkoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘andhamakāsi māra’’nti. Apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhunti teneva pariyāyena yathā mārassa cakkhu apadaṃ hoti nippadaṃ, appatiṭṭhaṃ, nirārammaṇaṃ, evaṃ vadhitvāti attho. Adassanaṃ gato pāpimatoti teneva pariyāyena mārassa pāpimato adassanaṃ gato. Na hi so attano maṃsacakkhunā tassa vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno ñāṇasarīraṃ daṭṭhuṃ sakkoti. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontīti maggapaññāya cattāri ariyasaccāni disvā cattāro āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Tiṇṇo loke visattikanti loke sattavisattabhāvena visattikāti evaṃ saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Atha vā ‘‘visattikāti kenaṭṭhena visattikā? Visatāti visattikā visaṭāti visattikā, vipulāti visattikā, visālāti visattikā, visamāti visattikā, visakkatīti visattikā, visaṃ haratīti visattikā, visaṃvādikāti visattikā, visamūlāti visattikā, visaphalāti visattikā, visaparibhogāti visattikā, visālā vā pana sā taṇhā rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe’’ti (mahāni. 3; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 22, khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 124) visattikā. Evaṃ visattikāti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ taṇhaṃ tiṇṇo nittiṇṇo uttiṇṇo. Tena vuccati – ‘‘tiṇṇo loke visattika’’nti.
6.《圆环经》释义显示巴利原文
6. Pāsarāsisuttavaṇṇanā
272 《圆环经》以“如是我闻”等开头。其中,“贤友,善哉”是他们恳请时所说的话。据说,这五百位比丘原是各地方的人,为了“拜见十力”而来到舍卫城。他们虽然见到了世尊,却还未听闻法谈。由于对世尊的极度恭敬,他们不敢直接说:“尊者,请为我们说法。”因为诸佛确实深重难近,如同独行的兽王狮子、发情的大象、竖起头冠的毒蛇、燃烧的大火堆一般,令人难以亲近。对此,曾有这样的说法:显示巴利原文
272.Evaṃme sutanti pāsarāsisuttaṃ. Tattha sādhu mayaṃ, āvusoti āyācantā bhaṇanti. Ete kira pañcasatā bhikkhū janapadavāsino ‘‘dasabalaṃ passissāmā’’ti sāvatthiṃ anuppattā. Satthudassanaṃ pana etehi laddhaṃ, dhammiṃ kathaṃ na tāva suṇanti. Te satthugāravena ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante , dhammakathaṃ kathethā’’ti vattuṃ na sakkonti. Buddhā hi garū honti, ekacāriko sīho migarājā viya, pabhinnakuñjaro viya, phaṇakataāsīviso viya, mahāaggikkhandho viya ca durāsadā vuttampi cetaṃ –
犹如那可怕的毒蛇,又如具足鬃毛的兽王狮子;
又如那长着象牙的龙象,诸佛也是如此难以接近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āsīviso yathā ghoro, migarājāva kesarī; Nāgova kuñjaro dantī, evaṃ buddhā durāsadā’’ti.
面对如此难以接近的导师,那些比丘自己不敢前去乞请,便向尊者阿难请求,说道:“贤友,善哉,我们……”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ durāsadaṃ satthāraṃ te bhikkhū sayaṃ yācituṃ asakkontā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ yācamānā ‘‘sādhu mayaṃ, āvuso’’ti āhaṃsu.
“或许能得到”:也就是“或许你们能得到”的意思。那么,长老为什么让那些比丘前往“然玛尬婆罗门的净修林”呢?因为他熟知世尊的行事。十力世尊的行事,对长老来说显而易见。长老知道:“今天世尊在祇园住下后,将去东园作日间住;今天又在东园住下后,将回祇园作日间住;今天会独自一人入城乞食;今天会由比丘僧团围绕,在这个时候出发游行人间。”他是有他心智而如此了知吗?没有。他是通过推理的智慧,依据既成的行事,掌握规律而了知的。因为,如果世尊打算在祇园住下后去东园作日间住,就会表现出收拾坐卧具和资具物品的征兆,长老便会为此准备洒扫、倒垃圾等事务。在东园住下后,为了日间住而来祇园时,也是同样的方式。显示巴利原文
Appeva nāmāti api nāma labheyyātha. Kasmā pana thero te bhikkhū ‘‘rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamaṃ upasaṅkameyyāthā’’ti āha? Pākaṭakiriyatāya. Dasabalassa hi kiriyā therassa pākaṭā hoti; jānāti thero, ‘‘ajja satthā jetavane vasitvā pubbārāme divāvihāraṃ karissati; ajja pubbārāme vasitvā jetavane divāvihāraṃ karissati; ajja ekakova piṇḍāya pavisissati; ajja bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto imasmiṃ kāle janapadacārikaṃ nikkhamissatī’’ti. Kiṃ panassa evaṃ jānanatthaṃ cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthīti? Natthi. Anumānabuddhiyā pana katakiriyāya nayaggāhena jānāti. Yañhi divasaṃ bhagavā jetavane vasitvā pubbārāme divāvihāraṃ kātukāmo hoti, tadā senāsanaparikkhārabhaṇḍānaṃ paṭisāmanākāraṃ dasseti, thero sammajjanisaṅkārachaḍḍanakādīni paṭisāmeti. Pubbārāme vasitvā jetavanaṃ divāvihārāya āgamanakālepi eseva nayo.
然而,当世尊想独自入城乞食时,清晨便整理好身体,进入香室,关上门,入果定而坐。长老以此征兆了知:“今天世尊见到了应度亲族而坐着”,据此知晓:“贤友们,今天世尊想独自入城,你们应准备好乞食。”当世尊想由比丘僧团随从入城时,便将香室门半掩,入果定而坐。长老以此征兆了知,并提醒比丘们持钵与衣。当世尊想出发游行人间时,则会多吃一两口食,并且随时登上经行道来回经行。长老以此征兆了知,说道:“贤友们,世尊想游行人间了,你们应当做该做的事。”显示巴利原文
Yadā pana ekako piṇḍāya pavisitukāmo hoti, tadā pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdati. Thero ‘‘ajja bhagavā bodhaneyyabandhavaṃ disvā nisinno’’ti tāya saññāya ñatvā ‘‘ajja, āvuso, bhagavā ekako pavisitukāmo, tumhe bhikkhācārasajjā hothā’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ saññaṃ deti. Yadā pana bhikkhusaṅghaparivāro pavisitukāmo hoti, tadā gandhakuṭidvāraṃ upaḍḍhapidahitaṃ katvā phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdati, thero tāya saññāya ñatvā pattacīvaraggahaṇatthāya bhikkhūnaṃ saññaṃ deti. Yadā janapadacārikaṃ nikkhamitukāmo hoti, tadā ekaṃ dve ālope atirekaṃ bhuñjati, sabbakālaṃ caṅkamanañcāruyha aparāparaṃ caṅkamati, thero tāya saññāya ñatvā ‘‘bhagavā, āvuso, janapadacārikaṃ caritukāmo, tumhākaṃ kattabbaṃ karothā’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ saññaṃ deti.
世尊在初成正觉的二十年间,住处不固定;之后的二十五年,一直依止舍卫城而住,一日之内会使用两处场所。在祇园住一夜后,次日由比丘僧团围绕,从南门进入舍卫城乞食,从东门出,在东园作日间住。在东园住一夜后,次日从东门进入舍卫城乞食,从南门出,在祇园作日间住。这是为什么呢?是出于对两个家族的慈悯。因为在得人身的在家者中,没有其他人像给孤独长者那样;在得女身的在家女中,没有其他人像毗舍佉那样,能为如来舍出巨额的财物。因此,世尊出于对他们的慈悯,一日之内使用这两处。而那天世尊住在祇园,所以长老心想:“今天世尊在舍卫城乞食后,傍晚会为了冲洗肢体而去东门屋。那时,我便请求正冲洗完肢体而站立的世尊,允我使用然玛尬婆罗门的净修林。如此,这些比丘便能在世尊面前听闻法谈了。”这样想了之后,便对比丘们说了。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsati vassāni anibaddhavāso ahosi, pacchā pañcavīsati vassāni abbokiṇṇaṃ sāvatthiṃyeva upanissāya vasanto ekadivase dve ṭhānāni paribhuñjati. Jetavane rattiṃ vasitvā punadivase bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto dakkhiṇadvārena sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā pubbārāme divāvihāraṃ karoti. Pubbārāme rattiṃ vasitvā punadivase pācīnadvārena sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā jetavane divāvihāraṃ karoti. Kasmā? Dvinnaṃ kulānaṃ anukampāya. Manussattabhāve ṭhitena hi anāthapiṇḍikena viya aññena kenaci, mātugāmattabhāve ṭhitāya ca visākhāya viya aññāya itthiyā tathāgataṃ uddissa dhanapariccāgo kato nāma natthi, tasmā bhagavā tesaṃ anukampāya ekadivase imāni dve ṭhānāni paribhuñjati. Tasmiṃ pana divase jetavane vasi, tasmā thero – ‘‘ajja bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā sāyanhakāle gattāni parisiñcanatthāya pubbakoṭṭhakaṃ gamissati; athāhaṃ gattāni parisiñcitvā ṭhitaṃ bhagavantaṃ yācitvā rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamaṃ gahetvā gamissāmi. Evamime bhikkhū bhagavato sammukhā labhissanti dhammakathaṃ savanāyā’’ti cintetvā te bhikkhū evamāha.
“鹿母讲堂”:即毗舍佉的殿堂。她因被弥迦罗长者安置于母亲的地位,故被称为弥迦罗之母。“从宴坐中起”:据说,在那座殿堂里,于两位大声闻弟子的香室之间,设有世尊的香室。长老打开门,打扫室内,清除花鬘与尘垢,铺设好床座,向导师示意。导师进入香室,右胁而卧,具念正知,作狮子卧,消除疲劳后起身,进入果定中安住,于傍晚时分,从那样的宴坐中起来。正因此事,而说“从宴坐中起”。显示巴利原文
Migāramātupāsādoti visākhāya pāsādo. Sā hi migārena seṭṭhinā mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapitattā migāramātāti vuccati. Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti tasmiṃ kira pāsāde dvinnaṃ mahāsāvakānaṃ sirigabbhānaṃ majjhe bhagavato sirigabbho ahosi. Thero dvāraṃ vivaritvā antogabbhaṃ sammajjitvā mālākacavaraṃ nīharitvā mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapetvā satthu saññaṃ adāsi. Satthā sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ upagamma darathaṃ paṭippassambhetvā uṭṭhāya phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nisīditvā sāyanhasamaye tato vuṭṭhāsi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito’’ti.
“冲洗”:若有人以粉末、泥等搓擦四肢,或以拳、杵等搓洗身体而沐浴,这称为“通常的沐浴”。若不那样做,而是依自然的方式沐浴,便称为“冲洗”。世尊身上并不会有那种需要被除去的尘垢附着,然而为了随顺时节,世尊仅仅是入水而已。所以说“为了冲洗肢体”。“东门屋”:就是位于东边的门屋。显示巴利原文
Parisiñcitunti yo hi cuṇṇamattikādīhi gattāni ubbaṭṭento mallakamuṭṭhādīhi vā ghaṃsanto nhāyati, so nhāyatīti vuccati. Yo tathā akatvā pakatiyāva nhāyati, so parisiñcatīti vuccati. Bhagavatopi sarīre tathā haritabbaṃ rajojallaṃ nāma na upalimpati, utuggahaṇatthaṃ pana bhagavā kevalaṃ udakaṃ otarati. Tenāha – ‘‘gattāni parisiñcitu’’nti. Pubbakoṭṭhakoti pācīnakoṭṭhako.
据说在舍卫城,精舍的规模有时大有时小。譬如,在毗婆尸世尊的时代,精舍广达一由旬;在尸弃佛时,广三伽浮他;在毗舍浮佛时,广半由旬;在拘留孙佛时,广一伽浮他;在拘那含佛时,广半伽浮他;在迦叶佛时,广二十乌沙巴;到了我们的世尊时代,则变为八迦哩沙大小。而那座城池,相对于精舍,有时在东边,有时在南边,有时在西边,有时在北边。然而,祇园香室里由那四个床脚所固定、竖立的位置,却是从不改变的。显示巴利原文
Sāvatthiyaṃ kira vihāro kadāci mahā hoti kadāci khuddako. Tathā hi so vipassissa bhagavato kāle yojaniko ahosi, sikhissa tigāvuto, vessabhussa aḍḍhayojaniko, kakusandhassa gāvutappamāṇo, koṇāgamanassa aḍḍhagāvutappamāṇo, kassapassa vīsatiusabhappamāṇo, amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle aṭṭhakarīsappamāṇo jāto. Tampi nagaraṃ tassa vihārassa kadāci pācīnato hoti, kadāci dakkhiṇato, kadāci pacchimato, kadāci uttarato. Jetavane gandhakuṭiyaṃ pana catunnaṃ mañcapādānaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ acalameva.
有四处不动的圣地,分别是:大菩提树金刚座处、仙人堕处鹿野苑转法轮处、桑迦萨城门天降阶梯处,以及床脚处。而这东门屋,在迦叶十力世尊的时代,寺院方圆二十乌沙巴时,曾是东门的门屋。直到如今,它仍以‘东门屋’而著称。在迦叶十力世尊的时代,阿致罗筏底河环绕着城市流过,流至东门屋处,河水冲刷而成一个巨大的水池。此水池有均匀的坡度与逐渐变深的平缓水岸。那里,有国王使用的浴场一处,市民的浴场一处,比丘僧团的浴场一处,诸佛的浴场一处——如此各有各的浴场,令人心旷神怡,铺着如同展开的银布一般的细沙。就这样,世尊与尊者阿难一起,为冲洗身体而向这东门屋走去。那时,尊者阿难递上浴衣。世尊脱下红色双层衣,穿上浴衣。长老将双层衣连同大衣一起拿在手中。世尊走入水中。就在入水的同时,水中的鱼鳖全都变成金色。那景象,犹如以水管倾注金色液汁的时刻,也犹如铺展开金布的时刻。接着,世尊示现沐浴之事后,从水中上来时,长老递上红色双层衣。世尊穿上它,系上如同闪电一般的腰带,将大衣……”
},
{显示巴利原文
Cattāri hi acalacetiyaṭṭhānāni nāma mahābodhipallaṅkaṭṭhānaṃ isipatane dhammacakkappavattanaṭṭhānaṃ saṅkassanagaradvāre devorohaṇakāle sopānassa patiṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ mañcapādaṭṭhānanti. Ayaṃ pana pubbakoṭṭhako kassapadasabalassa vīsatiusabhavihārakāle pācīnadvāre koṭṭhako ahosi. So idānipi pubbakoṭṭhakotveva paññāyati. Kassapadasabalassa kāle aciravatī nagaraṃ parikkhipitvā sandamānā pubbakoṭṭhakaṃ patvā udakena bhinditvā mahantaṃ udakarahadaṃ māpesi samatitthaṃ anupubbagambhīraṃ. Tattha ekaṃ rañño nhānatitthaṃ, ekaṃ nāgarānaṃ, ekaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa, ekaṃ buddhānanti evaṃ pāṭiyekkāni nhānatitthāni honti ramaṇīyāni vippakiṇṇarajatapaṭṭasadisavālikāni. Iti bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena ayaṃ evarūpo pubbakoṭṭhako tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṃ . Athāyasmā ānando udakasāṭikaṃ upanesi. Bhagavā rattadupaṭṭaṃ apanetvā udakasāṭikaṃ nivāsesi. Thero dupaṭṭena saddhiṃ mahācīvaraṃ attano hatthagatamakāsi. Bhagavā udakaṃ otari. Sahotaraṇenevassa udake macchakacchapā sabbe suvaṇṇavaṇṇā ahesuṃ. Yantanālikāhi suvaṇṇarasadhārānisiñcamānakālo viya suvaṇṇapaṭapasāraṇakālo viya ca ahosi. Atha bhagavato nhānavattaṃ dassetvā nhatvā paccuttiṇṇassa thero rattadupaṭṭaṃ upanesi. Bhagavā taṃ nivāsetvā vijjulatāsadisaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā mahācīvaraṃ antantena saṃharitvā padumagabbhasadisaṃ katvā upanītaṃ dvīsu kaṇṇesu gahetvā aṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pubbakoṭṭhake gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsī’’ti.
而如此站立的世尊之身,辉煌地展现,仿佛带着威严在嘲笑那盛开的莲花、青莲花池,如同全然绽放的波利质多罗树,也如同星光闪耀的虚空。他那以一寻的圆形光芒为庄严的三十二种胜相,被串连起来安立在那里,就像三十二条月亮组成的花环,就像三十二条太阳组成的花环,又像是依次排列的三十二位转轮王、三十二位天子、三十二位大梵天一般,极为辉煌,这指的就是色身的极致。在这样的时候,有能力的说法者应当能够用长行或者偈颂,引出佛陀的身色、功德色,以及其中的义理、譬喻与理由,来充分地解说。在这样的时候,说法者的功力如何,就可以知道了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ṭhitassa pana bhagavato sarīraṃ vikasitakamaluppalasaraṃ sabbapāliphullaṃ pāricchattakaṃ tārāmarīcivikasitaṃ ca gaganatalaṃ siriyā avahasamānaṃ viya virocittha. Byāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsinī cassa dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇamālā ganthetvā ṭhapitā dvattiṃsacandamālā viya, dvattiṃsasūriyamālā viya, paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitā dvattiṃsacakkavatti dvattiṃsadevarājā dvattiṃsamahābrahmāno viya ca ativiya virocittha, vaṇṇabhūmināmesā. Evarūpesu ṭhānesu buddhānaṃ sarīravaṇṇaṃ vā guṇavaṇṇaṃ vā cuṇṇiyapadehi vā gāthāhi vā atthañca upamāyo ca kāraṇāni ca āharitvā paṭibalena dhammakathikena pūretvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭatīti evarūpesu ṭhānesu dhammakathikassa thāmo veditabbo.
273 “弄干身体”的意思是:让身体恢复自然状态,除去水分,也就是擦干。如果身体还湿着就披上袈裟,袈裟上会起皱,随身物品也会受损。然而,佛陀的身体上并不会附着尘垢;就像落在荷叶上的水珠,水会反转滑落。尽管如此,为了遵守学处,世尊心想‘这是出家人的义务’,于是提起大袈裟的两角,遮住身前而站立。就在那时,长老心想:‘世尊披上大袈裟后,一旦准备前往鹿母讲堂,便很难再改变行程了;因为违背诸佛的意图,就如同为抓住独行的狮子而伸出手,又如触摸正在发情的良象的鼻子,或去抓剧毒蛇的脖子一样,是极其严重的事。我就在这里赞叹然玛尬婆罗门的隐居处,恳请世尊前往那里吧。’于是他这样做了。因此经文说:‘那时,尊者阿难……出于怜悯。’显示巴利原文
273.Gattāni pubbāpayamānoti pakatibhāvaṃ gamayamāno nirudakāni kurumāno, sukkhāpayamānoti attho. Sodakena gattena cīvaraṃ pārupantassa hi cīvare kaṇṇikā uṭṭhahanti, parikkhārabhaṇḍaṃ dussati. Buddhānaṃ pana sarīre rajojallaṃ na upalimpati; padumapatte pakkhittaudakabindu viya udakaṃ vinivattetvā gacchati, evaṃ santepi sikkhāgāravatāya bhagavā, ‘‘pabbajitavattaṃ nāmeta’’nti mahācīvaraṃ ubhosu kaṇṇesu gahetvā purato kāyaṃ paṭicchādetvā aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe thero cintesi – ‘‘bhagavā mahācīvaraṃ pārupitvā migāramātupāsādaṃ ārabbha gamanābhihārato paṭṭhāya dunnivattiyo bhavissati; buddhānañhi adhippāyakopanaṃ nāma ekacārikasīhassa gahaṇatthaṃ hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya; pabhinnavaravāraṇassa soṇḍāya parāmasanaṃ viya; uggatejassa āsīvisassa gīvāya gahaṇaṃ viya ca bhāriyaṃ hoti. Idheva rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamassa vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā tattha gamanatthāya bhagavantaṃ yācissāmī’’ti. So tathā akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā ānando…pe… anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti.
其中,“出于怜悯”是指:缘于对那五百位比丘的怜悯,对他们生起悲悯心。这五百位比丘为了“要在世尊面前听闻法谈”,前往那隐居处。“以法谈”是指:他们正坐着讨论,讲述十波罗蜜中的某一波罗蜜及大出离的功德。“等待”是指:他在观察并等待合适的时机。“我是佛陀”是指:他没有贸然闯入,而是一直站着,直到谈话结束。“敲门”是指:他用指尖轻敲门扉示意。“他们打开了”是指:他们正专注倾听,一听到声响便立刻过来开门。显示巴利原文
Tattha anukampaṃ upādāyāti bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ sossāmāti taṃ assamaṃ gatānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ anukampaṃ paṭicca, tesu kāruññaṃ katvāti attho. Dhammiyā kathāyāti dasasu pāramitāsu aññatarāya pāramiyā ceva mahābhinikkhamanassa ca vaṇṇaṃ kathayamānā sannisinnā honti. Āgamayamānoti olokayamāno. Ahaṃ buddhoti sahasā appavisitvā yāva sā kathā niṭṭhāti, tāva aṭṭhāsīti attho. Aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesīti agganakhena kavāṭe saññaṃ adāsi. Vivariṃsūti sotaṃ odahitvāva nisinnattā taṅkhaṇaṃyeva āgantvā vivariṃsu.
“在已铺设的座位上”:据说在佛陀时代,任何地方只要有比丘居住,那里就总是会铺设好佛座。为什么呢?据说世尊会留意那些在他身边领受业处后,去适宜处所安住之人:“某某在我身边领受业处离开了,他能否证得殊胜呢?”当见到那位比丘舍弃业处、思维不善寻时,世尊便想:“这位善男子在我这样的导师身边领受业处而安住,怎会被不善寻击败,而在无始轮回的苦中流转呢?”为摄受他,世尊便在那里示现自身,教导那位善男子之后,飞升空中,回到自己的住处。正因如此被教导,那些比丘心想:“导师知道了我们的心,前来我们这里示现自身;若当时还要忙着说‘尊者,请坐这里,请坐那里’去张罗座位,反倒成负担。”因此他们总是铺设好座位然后安住。有凳子的铺设凳子,没有的便铺设床、木板、木块、石头或沙堆;连这些也找不到的,便收集枯叶,在上面铺上粪扫衣。而此处原本就有铺设好的座位,正是针对此而说“坐在已铺设好的座位上”。显示巴利原文
Paññatte āsaneti buddhakāle kira yattha yattha ekopi bhikkhu viharati, sabbattha buddhāsanaṃ paññattameva hoti. Kasmā? Bhagavā kira attano santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā phāsukaṭṭhāne viharante manasi karoti ‘‘asuko mayhaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā gato, sakkhissati nu kho visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ no vā’’ti. Atha naṃ passati kammaṭṭhānaṃ vissajjetvā akusalavitakke vitakkayamānaṃ, tato ‘‘kathañhi nāma mādisassa satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharantaṃ imaṃ kulaputtaṃ akusalavitakkā abhibhavitvā anamatagge vaṭṭadukkhe saṃsāressantī’’ti tassa anuggahatthaṃ tattheva attānaṃ dassetvā taṃ kulaputtaṃ ovaditvā ākāsaṃ uppatitvā puna attano vasanaṭṭhānameva gacchati. Athevaṃ ovadiyamānā te bhikkhū cintayiṃsu – ‘‘satthā amhākaṃ manaṃ jānitvā āgantvā amhākaṃ samīpe ṭhitaṃyeva attānaṃ dasseti; tasmiṃ khaṇe, ‘bhante, idha nisīdatha, idha nisīdathā’ti āsanapariyesanaṃ nāma bhāro’’ti. Te āsanaṃ paññapetvāva viharanti. Yassa pīṭhaṃ atthi, so taṃ paññapeti. Yassa natthi, so mañcaṃ vā phalakaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā vālikapuñjaṃ vā paññapeti. Taṃ alabhamānā purāṇapaṇṇānipi saṅkaḍḍhitvā tattha paṃsukūlaṃ pattharitvā ṭhapenti. Idha pana pakatipaññattameva āsanaṃ ahosi, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti.
“你们以什么坐在一起”意思是:“你们聚在一起谈论些什么?”经文也作“Kāya netthā”,意为“在这里以什么”;又作“Kāya notthā”,意思与前相同。“中间谈话”是指在业处作意、讲解教法、提问法义等正事之间,穿插进来的其他话题。“中断了”是指因我的到来,谈话未能完结,未达圆满。“那时世尊已到达”意思是就在那时世尊到了。“或者是法谈”是指与十种论事相应的如法谈话。“或是圣默然”:于此,第二禅那属于圣默然,根本业处也属于圣默然。因此,若一位比丘入第二禅那而坐,或持取根本业处而坐,也应知他是安住于圣默然而坐。显示巴利原文
Kāyanutthāti katamāya nu kathāya sannisinnā bhavathāti attho. ‘‘Kāya netthā’’tipi pāḷi, tassā katamāya nu etthāti attho. ‘‘Kāya notthā’’tipi pāḷi, tassāpi purimoyeva attho. Antarā kathāti kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā kathā. Vippakatāti mama āgamanapaccayā apariniṭṭhitā sikhaṃ appattā. Atha bhagavā anuppattoti atha etasmiṃ kāle bhagavā āgato. Dhammī vā kathāti dasakathāvatthunissitā vā dhammī kathā. Ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvoti ettha pana dutiyajjhānampi ariyo tuṇhībhāvo mūlakammaṭṭhānampi. Tasmā taṃ jhānaṃ appetvā nisinnopi, mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisinnopi bhikkhu ariyena tuṇhībhāvena nisinnoti veditabbo.
274 “诸比丘,有这两种寻求”这段开示的缘起背景是怎样的呢?那些比丘心想“我们应当面听闻法谈”,便将此事托付给长老,长老便安排他们前往那处隐居处。他们到那里坐下后,却沉溺于畜生论等无益的谈论,中断了法谈。那时,世尊为了指明“你们这样的寻求即是圣寻求”,便开始了以下教示。在此,世尊以“诸比丘,什么是非圣寻求?”开篇,恰如一位熟悉道路的人,在指出应避开的险径时,先说“舍弃左边,走向右边”。世尊以教法的善巧,先阐明应避免的非圣寻求,再说明另一种圣寻求,因而调整了讲解的次第。“生法”指具有生起性质者;“老法”指具有衰老性质者;“病法”指具有疾病性质者;“死法”指具有死亡性质者;“愁法”指具有忧愁性质者;“染污法”指具有杂染性质者。显示巴利原文
274.Dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanāti ko anusandhi? Te bhikkhū sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ sossāmāti therassa bhāraṃ akaṃsu, thero tesaṃ assamagamanamakāsi. Te tattha nisīditvā atiracchānakathikā hutvā dhammiyā kathāya nisīdiṃsu. Atha bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ tumhākaṃ pariyesanā ariyapariyesanā nāmā’’ti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha katamā ca, bhikkhave, anariyapariyesanāti ettha yathā maggakusalo puriso paṭhamaṃ vajjetabbaṃ apāyamaggaṃ dassento ‘‘vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadati. Evaṃ bhagavā desanākusalatāya paṭhamaṃ vajjetabbaṃ anariyapariyesanaṃ ācikkhitvā pacchā itaraṃ ācikkhissāmīti uddesānukkamaṃ bhinditvā evamāha. Jātidhammoti jāyanasabhāvo. Jarādhammoti jīraṇasabhāvo. Byādhidhammoti byādhisabhāvo. Maraṇadhammoti maraṇasabhāvo. Sokadhammoti socanakasabhāvo. Saṃkilesadhammoti saṃkilissanasabhāvo.
“儿女与妻子”指儿女和妻子。其余各处依此类推。“金银”中,“金”指黄金,“银”指一切可用于交易的白铜、钱币等金属。“诸比丘,这些依着是生法”:这是为了说明,这些所谓的五种欲功德依着,全部都具有生的性质。在“病法”等段落中,金银之所以未被计入,是因为它不会发生头痛等疾病,也不会像众生那样死亡,更不会生起忧愁。然而,由于它会被铁锈等染污,因此在“染污法”段中被包含;同样地,因为它是由时节所生,所以在“生法”段被包含;又因它能蒙受尘垢而变得老旧,所以在“老法”段被包含。显示巴利原文
Puttabhariyanti puttā ca bhariyā ca. Esa nayo sabbattha. Jātarūparajatanti ettha pana jātarūpanti suvaṇṇaṃ. Rajatanti yaṃkiñci vohārūpagaṃ lohamāsakādi. Jātidhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayoti ete pañcakāmaguṇūpadhayo nāma honti, te sabbepi jātidhammāti dasseti. Byādhidhammavārādīsu jātarūparajataṃ na gahitaṃ, na hetassa sīsarogādayo byādhayo nāma honti, na sattānaṃ viya cutisaṅkhātaṃ maraṇaṃ, na soko uppajjati. Ayādīhi pana saṃkilesehi saṃkilissatīti saṃkilesadhammavāre gahitaṃ. Tathā utusamuṭṭhānattā jātidhammavāre. Malaṃ gahetvā jīraṇato jarādhammavāre ca.
275 “诸比丘,这是圣寻求”:比丘们,应当了知,此寻求本身既无任何过失,又是圣者们所寻求的,因此称为圣寻求。显示巴利原文
275.Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanāti, bhikkhave, ayaṃ niddosatāyapi ariyehi pariyesitabbatāyapi ariyapariyesanāti veditabbā.
276 “诸比丘,我也曾”这一段是因何而开始的呢?是为了从头显示大出离。据说世尊心中这样思惟:“比丘们,我过去也曾寻求过非圣的寻求。我舍弃了那种寻求之后,寻求圣的寻求,从而证得了一切知智。五比丘也曾寻求非圣的寻求,他们舍弃之后,寻求圣的寻求,到达了漏尽者的境界。你们现在也走上了我和五比丘所走过的道路,圣的寻求就是你们的寻求。”为了把自己从最初开始的大出离历程显示出来,世尊便开始了这段开示。显示巴利原文
276.Ahampi sudaṃ, bhikkhaveti kasmā ārabhi? Mūlato paṭṭhāya mahābhinikkhamanaṃ dassetuṃ. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘bhikkhave, ahampi pubbe anariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesiṃ. Svāhaṃ taṃ pahāya ariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesitvā sabbaññutaṃ patto. Pañcavaggiyāpi anariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesiṃsu. Te taṃ pahāya ariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesitvā khīṇāsavabhūmiṃ pattā. Tumhepi mama ceva pañcavaggiyānañca maggaṃ āruḷhā. Ariyapariyesanā tumhākaṃ pariyesanā’’ti mūlato paṭṭhāya attano mahābhinikkhamanaṃ dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
277 其中,“正当年青的时候”意思是正是年轻的时候。“头发极黑”意思是头发极为乌黑,犹如眼药之色。“以贤善的”意思是以美好的。“以第一阶段的年龄”指三种年龄中的第一个阶段。“不情愿的”指那些不愿意的人;此处用属格表示不尊敬的意味。“泣面者”指眼泪在脸上的人,即泪湿面庞的人。“正在哭泣的”指哀泣悲哭的人。“寻找什么是善的”意思是在寻求善。“无上的寂静安稳之境”指最高、名为寂静的安稳境界,也就是在寻求涅槃。“前往阿罗罗·迦罗摩所在之处”:其中“阿罗罗”是他的名字,据说他头发极黄,因此被称为阿罗罗;“迦罗摩”是姓。“愿尊者住”意思是愿尊者安住。“在那里,有智的人……”指在那法中,有智慧的人……“自己老师的教义”指自己老师的教说。“获得后而住”指证得后而住。至此,他提供了一个机会。“那法”指他们师徒的宗义体系。“我掌握”指听闻后便掌握了。显示巴利原文
277. Tattha daharova samānoti taruṇova samāno. Susukāḷakesoti suṭṭhu kāḷakeso, añjanavaṇṇakesova hutvāti attho. Bhadrenāti bhaddakena. Paṭhamena vayasāti tiṇṇaṃ vayānaṃ paṭhamavayena. Akāmakānanti anicchamānānaṃ, anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ. Assūni mukhe etesanti assumukhā; tesaṃ assumukhānaṃ, assukilinnamukhānanti attho. Rudantānanti kanditvā rodamānānaṃ. Kiṃkusalagavesīti kiṃ kusalanti gavesamāno. Anuttaraṃ santivarapadanti uttamaṃ santisaṅkhātaṃ varapadaṃ, nibbānaṃ pariyesamānoti attho. Yena āḷāro kālāmoti ettha āḷāroti tassa nāmaṃ, dīghapiṅgalo kireso. Tenassa āḷāroti nāmaṃ ahosi. Kālāmoti gottaṃ. Viharatāyasmāti viharatu āyasmā. Yattha viññū purisoti yasmiṃ dhamme paṇḍito puriso. Sakaṃ ācariyakanti attano ācariyasamayaṃ. Upasampajja vihareyyāti paṭilabhitvā vihareyya. Ettāvatā tena okāso kato hoti. Taṃ dhammanti taṃ tesaṃ samayaṃ tantiṃ. Pariyāpuṇinti sutvāva uggaṇhiṃ.
“仅仅以嘴唇的触碰”意思是仅以嘴唇的触碰来接受他所说的话,即只是不断地动嘴唇而已。“仅仅以言语的重复”意思是仅仅将他所说的话复述一遍。“声称智”指声称“我知”的言论。“声称长老”指声称自己地位稳固、说“我在此是长老”的言论。“不仅是我,还有其他人”指不只我,还有很多人也这样说。“仅仅以单纯的信心”指未以智慧现证,只凭借单纯的信心。据说菩萨仅凭听闻而学习此法时,便了知:“在阿罗罗的教说中,并非仅是口头上的教义,他必定是七种等至的证得者”,因此产生了这样的想法。显示巴利原文
Oṭṭhapahatamattenāti tena vuttassa paṭiggahaṇatthaṃ oṭṭhapaharaṇamattena; aparāparaṃ katvā oṭṭhasañcaraṇamattakenāti attho. Lapitalāpanamattenāti tena lapitassa paṭilāpanamattakena. Ñāṇavādanti jānāmīti vādaṃ . Theravādanti thirabhāvavādaṃ, thero ahametthāti etaṃ vacanaṃ. Ahañceva aññe cāti na kevalaṃ ahaṃ, aññepi bahū evaṃ vadanti. Kevalaṃ saddhāmattakenāti paññāya asacchikatvā suddhena saddhāmattakeneva. Bodhisatto kira vācāya dhammaṃ uggaṇhantoyeva, ‘‘na kālāmassa vācāya pariyattimattameva asmiṃ dhamme, addhā esa sattannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ lābhī’’ti aññāsi, tenassa etadahosi.
「他教导了无所有处」,意指他使我通达了以无所有处为究竟的七种等至。「信」是指为成就这七种等至而生起的信;精进等也同样理解。「应精勤」意指应当加功用行。「不久之后,我以证智亲自证得此法,具足而住」:据说菩萨提起精进,仅在数日之间,犹如铺展七道金梯一般,成就了七种等至,故有此说。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ pavedesīti ākiñcaññāyatanapariyosānā satta samāpattiyo maṃ jānāpesi. Saddhāti imāsaṃ sattannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nibbattanatthāya saddhā. Vīriyādīsupi eseva nayo. Padaheyyanti payogaṃ kareyyaṃ. Nacirasseva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsinti bodhisatto kira vīriyaṃ paggahetvā katipāhaññeva satta suvaṇṇanisseṇiyo pasārento viya satta samāpattiyo nibbattesi; tasmā evamāha.
「我们有所得,朋友」等:据说这位迦罗摩是不嫉妒者,因此他没有嫉妒地想“新来的这人是怎么证得此法的?”,而是以净信表白自己的净信,这样说。「我们两个都能护持这个团体」:他说“这个团体很大,我们两个人一起护持吧”,以此让团体认同,又说:“我证得七等至,大人也证得七等至,这么些人可以在大人近前修习业处,这么些人可以在我的近前。”他把团体分为两部分布施了。「以殊胜」意为以最上。「供养」:据说迦罗摩的男女侍者们拿着香花等前来,迦罗摩说:“去吧,去供养大人。”他们供养大人之后,如果有剩下的,就用它来供养迦罗摩。有人带来昂贵的床榻座具,也是先给大人,如果有剩余,自己才取用。所到之处,他都让菩萨得到最好的坐卧具,自己用剩下的。他以如此殊胜的供养来恭敬。「此法并非为了厌离」等:意思是这七等至法,不是为了厌离轮回,不是为了离染,不是为了灭除贪等,不是为了寂静,不是为了自证应证知之法,不是为了四道正觉,也不是为了现证涅槃。显示巴利原文
Lābhā no, āvusoti anusūyako kiresa kālāmo. Tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ adhunāgato, kinti katvā imaṃ dhammaṃ nibbattesī’’ti usūyaṃ akatvā pasanno pasādaṃ pavedento evamāha. Ubhova santā imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharāmāti ‘‘mahā ayaṃ gaṇo, dvepi janā pariharāmā’’ti vatvā gaṇassa saññaṃ adāsi, ‘‘ahampi sattannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ lābhī, mahāpurisopi sattannameva , ettakā janā mahāpurisassa santike parikammaṃ uggaṇhatha, ettakā mayha’’nti majjhe bhinditvā adāsi. Uḷārāyāti uttamāya. Pūjāyāti kālāmassa kira upaṭṭhākā itthiyopi purisāpi gandhamālādīni gahetvā āgacchanti. Kālāmo – ‘‘gacchatha, mahāpurisaṃ pūjethā’’ti vadati. Te taṃ pūjetvā yaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti, tena kālāmaṃ pūjenti. Mahagghāni mañcapīṭhāni āharanti; tānipi mahāpurisassa dāpetvā yadi avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti, attanā gaṇhāti. Gatagataṭṭhāne varasenāsanaṃ bodhisattassa jaggāpetvā sesakaṃ attanā gaṇhāti. Evaṃ uḷārāya pūjāya pūjesi. Nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāyātiādīsu ayaṃ sattasamāpattidhammo neva vaṭṭe nibbindanatthāya, na virajjanatthāya, na rāgādinirodhatthāya, na upasamatthāya, na abhiññeyyadhammaṃ abhijānanatthāya, na catumaggasambodhāya, na nibbānasacchikiriyāya saṃvattatīti attho.
「仅至于无所有处的再生」指只导致投生到寿命六万劫的无所有处,无法超出这个范围。因此,此法仍然是会返回的;它所到达的境界,并未从生、老、死中解脱,仍被死网包围。从那以后,大菩萨就像饥饿的人得到美味的食物,虽然高兴地吃了,却因胆汁、痰或苍蝇而呕吐之后,再也不想吃哪怕一口;同样,他以大精勤成就了七等至后,见到其中有还转等过患,就不再起想:“我将再转向此法、入定、决意、出定或省察。”「不中用」指“这个不行,这个不行”,一再地说“不行”。「厌离了」指产生厌离之后。「离开」指我便离去了。显示巴利原文
Yāvadeva ākiñcaññāyatanūpapattiyāti yāva saṭṭhikappasahassāyuparimāṇe ākiñcaññāyatanabhave upapatti, tāvadeva saṃvattati, na tato uddhaṃ. Evamayaṃ punarāvattanadhammoyeva; yañca ṭhānaṃ pāpeti, taṃ jātijarāmaraṇehi aparimuttameva maccupāsaparikkhittamevāti. Tato paṭṭhāya ca pana mahāsatto yathā nāma chātajjhattapuriso manuññabhojanaṃ labhitvā sampiyāyamānopi bhuñjitvā pittavasena vā semhavasena vā makkhikāvasena vā chaḍḍetvā puna ekaṃ piṇḍampi bhuñjissāmīti manaṃ na uppādeti; evameva imā satta samāpattiyo mahantena ussāhena nibbattetvāpi, tāsu imaṃ punarāvattikādibhedaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā, puna imaṃ dhammaṃ āvajjissāmi vā samāpajjissāmi vā adhiṭṭhahissāmi vā vuṭṭhahissāmi vā paccavekkhissāmi vāti cittameva na uppādesi. Analaṅkaritvāti alaṃ iminā, alaṃ imināti punappunaṃ alaṅkaritvā. Nibbijjāti nibbinditvā. Apakkaminti agamāsiṃ.
278 「罗摩实非此法……」在此,菩萨于学此法时便已了知:“这不是仅凭罗摩的言教便能把握的八等至法,他必定是八等至的证得者。”由此,他心想:“罗摩实非……知而见而住。”此处其余内容,应依前面阶段的理路来理解。显示巴利原文
278.Na kho rāmo imaṃ dhammanti idhāpi bodhisatto taṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhantoyeva aññāsi – ‘‘nāyaṃ aṭṭhasamāpattidhammo udakassa vācāya uggahitamattova, addhā panesa aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī’’ti. Tenassa etadahosi – ‘‘na kho rāmo…pe… jānaṃ passaṃ vihāsī’’ti. Sesamettha purimavāre vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
279 说到“我前往优楼频螺的将军村”:此处“优楼频螺”意为“大沙堆”,即大沙堆。或解:uru为沙,velā为界限;为了越过界限而运来的沙,故称为优楼频螺,应如此理解。据说过去诸佛尚未出世时,有一万善男子出家成为苦行者,住在此地。有一天他们聚集制定了公约:“身行与语行,他人尚能觉察,但意业则不显露。因此,若有人生起欲寻、嗔恚寻或害寻,并无旁人能举发其过;他应自行举发,用钵运沙倾倒于此地,以此作为处罚。”从那以后,若有人生起那样的不善寻,他便用钵运沙倾倒在那里。如此,那里逐渐形成大沙堆。后来的人将它围起来,作为塔庙之处。这便是“优楼频螺”意为“大沙堆”的由来,以及“或说uru为沙、velā为界限……”的含义。显示巴利原文
279.Yena uruvelā senānigamoti ettha uruvelāti mahāvelā, mahāvālikarāsīti attho. Atha vā urūti vālikā vuccati; velāti mariyādā, velātikkamanahetu āhaṭā uru uruvelāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Atīte kira anuppanne buddhe dasasahassā kulaputtā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā tasmiṃ padese viharantā ekadivasaṃ sannipatitvā katikavattaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘kāyakammavacīkammāni nāma paresampi pākaṭāni honti, manokammaṃ pana apākaṭaṃ. Tasmā yo kāmavitakkaṃ vā byāpādavitakkaṃ vā vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vā vitakketi, tassa añño codako nāma natthi; so attanāva attānaṃ codetvā pattapuṭena vālikaṃ āharitvā imasmiṃ ṭhāne ākiratu, idamassa daṇḍakamma’’nti. Tato paṭṭhāya yo tādisaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketi, so tattha pattapuṭena vālikaṃ ākirati, evaṃ tattha anukkamena mahāvālikarāsi jāto. Tato taṃ pacchimā janatā parikkhipitvā cetiyaṭṭhānamakāsi; taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘uruvelāti mahāvelā, mahāvālikarāsīti attho’’ti. Tameva sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha vā urūti vālikā vuccati, velāti mariyādā. Velātikkamanahetu āhaṭā uru uruvelāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti.
「将军村」:意为将军的聚落。据说劫初之时,该处曾设有将军的营地,因此称该地为将军村。也有写本作“将军之村”,意为善生的父亲名叫将军,这是他的村落。「我到达那里」:指我进入并停留在那里。「我看见令人愉悦的一片土地」:一片令人心旷神怡的土地,点缀着种种盛开的陆生与水生花朵,十分可爱。「又见令人欢喜的丛林」:见到如孔雀尾羽束般令人欢喜的丛林。「又见流动的河」:见到流动的尼连禅河,水色如宝石堆般澄清、青蓝而清凉。「洁白的」:极为清净,毫无污泥。「有妙渡口的」:有渐次变深且优美的渡口。「令人愉悦的」:像银布一般,铺满细沙,鱼鳖众多,看起来十分悦意。「周围又有行境村」:在周围不远处,有往来便利、能为出家修行者提供食物的行境村。「实是足够」:确实具有能力、适合。「就在此处坐下」:这是指在菩提座上的坐下。在后面的经文中,「就在此处」指修习苦行的地点,而在此处则指菩提座,因此说「就在此处坐下」。他这样想:“这个地方适合精勤修行”,于是便坐了下来。显示巴利原文
Senānigamoti senāya nigamo. Paṭhamakappikānaṃ kira tasmiṃ ṭhāne senāniveso ahosi; tasmā so padeso senānigamoti vuccati. ‘‘Senāni-gāmo’’tipi pāṭho. Senānī nāma sujātāya pitā, tassa gāmoti attho. Tadavasarinti tattha osariṃ. Ramaṇīyaṃ bhūmibhāganti supupphitanānappakārajalajathalajapupphavicittaṃ manorammaṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ. Pāsādikañca vanasaṇḍanti morapiñchakalāpasadisaṃ pasādajananavanasaṇḍañca addasaṃ. Nadiñca sandantinti sandamānañca maṇikkhandhasadisaṃ vimalanīlasītalasalilaṃ nerañjaraṃ nadiṃ addasaṃ. Setakanti parisuddhaṃ nikkaddamaṃ. Supatitthanti anupubbagambhīrehi sundarehi titthehi upetaṃ. Ramaṇīyanti rajatapaṭṭasadisaṃ vippakiṇṇavālikaṃ pahūtamacchakacchapaṃ abhirāmadassanaṃ. Samantā ca gocaragāmanti tassa padesassa samantā avidūre gamanāgamanasampannaṃ sampattapabbajitānaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ gocaragāmañca addasaṃ. Alaṃ vatāti samatthaṃ vata. Tattheva nisīdinti bodhipallaṅke nisajjaṃ sandhāyāha. Uparisuttasmiñhi tatthevāti dukkarakārikaṭṭhānaṃ adhippetaṃ, idha pana bodhipallaṅko. Tenāha – ‘‘tattheva nisīdi’’nti. Alamidaṃ padhānāyāti idaṃ ṭhānaṃ padhānatthāya samatthanti evaṃ cintetvā nisīdinti attho.
280 “我证得了”(Ajjhagamaṃ)意思是到达、获得。“而我生起了智与见”(ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ):我生起了一切知智,能够照见一切法。“我的解脱不可动摇”(akuppā me vimutti):我的阿拉汉果解脱,由于它既具足不可动摇性,又以不可动摇的所缘为对象,故称不可动摇。再者,因为它不被贪等烦恼所动摇,就不可动摇性而言也是不可动摇;又因为它以不可动摇的涅槃为所缘,故亦不可动摇。“这是最后生”(ayamantimā jātī):这完全是最后的一生。“如今不再有后有”(natthidāni punabbhavo):如今我不再有结生。如是,他也显示了自身生起省察智。显示巴利原文
280.Ajjhagamanti adhigacchiṃ paṭilabhiṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassananti sabbadhammadassanasamatthañca me sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ udapādi. Akuppā me vimuttīti mayhaṃ arahattaphalavimutti akuppatāya ca akuppārammaṇatāya ca akuppā, sā hi rāgādīhi na kuppatīti akuppatāyapi akuppā, akuppaṃ nibbānamassārammaṇantipi akuppā. Ayamantimā jātīti ayaṃ sabbapacchimā jāti. Natthidāni punabbhavoti idāni me puna paṭisandhi nāma natthīti evaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇampi me uppannanti dasseti.
281 “证得”(adhigato)意思是通达。“法”(dhammo)指四圣谛法。“甚深”(gambhīro)一词,是用来遮遣“浅显”的说法。“难见”(duddaso):正因为甚深,所以难见,难以见到,不能轻易见到。由于难见,故说“难觉”(duranubodho),难以觉了,不能轻易觉了。“寂静”(santo)意思是寂灭。“微妙”(paṇīto)意思是无恼。这两个词是就出世间法而说的。“非寻思所行”(atakkāvacaro):不能凭寻思进入其中、深入其中,唯有以智慧进入。“微细”(nipuṇo)意思是细致。“唯智者能知”(paṇḍitavedanīyo):只有已走上正道的智者才能了知。“乐于所依”(ālayarāmā):有情对于五欲功德产生执著,故被称为“所依”。一百零八种爱行亲近于所依,因此也称为“所依”。乐于这些所依,故名“乐于所依”。“耽著于所依”(ālayaratā),“于所依极欢喜”(ālayasammuditā)。就像一个国王进入一座布置精美、花果树木繁茂的园林,对于种种圆满显示巴利原文
281.Adhigatoti paṭividdho. Dhammoti catusaccadhammo. Gambhīroti uttānabhāvapaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ. Duddasoti gambhīrattāva duddaso dukkhena daṭṭhabbo, na sakkā sukhena daṭṭhuṃ. Duddasattāva duranubodho, dukkhena avabujjhitabbo, na sakkā sukhena avabujjhituṃ. Santoti nibbuto. Paṇītoti atappako. Idaṃ dvayaṃ lokuttarameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atakkāvacaroti takkena avacaritabbo ogāhitabbo na hoti, ñāṇeneva avacaritabbo. Nipuṇoti saṇho. Paṇḍitavedanīyoti sammāpaṭipadaṃ paṭipannehi paṇḍitehi veditabbo. Ālayarāmāti sattā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu allīyanti. Tasmā te ālayāti vuccanti. Aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritāni ālayanti, tasmā ālayāti vuccanti. Tehi ālayehi ramantīti ālayarāmā. Ālayesu ratāti ālayaratā. Ālayesu suṭṭhu muditāti ālayasammuditā. Yatheva hi susajjitaṃ pupphaphalabharitarukkhādisampannaṃ uyyānaṃ paviṭṭho rājā tāya tāya sampattiyā ramati, sammudito āmoditapamodito hoti, na ukkaṇṭhati, sāyampi nikkhamituṃ na icchati; evamimehipi kāmālayataṇhālayehi sattā ramanti, saṃsāravaṭṭe sammuditā anukkaṇṭhitā vasanti. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā duvidhampi ālayaṃ uyyānabhūmiṃ viya dassento ‘‘ālayarāmā’’tiādimāha.
“此中”(yadidanti)为小品词。若依处所,当解作“这即是”(yaṃ idaṃ);若依缘起,当解作“此即是”(yo ayaṃ),应如此了知其义。“此缘性缘起”(idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo):这些的缘称为“此缘”;此缘本身即是“此缘性”;此缘性又是缘起,故合称“此缘性缘起”。这是对行等缘的称呼。“一切行寂止”等,全部是指涅槃。因为依止它,一切行的躁动都止息、寂止,故称“一切行寂止”。又因为依止它,一切依着都被舍离,一切渴爱耗尽,一切烦恼、贪染离染,一切苦灭尽,故称“一切依舍遣、爱尽、离贪、灭”。而这个渴爱,由于它令结生于有,或令业与果报一起弯曲、纠缠,故称为“渴爱林”;从那里出离,即为“离林”,也就是涅槃。“那对我来说会是疲劳”(so mamassa kilamatho):如果对那些不了知的人说法,那对我来说便是疲劳,对我来说便是损恼。也就是说,那将是身体的疲劳和身体的损恼。但在诸佛的心中,这两种显示巴利原文
Yadidanti nipāto, tassa ṭhānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yaṃ ida’’nti, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yo aya’’nti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādoti imesaṃ paccayā idappaccayā; idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā; idappaccayatā ca sā paṭiccasamuppādo cāti idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo. Saṅkhārādipaccayānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sabbasaṅkhārasamathotiādi sabbaṃ nibbānameva. Yasmā hi taṃ āgamma sabbasaṅkhāravipphanditāni sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbe upadhayo paṭinissaṭṭhā honti, sabbā taṇhā khīyanti, sabbe kilesarāgā virajjanti, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nirujjhati; tasmā sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodhoti vuccati. Sā panesā taṇhā bhavena bhavaṃ, phalena vā saddhiṃ kammaṃ vinati saṃsibbatīti katvā vānanti vuccati, tato nikkhantaṃ vānatoti nibbānaṃ. So mamassa kilamathoti yā ajānantānaṃ desanā nāma, so mama kilamatho assa, sā mama vihesā assāti attho. Kāyakilamatho ceva kāyavihesā ca assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Citte pana ubhayampetaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi. Apissūti anubrūhanatthe nipāto, so ‘‘na kevalaṃ etadahosi, imāpi gāthā paṭibhaṃsū’’ti dīpeti. Manti mama. Anacchariyāti anuacchariyā. Paṭibhaṃsūti paṭibhānasaṅkhātassa ñāṇassa gocarā ahesuṃ; parivitakkayitabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
「艰难地」(kicchena)意为“以苦”,但并非指苦行道。因为诸佛的四道皆是乐行道。然而,这是就菩萨在圆满波罗蜜的时期而言——那时他还带有贪、嗔、痴,面对接连前来乞求的人,割下自己装饰好的头颅,引出颈中鲜血,挖出涂有眼药的眼睛,献出作为家族明灯的儿子、行止可爱的妻子等;或在其他生中,如忍辱论师那般,遭受刀割、杖击等。这是指他趋向菩提的修行道而说。「足够」(halaṃ):此处的“ha”只是小品词,义即“足够”。「宣说」(pakāsituṃ):对于如此艰难证得的法,已经足够宣说,已经值得宣说,还有必要再宣说吗?“被贪嗔所征服的人”(rāgadosaparetehi)是指被贪与嗔遍满者,或被贪嗔所随逐者。显示巴利原文
Kicchenāti dukkhena, na dukkhāya paṭipadāya. Buddhānañhi cattāropi maggā sukhappaṭipadāva honti. Pāramīpūraṇakāle pana sarāgasadosasamohasseva sato āgatāgatānaṃ yācakānaṃ , alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ sīsaṃ kantitvā, galalohitaṃ nīharitvā, suañjitāni akkhīni uppāṭetvā, kulavaṃsappadīpaṃ puttaṃ manāpacāriniṃ bhariyanti evamādīni dentassa, aññāni ca khantivādisadisesu attabhāvesu chejjabhejjādīni pāpuṇantassa āgamaniyapaṭipadaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ . Halanti ettha ha-kāro nipātamatto, alanti attho. Pakāsitunti desituṃ, evaṃ kicchena adhigatassa dhammassa alaṃ desituṃ, pariyattaṃ desituṃ, ko attho desitenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Rāgadosaparetehīti rāgadosapariphuṭṭhehi rāgadosānugatehi vā.
「逆流而行」(paṭisotagāmin):即逆于常等观念之流,通达为无常、苦、无我、不净的四圣谛法。「被贪染着」(rāgarattā):指被欲贪、有贪、邪见贪所染着。「不能见」(na dakkhanti):指他们无法以“无常、苦、无我、不净”之本质而见法;对于不见者,又有谁能令其如此接受而理解呢?「被黑暗蕴所覆」(tamokhandhena āvuṭā):指被无知的密集所征服。显示巴利原文
Paṭisotagāminti niccādīnaṃ paṭisotaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā asubhanti evaṃ gataṃ catusaccadhammaṃ. Rāgarattāti kāmarāgena bhavarāgena diṭṭhirāgena ca rattā. Na dakkhantīti aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā asubhanti iminā sabhāvena na passissanti, te apassante ko sakkhissati evaṃ gāhāpetuṃ. Tamokhandhena āvuṭāti avijjārāsinā ajjhotthatā.
282 「由于不活跃」(appossukkatāya),意谓处于无所作为的状态,即不欲说法的意思。然而,他的心为何会如此转向呢?难道不正是这样想:“已解脱者,我将令他人解脱;已渡越者,我将令他人渡越”吗?显示巴利原文
282.Appossukkatāyāti nirussukkabhāvena, adesetukāmatāyāti attho. Kasmā panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami, nanu esa mutto mocessāmi, tiṇṇo tāressāmi.
在此,我以非他人所能知的方式,亲自证得了法,
证得一切知智已,我将度脱包括天神在内的世间。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tārayissaṃ sadevaka’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.56) –
他如此发愿,圆满波罗蜜后,证得了一切知智。这真实不虚,正是由于省察这一真实的威力,他的心才如此转向。当他证得一切知智后,省察有情的烦恼丛聚与法的甚深性时,有情的烦恼丛聚与法的甚深性便以一切行相清晰显现。于是,他心想:“这些有情,就如装满酸粥的葫芦,如盛满酪浆的瓮,如浸透油脂的碎布,又如涂满眼膏的手,全被烦恼充塞,极度染污——为贪所染,为嗔所坏,为痴所迷。他们到底要如何才能得度呢?” 由于省察有情烦恼丛聚的威力,他的心也如此转向了。显示巴利原文
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññutaṃ pattoti. Saccametaṃ, tadevaṃ paccavekkhaṇānubhāvena panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Tassa hi sabbaññutaṃ patvā sattānaṃ kilesagahanataṃ, dhammassa ca gambhīrataṃ paccavekkhantassa sattānaṃ kilesagahanatā ca dhammagambhīratā ca sabbākārena pākaṭā jātā. Athassa ‘‘ime sattā kañjikapuṇṇā lābu viya, takkabharitā cāṭi viya, vasātelapītapilotikā viya, añjanamakkhitahattho viya ca kilesabharitā atisaṃkiliṭṭhā rāgarattā dosaduṭṭhā mohamūḷhā, te kiṃ nāma paṭivijjhissantī’’ti cintayato kilesagahanapaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ nami.
并且,此法规甚深,犹如承载大地的大水聚;难见,犹如被大山遮蔽的一粒芥子;难以通达,犹如将毫发劈作百缕、再将其尖端剖为百份。不是吗?我为了通达此法而精进努力时,从未有过未曾行过的布施、未曾护持过的戒,也从未有过未圆满的波罗蜜。即便如此,当我仿佛毫不费力摧破魔军之时,大地未曾震动;初夜分随念宿命之时,亦未震动;中夜分净化天眼之时,亦未震动;唯独后夜分通达缘起之时,一万世界界才为之震动。因此,即使像我这样智慧锐利之人,尚且历尽艰难方能通达此法,那些普通的世俗大众又怎能通达呢?”由于省察到法的甚深威力,他的心才如此转向——应当这样理解。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ayañca dhammo pathavīsandhārakaudakakkhandho viya gambhīro, pabbatena paṭicchādetvā ṭhapito sāsapo viya duddaso, satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭipaṭipādanaṃ viya duranubodho. Nanu mayā hi imaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ vāyamantena adinnaṃ dānaṃ nāma natthi, arakkhitaṃ sīlaṃ nāma natthi, aparipūritā kāci pāramī nāma natthi? Tassa me nirussāhaṃ viya mārabalaṃ vidhamantassāpi pathavī na kampittha, paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantassāpi na kampittha, majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ sodhentassāpi na kampittha, pacchimayāme pana paṭiccasamuppādaṃ paṭivijjhantasseva me dasasahassilokadhātu kampittha. Iti mādisenāpi tikkhañāṇena kicchenevāyaṃ dhammo paṭividdho, taṃ lokiyamahājanā kathaṃ paṭivijjhissantī’’ti dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ namīti veditabbaṃ.
此外,正因梵天请求后,世尊也有了说法的意愿,所以心才如此转向。世尊了知:“当我的心倾向于少事时,大梵天便会来请求我说法;而这些有情敬重梵天,他们会想:‘听说导师原本不欲说法,是大梵天请求后才说。诸位,此法的确是寂静的,诸位,此法的确是卓越的。’于是他们便会乐于认真谛听。”应当知道,正是出于这个原因,他的心才倾向于少事,而不是倾向于说法。显示巴利原文
Apica brahmunā yācite desetukāmatāyapissa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Jānāti hi bhagavā – ‘‘mama appossukkatāya citte namamāne maṃ mahābrahmā dhammadesanaṃ yācissati, ime ca sattā brahmagarukā, te ‘satthā kira dhammaṃ na desetukāmo ahosi, atha naṃ mahābrahmā yācitvā desāpesi, santo vata, bho, dhammo paṇīto vata, bho, dhammo’ti maññamānā sussūsissantī’’ti. Idampissa kāraṇaṃ paṭicca appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami, no dhammadesanāyāti veditabbaṃ.
“娑婆主”(Sahampatissa)指的是:据说,那位梵天曾在迦叶世尊的教法中,是一位名叫“同伴”(Sahaka)的长老,他证得初禅后,投生到初禅地,成为寿量一劫的梵天。在那里,大家都称他为娑婆主梵天。针对他,所以说“梵天的娑婆主”。“先生啊!这真是一种损失!”——据说他这样发出声音,使得一万个世界界中的所有梵天听到后都聚集过来。“在这样的世间啊”(Yatra hi nāmāti)指“在这样的世间”。“显现于前”(Purato pāturahosīti)指他与那一万位梵天一同出现。“少尘垢种性者”(Apparajakkhajātikāti)是指:在名为智慧的眼(paññāmaye akkhimhi)中,他们只有微少、极少的贪嗔痴尘垢,具有这样的性质,所以称为少尘垢种性者。“由于未听闻”(Assavanatāti)是指由于未听闻。“将有”(Bhavissantīti):世尊表示:“在过去诸佛处,通过十善业而种下善根、如同等待阳光触及时的成熟莲花一般、只期盼着听闻正法的人,在听完四句偈结束时便应当进入圣者之地的有情,并不是一个、两个,而是有数百、甚至数千百位,他们将会成为这个法的了知者。”显示巴利原文
Sahampatissāti so kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma thero paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyukabrahmā hutvā nibbatto. Tatra naṃ sahampatibrahmāti paṭisañjānanti, taṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘brahmuno sahampatissā’’ti. Nassati vata, bhoti so kira imaṃ saddaṃ tathā nicchāresi, yathā dasasahassilokadhātubrahmāno sutvā sabbe sannipatiṃsu. Yatra hi nāmāti yasmiṃ nāma loke. Purato pāturahosīti tehi dasahi brahmasahassehi saddhiṃ pāturahosi. Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ, evaṃsabhāvāti apparajakkhajātikā. Assavanatāti assavanatāya. Bhavissantīti purimabuddhesu dasapuññakiriyavasena katādhikārā paripākagatapadumāni viya sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ, dhammadesanaṃyeva ākaṅkhamānā catuppadikagāthāvasāne ariyabhūmiṃ okkamanārahā na eko, na dve, anekasatasahassā dhammassa aññātāro bhavissantīti dasseti.
“显现了”(Pāturahosīti),即出现了。“被杂秽者所思”(Samalehi cintitoti),是指被六位杂染的导师所思维。那些导师更早出世,在整个赡部洲洲,如同散布荆棘、喷洒毒液一般,宣说了杂染的邪见之法。“请开启”(Apāpuretanti),即“请打开这扇门”。“不死之门”(Amatassa dvāranti),指的是通向不死涅槃的圣道。“愿他们聆听无垢者所觉知之法”(Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhanti):这位梵天恳求道:“世尊啊,愿这些有情众生,聆听由那位因远离贪等垢秽而成为无垢的正自觉者所觉知的四圣谛之法吧。”显示巴利原文
Pāturahosīti pātubhavi. Samalehi cintitoti samalehi chahi satthārehi cintito. Te hi puretaraṃ uppajjitvā sakalajambudīpe kaṇṭake pattharamānā viya, visaṃ siñcamānā viya ca samalaṃ micchādiṭṭhidhammaṃ desayiṃsu. Apāpuretanti vivara etaṃ. Amatassa dvāranti amatassa nibbānassa dvārabhūtaṃ ariyamaggaṃ. Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhanti ime sattā rāgādimalānaṃ abhāvato vimalena sammāsambuddhena anubuddhaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ suṇantu tāva bhagavāti yācati.
“犹如石山之巅矗立之人”(Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti):就像一个人,安住于一块纯净坚固的岩石山顶。正因为他屹立于此,便无需为看清事物而做伸颈、张望等动作。“具此譬喻者”(Tathūpamanti),即如岩石、如高山的譬喻。在此,其简要意义为:正如一位有眼之人安立山巅,遍观四方众生;同样地,善慧(Sumedha)啊,您也应当如此——拥有妙智即一切知智、具足普眼的世尊,请您登上法所筑成的高楼,亲自观照、审视那些已超越忧悲与尚未超越忧悲、被生老所征服的众生。而它的究竟含义是这样的:比如在山脚下,四周开辟了大片田地,田埂边搭建了一些小茅舍,夜晚点燃灯火;并且黑暗是具足四支的(彻底黑暗)。那时,立于山顶的有眼之人观察地面,他看不见田地,看不见田埂,也看不见茅舍,看不见卧于其中的人,只能看见茅舍中那一堆堆的火焰。同样地,登上了法所成的高楼观察众生界的如来,对于那些没有造作善业的有情,即使他们与自己同住一座精舍,就坐在如来右膝的旁边,显示巴利原文
Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti selamaye ekagghane pabbatamuddhani yathā ṭhitova. Na hi tassa ṭhitassa dassanatthaṃ gīvukkhipanapasāraṇādikiccaṃ atthi. Tathūpamanti tappaṭibhāgaṃ selapabbatūpamaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – yathā selapabbatamuddhani ṭhitova cakkhumā puriso samantato janataṃ passeyya, tathā tvampi, sumedha, sundarapañña-sabbaññutaññāṇena samantacakkhu bhagavā dhammamayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sayaṃ apetasoko sokāvatiṇṇaṃ jātijarābhibhūtaṃ janataṃ avekkhassu upadhāraya upaparikkha. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yathā hi pabbatapāde samantā mahantaṃ khettaṃ katvā tattha kedārapāḷīsu kuṭikāyo katvā rattiṃ aggiṃ jāleyyuṃ. Caturaṅgasamannāgatañca andhakāraṃ assa, atha tassa pabbatassa matthake ṭhatvā cakkhumato purisassa bhūmiṃ olokayato neva khettaṃ, na kedārapāḷiyo, na kuṭiyo, na tattha sayitamanussā paññāyeyyuṃ. Kuṭikāsu pana aggijālāmattakameva paññāyeyya. Evaṃ dhammapāsādaṃ āruyha sattanikāyaṃ olokayato tathāgatassa, ye te akatakalyāṇā sattā, te ekavihāre dakkhiṇajāṇupasse nisinnāpi buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, rattiṃ khittā sarā viya honti. Ye pana katakalyāṇā veneyyapuggalā, te evassa dūrepi ṭhitā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, so aggi viya himavantapabbato viya ca. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
「远处的善人彰显光辉,犹如雪山高耸。」(Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato)
「不善之人这里看不见,如同夜间射出的箭矢。」(Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā)——《法句经》304
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. (dha. pa. 304);
“起来”(Uṭṭhehīti):这是他向世尊请求“为说法故,请行游方”而说。于“勇士”等词中,世尊因具足精进,故称“勇士”;因已战胜天子魔、死魔与烦恼魔,故称“战胜战争者”;因能引导应受教化的众生,犹如商队主度越生之荒野等,故称“商队主”;因无爱欲之债,故应知为“无债者”。显示巴利原文
Uṭṭhehīti bhagavato dhammadesanatthaṃ cārikacaraṇaṃ yācanto bhaṇati. Vīrātiādīsu bhagavā vīriyavantatāya vīro. Devaputtamaccukilesamārānaṃ vijitattā vijitasaṅgāmo. Jātikantārādinittharaṇatthāya veneyyasatthavāhanasamatthatāya satthavāho. Kāmacchandaiṇassa abhāvato aṇaṇoti veditabbo.
283 「请求」意为乞请。「以佛眼」是指以知根上下之智和知意乐随眠之智。因为这两种智名为佛眼,一切知智名为普眼,三种道智名为法眼。在「少尘垢者」等词中,那些按照已说方式,其智慧眼中贪等尘垢少的人,称为「少尘垢者」;那些尘垢多的人,称为「多尘垢者」。那些信等诸根猛利的人,称为「利根」;那些根迟钝的人,称为「钝根」。那些信等行相美好的人,称为「妙行相」。那些能领解所述之理、容易让他们了悟的人,称为「易教」。那些观见他世与过失为怖畏的人,称为「见他世与过失之怖畏者」。显示巴利原文
283.Ajjhesananti yācanaṃ. Buddhacakkhunāti indriyaparopariyattañāṇena ca āsayānusayañāṇena ca. Imesañhi dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ buddhacakkhūti nāmaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇassa samantacakkhūti, tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇānaṃ dhammacakkhūti. Apparajakkhetiādīsu yesaṃ vuttanayeneva paññācakkhumhi rāgādirajaṃ appaṃ, te apparajakkhā. Yesaṃ taṃ mahantaṃ, te mahārajakkhā. Yesaṃ saddhādīni indriyāni tikkhāni, te tikkhindriyā. Yesaṃ tāni mudūni, te mudindriyā. Yesaṃ teyeva saddhādayo ākārā sundarā, te svākārā. Ye kathitakāraṇaṃ sallakkhenti, sukhena sakkā honti viññāpetuṃ, te suviññāpayā. Ye paralokañceva vajjañca bhayato passanti, te paralokavajjabhayadassāvino nāma.
此处的经文是:“有信的补特伽罗是少尘垢者,无信的补特伽罗是多尘垢者。精进者……懈怠者……念现前者……忘念者……定者……未定者……有慧者……无慧的补特伽罗是多尘垢者。同样,有信的补特伽罗是利根……乃至……有慧的补特伽罗是见他世与过失之怖畏者,无慧的补特伽罗是不见他世与过失之怖畏者。”所谓“世间”,是指:蕴世间、处世间、界世间、成满有世间、成满所有世间、衰损有世间、衰损所有世间。一世:一切众生依食而住。二世:名与色。三世:三受。四世:四食。五世:五取蕴。六世:六内处。七世:七识住。八世:八世间法。九世:九有情居。十世:十处。十二世:十二处。十八世:十八界。所谓“过失”,是指:一切烦恼是过失,一切恶行是过失,一切造作是过失,一切趣向有的业是过失。如此,对于此世间与此过失,生起强烈的怖畏想,犹如面对举起利剑的刽子手。通过这五十种行相,他知、见、解、证此五根。这便是如来的知根上下之智。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷi – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho. Āraddhavīriyo…, kusito…, upaṭṭhitassati…, muṭṭhassati…, samāhito…, asamāhito…, paññavā…, duppañño puggalo mahārajakkho. Tathā saddho puggalo tikkhindriyo…pe… paññavā puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, duppañño puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Lokoti khandhaloko, āyatanaloko, dhātuloko, sampattibhavaloko, sampattisambhavaloko, vipattibhavaloko, vipattisambhavaloko, eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā – nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā – satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasāyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā – dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārassa dhātuyo. Vajjanti sabbe kilesā vajjā, sabbe duccaritā vajjā, sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjā, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajjā. Iti imasmiñca loke imasmiñca vajje tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi ukkhittāsike vadhake. Imehi paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānāti passati aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Idaṃ tathāgatassa indriyaparopariyatte ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.112).
“在青莲花丛中”是指在青莲花林。其他莲花类同。“于内水下滋养者”是指那些完全沉没在水下而生长者。“高出水而住者”是指超出水面而住者。其中,高出水面而住的,正等候日光的接触,当日便会开花;刚好与水面齐平的,次日开花;那些从水中长出而仍沉没水下、由水滋养的,第三日开花。然而,还有一些未能长出水面,譬如名为“有病”的青莲花等,这些花永远不会开放,只会成为鱼鳖的食物。这些虽未载于经文,但应当引用作为说明,因此在此说明。显示巴利原文
Uppaliniyanti uppalavane. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Antonimuggaposīnīti yāni anto nimuggāneva posiyanti. Udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitānīti udakaṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitāni. Tattha yāni accuggamma ṭhitāni, tāni sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ āgamayamānāni ṭhitāni ajja pupphanakāni. Yāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, tāni sve pupphanakāni. Yāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, tāni tatiyadivase pupphanakāni. Udakā pana anuggatāni aññānipi sarogauppalādīni nāma atthi, yāni neva pupphissanti, macchakacchapabhakkhāneva bhavissanti. Tāni pāḷiṃ nāruḷhāni. Āharitvā pana dīpetabbānīti dīpitāni.
正如那四种花,同样有四种补特伽罗:略解即悟者、广解方悟者、应引导者、文字最上者。其中,“对于某补特伽罗,在举示的当下便证悟法者,此人称为略解即悟者。对于某补特伽罗,在详细解释略说之义理时证悟法者,此人称为广解方悟者。对于某补特伽罗,经由听闻、遍问、如理作意、亲近善知识、交往、承事,渐次证悟法者,此人称为应引导者。对于某补特伽罗,虽然多闻、多说、多持、多诵,然而在此一生并不证悟法者,此人称为文字最上者。”(《人施设论》151)在此,世尊观察如同莲花林的十千世界界,见到:“当日将开花的,即如略解即悟者;次日将开花的,即如广解方悟者;第三日将开花的,即如应引导者;将成为鱼鳖食物的花,即如文字最上者。”在观察时,也以一切行相见到:“这么多是少尘垢者,这么多是多尘垢者,其中这么多是略解即悟者。”显示巴利原文
Yatheva hi tāni catubbidhāni pupphāni, evameva ugghaṭitaññū vipañcitaññū neyyo padaparamoti cattāro puggalā. Tattha ‘‘yassa puggalassa saha udāhaṭavelāya dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ugghaṭitaññū. Yassa puggalassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthe vibhajiyamāne dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo vipañcitaññū. Yassa puggalassa uddesato paripucchato yoniso manasikaroto kalyāṇamitte sevato bhajato payirupāsato anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo neyyo. Yassa puggalassa bahumpi suṇato bahumpi bhaṇato bahumpi dhārayato bahumpi vācayato na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo padaparamo’’ (pu. pa. 151). Tattha bhagavā uppalavanādisadisaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokento ‘‘ajja pupphanakāni viya ugghaṭitaññū, sve pupphanakāni viya vipañcitaññū, tatiyadivase pupphanakāni viya neyyo, macchakacchapabhakkhāni pupphāni viya padaparamo’’ti addasa. Passanto ca ‘‘ettakā apparajakkhā, ettakā mahārajakkhā, tatrāpi ettakā ugghaṭitaññū’’ti evaṃ sabbākāratova addasa.
其中,对于前三种补特伽罗,世尊的说法能令他们于现生即获成就;对于文字最上者,说法则成为未来熏习的因缘。随后,世尊了知这能利益四种补特伽罗的法已,生起说法之心,再将三有中的一切众生依有堪能与无堪能分为二类。对此,经中说:“何等众生是无堪能者?凡是具足业障、烦恼障、异熟障,无信、无欲、无慧,不能于善法中入正性决定的无堪能众生,这些便是无堪能者。何等众生是堪能者?凡是无有业障……乃至……具足堪能的众生。”(《分别论》827;《无碍解道》1.115)在此,世尊舍弃一切无堪能的补特伽罗,唯以智慧摄受堪能的补特伽罗,并将其分为六类:“如许是贪行者,如许是瞋行者、痴行者、寻行者、信行者、觉行者”;如是作已,世尊思惟:“我将说法。”显示巴利原文
Tattha tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve bhagavato dhammadesanā atthaṃ sādheti. Padaparamānaṃ anāgate vāsanatthāya hoti. Atha bhagavā imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ atthāvahaṃ dhammadesanaṃ viditvā desetukamyataṃ uppādetvā puna sabbepi tīsu bhavesu satte bhabbābhabbavasena dve koṭṭhāse akāsi. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘katame te sattā abhabbā, ye te sattā kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā kilesāvaraṇena samannāgatā vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatā assaddhā acchandikā duppaññā abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ, ime te sattā abhabbā. Katame te sattā bhabbā? Ye te sattā na kammāvaraṇena…pe… ime te sattā bhabbā’’ti (vibha. 827; paṭi. ma. 1.115). Tattha sabbepi abhabbapuggale pahāya bhabbapuggaleyeva ñāṇena pariggahetvā ‘‘ettakā rāgacaritā, ettakā dosamohacaritā vitakkasaddhābuddhicaritā’’ti cha koṭṭhāse akāsi; evaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desissāmīti cintesi.
“我宣说”意即我回应说。“开启”指打开。“不死之门”即是圣道,因为圣道是名为不死(涅槃)的门户,由此表明:“我已将此开启并安立。”“发显其信”的意思是:愿一切人都发显自己的信心,放下疑虑。最后两句的意义是:我因想到说法会令身、语疲惫,故而虽然自己对此殊胜最上之法既熟稔又能善巧宣说,先前却未曾说法;然而现在,一切人皆可持信心之器前来,我将满足其心愿。显示巴利原文
Paccabhāsinti patiabhāsiṃ. Apārutāti vivaṭā. Amatassa dvārāti ariyamaggo. So hi amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānassa dvāraṃ, so mayā vivaritvā ṭhapitoti dasseti. Pamuñcantu saddhanti sabbe attano saddhaṃ pamuñcantu, vissajjentu. Pacchimapadadvaye ayamattho, ahañhi attano paguṇaṃ suppavattitampi imaṃ paṇītaṃ uttamaṃ dhammaṃ kāyavācākilamathasaññī hutvā na bhāsiṃ . Idāni pana sabbo jano saddhābhājanaṃ upanetu, pūressāmi nesaṃ saṅkappanti.
284 “诸比丘,我那时生起如是念”:我心中生起这样的念头——“我应当先为谁说法?”——此一与说法相关的寻思便如是生起。这一寻思是何时生起的呢?是在成佛之后的第八个七日。显示巴利原文
284.Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosīti etaṃ ahosi – kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyanti ayaṃ dhammadesanāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko udapādīti attho. Kadā panesa udapādīti? Buddhabhūtassa aṭṭhame sattāhe.
于此,有一段渐次之说:据说,菩萨在大出离当日,见到敞开的后宫,心生悚惧,便唤来车匿说道:“把犍陟牵来。”车匿相伴,菩萨骑上马王背,出城而去,经过名为犍陟折返塔之地,又穿越三个王国,于阿诺摩河畔出家。之后,他次第游行,至王舍城乞食毕,坐在般荼婆山上。摩揭陀王询问他的名姓后说:“请接受这王位吧!”菩萨回答:“够了,大王,我不需王位。我舍弃王位,是为了利益世间而精勤,要在世间成为无覆者,故此出家。”国王便说:“既如此,愿你成佛之后,最先来到我的国土。”菩萨接受了这一承诺。此后,他参访阿罗逻迦蓝与优陀罗罗摩子,在他们的教法中发现无有实质,便从此离去。在优楼频罗,他修习六年苦行,仍不能证得不死,于是取粗食以滋养身体。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – bodhisatto kira mahābhinikkhamanadivase vivaṭaṃ itthāgāraṃ disvā saṃviggahadayo, ‘‘kaṇḍakaṃ āharā’’ti channaṃ āmantetvā channasahāyo assarājapiṭṭhigato nagarato nikkhamitvā kaṇḍakanivattanacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma dassetvā tīṇi rajjāni atikkamma anomānadītīre pabbajitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā paṇḍavapabbate nisinno magadhissarena raññā nāmagottaṃ pucchitvā, ‘‘imaṃ rajjaṃ sampaṭicchāhī’’ti vutto, ‘‘alaṃ mahārāja, na mayhaṃ rajjena attho, ahaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya lokahitatthāya padhānaṃ anuyuñjitvā loke vivaṭacchado bhavissāmīti nikkhanto’’ti vatvā, ‘‘tena hi buddho hutvā paṭhamaṃ mayhaṃ vijitaṃ osareyyāsī’’ti paṭiññaṃ gahito kālāmañca udakañca upasaṅkamitvā tesaṃ dhammadesanāya sāraṃ avindanto tato pakkamitvā uruveḷāya chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi amataṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asakkonto oḷārikāhārapaṭisevanena kāyaṃ santappesi.
那时,优楼频罗村有位名叫苏贾塔的居士女,在一棵尼拘律树下许愿道:“若我嫁入同姓人家,初胎即得男儿,我当作供养。”她的这个愿望得以实现。于毗舍佉月满月之日,她一早便想去行供养,便在凌晨时分备好了乳粥。煮乳粥时,涌起大量泡沫,皆向右旋,无一滴溅出。大梵天为她撑起伞盖,四大天王执剑守护,帝释以取火棒点燃火,天人则将各处洲渚的滋养精华汇聚投入锅中。菩萨待到乞食之时,于清晨来到树下安坐。那位去树下清扫的保姆回来告诉苏贾塔:“树神正坐在树下呢。”苏贾塔于是佩戴好所有饰物,将乳粥盛入价值十万金的纯金钵中,再用另一只金盘盖好,顶在头上走了出去。她见到菩萨大人,便亲手将金钵奉至菩萨手上,顶礼说道:“如我之愿已成就,愿您之愿亦同样成就!”言毕即去。显示巴利原文
Tadā ca uruvelagāme sujātā nāma kuṭumbiyadhītā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe patthanamakāsi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ samānajātikaṃ kulagharaṃ gantvā paṭhamagabbhe puttaṃ labhissāmi, balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tassā sā patthanā samijjhi. Sā visākhapuṇṇamadivase pātova balikammaṃ karissāmīti rattiyā paccūsasamaye eva pāyasaṃ paṭiyādesi. Tasmiṃ pāyase paccamāne mahantamahantā pupphuḷā uṭṭhahitvā dakkhiṇāvaṭṭā hutvā sañcaranti. Ekaphusitampi bahi na gacchati. Mahābrahmā chattaṃ dhāresi. Cattāro lokapālā khaggahatthā ārakkhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Sakko alātāni samānento aggiṃ jālesi. Devatā catūsu dīpesu ojaṃ saṃharitvā tattha pakkhipiṃsu. Bodhisatto bhikkhācārakālaṃ āgamayamāno pātova gantvā rukkhamūle nisīdi. Rukkhamūle sodhanatthāya gatā dhātī āgantvā sujātāya ārocesi – ‘‘devatā rukkhamūle nisinnā’’ti. Sujātā, sabbaṃ pasādhanaṃ pasādhetvā satasahassagghanike suvaṇṇathāle pāyasaṃ vaḍḍhetvā aparāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā ukkhipitvā gatā mahāpurisaṃ disvā saheva pātiyā hatthe ṭhapetvā vanditvā ‘‘yathā mayhaṃ manoratho nipphanno, evaṃ tumhākampi nipphajjatū’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
菩萨走到尼连禅河岸边,将金钵放在岸上,沐浴后上岸,把乳粥捏作四十九个饭团,食用完毕。接着他把钵抛向河中,说道:“若我今日能成佛,愿此钵逆流而行。”钵果然逆流而去,稍停片刻,便进入迦罗龙王的宫殿,将过去三佛之钵托起而安住。显示巴利原文
Bodhisatto nerañjarāya tīraṃ gantvā suvaṇṇathālaṃ tīre ṭhapetvā nhatvā paccuttaritvā ekūnapaṇṇāsapiṇḍe karonto pāyasaṃ paribhuñjitvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ ajja buddho bhavāmi, thālaṃ paṭisotaṃ gacchatū’’ti khipi. Thālaṃ paṭisotaṃ gantvā thokaṃ ṭhatvā kālanāgarājassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ thālāni ukkhipitvā aṭṭhāsi.
菩萨在树林中度过白昼的休息,于傍晚时分,接过吉祥婆罗门献上的八把草,登上菩提道场,先站在南方。那个地方犹如莲叶上的水珠一般震动。菩萨心想:“这里承受不住我的功德。”便走到西方,同样震动;走到北方,也照样震动;走到东方,那里有一块刚好能结跏趺坐的地方,却如同深埋的因陀罗柱般稳固不动。菩萨说:“这就是诸佛摧破、粉碎烦恼的座位。”于是抓住草尖一抖,那些草瞬间变得如同画师用画笔尖切割过一样整齐。菩萨发愿:“若不证得菩提,我绝不打破此跏趺座。”便以坚定的精进力结跏趺坐。显示巴利原文
Mahāsatto vanasaṇḍe divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye sottiyena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha dakkhiṇadisābhāge aṭṭhāsi. So padeso paduminipatte udakabindu viya akampittha. Mahāsatto, ‘‘ayaṃ mama guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkotī’’ti pacchimadisābhāgaṃ agamāsi, sopi tatheva akampittha. Uttaradisābhāgaṃ agamāsi, sopi tatheva akampittha. Puratthimadisābhāgaṃ agamāsi, tattha pallaṅkappamāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ sunikhātaindakhilo viya niccalamahosi. Mahāsatto ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ sabbabuddhānaṃ kilesabhañjanaviddhaṃsanaṭṭhāna’’nti tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāni cittakārena tūlikaggena paricchinnāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto , ‘‘bodhiṃ appatvā imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ na bhindissāmī’’ti caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi.
就在那一刹那,魔罗化现出千臂,骑上一头名为基利美卡拉、高一百五十由旬的大象,率领九由旬的魔军,斜眼凝视,如大山压顶般逼近。大士思惟:“我圆满十波罗蜜时,并没有其他沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天为我作证;然而,我在维桑塔拉的那一生,大地曾七次为我作证;如今,这无知如枯柴般的大地,也必将成为我的证人。”于是伸出手。大地当下就像被铁棍敲击的铜盘一样,发出百千雷鸣般的巨响,猛烈震动,将魔军抛入轮围边际的深渊。大士在太阳还挂在天边时便已摧毁魔军,于初夜分证得宿住智,中夜分清净天眼,后夜分将智慧投入缘起,顺逆观察流转与还灭,于日出时成就佛果。随后他说:“我为了成就这个跏趺座,已经历了无数百千亿劫的努力。”便以同一个跏趺座安坐了七日。这时,有些天人生起疑惑:“是否还有其他成佛之法呢?”显示巴利原文
Taṅkhaṇaññeva māro bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ girimekhalaṃ nāma hatthiṃ āruyha navayojanaṃ mārabalaṃ gahetvā addhakkhikena olokayamāno pabbato viya ajjhottharanto upasaṅkami. Mahāsatto, ‘‘mayhaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūrentassa añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā sakkhi natthi, vessantarattabhāve pana mayhaṃ sattasu vāresu mahāpathavī sakkhi ahosi; idānipi me ayameva acetanā kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamā mahāpathavī sakkhī’’ti hatthaṃ pasāreti. Mahāpathavī tāvadeva ayadaṇḍena pahataṃ kaṃsathālaṃ viya ravasataṃ ravasahassaṃ muñcamānā viravitvā parivattamānā mārabalaṃ cakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ muñcanamakāsi. Mahāsatto sūriye dharamāneyeva mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ, majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasitvā aruṇodaye buddho hutvā , ‘‘mayā anekakappakoṭisatasahassaṃ addhānaṃ imassa pallaṅkassa atthāya vāyāmo kato’’ti sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi. Athekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ, ‘‘kiṃ nu kho aññepi buddhattakarā dhammā atthī’’ti kaṅkhā udapādi.
那时,世尊在第八天从定中出定,了知天人们的疑惑。为了消除他们的疑惑,便腾至空中示现双神变,摧毁了这些疑念。然后,他从跏趺座上稍微移开,立于朝东偏北之处,以不眨动的双眼注视着跏趺座与菩提树——那是圆满四阿僧祇与十万劫波罗蜜的证果之地,如此度过了七日,该处便成为不瞬塔。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā aṭṭhame divase samāpattito vuṭṭhāya devatānaṃ kaṅkhaṃ ñatvā kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vidhamitvā pallaṅkato īsakaṃ pācīnanissite uttaradisābhāge ṭhatvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalādhigamaṭṭhānaṃ pallaṅkañceva bodhirukkhañca animisehi akkhīhi olokayamāno sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ animisacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ.
之后,世尊在跏趺座与站立处之间,于一条东西向延伸的宝石经行道上经行了七日,此处便成为宝石经行塔。随后,天众于西边化现出一座宝石殿堂,世尊在其中结跏趺坐,思择阿毗达摩藏,特别是其中无碍道的《发趣论》,安住七日,该处便成为宝石殿堂塔。就这样,他在菩提树附近一共度过了四个七日。第五个七日,他从菩提树下前往阿迦巴喇尼拘律树,在那里同样一边思择法,一边感受解脱之乐而坐着。在思择法时,他如此作意阿毗达摩:第一部分为《法集论》,接着是《分别论》、《界论》、《人施设论》,名为《论事》的论,名为《双论》的论,最后是名为大论的《发趣论》。显示巴利原文
Atha pallaṅkassa ca ṭhitaṭṭhānassa ca antarā puratthimapacchimato āyate ratanacaṅkame caṅkamanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tato pacchimadisābhāge devatā ratanagharaṃ māpayiṃsu, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ visesato cettha anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanagharacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Evaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva cattāri sattāhāni vītināmetvā pañcame sattāhe bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, tatrāpi dhammaṃ vicinantoyeva vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedento nisīdi, dhammaṃ vicinanto cettha evaṃ abhidhamme nayamaggaṃ sammasi – paṭhamaṃ dhammasaṅgaṇīpakaraṇaṃ nāma, tato vibhaṅgapakaraṇaṃ, dhātukathāpakaraṇaṃ, puggalapaññattipakaraṇaṃ, kathāvatthu nāma pakaraṇaṃ, yamakaṃ nāma pakaraṇaṃ, tato mahāpakaraṇaṃ paṭṭhānaṃ nāmāti.
当他深入微细的《发趣论》时,心中生起喜悦;喜悦生起,血液便清净;血液清净,皮肤也随之清净。由于皮肤清净,从身体东侧放出如尖顶屋般大小的光芒,犹如冲向虚空的六牙白象王族,射入东方无量的轮围世界;从西侧放出的光明射向西方;从右肩峰放出的光明射向南方;从左肩峰放出的光明射向北方。从脚底放出如珊瑚嫩芽色泽的光芒,穿透大地,分开水界,裂开风轮,冲入无障碍的虚空。从头顶旋转着放出如摩尼宝珠串般的青色光芒,这道光穿透六欲天,透达九梵天、韦哈巴喇天及五净居天,更超越四无色界,冲入无障碍的虚空。那天,无量轮围世界中的无量众生,悉皆变成金色。而且,从世尊身上放出的那些光芒,直到今天,仍在遍满无尽的世界。显示巴利原文
Tatthassa saṇhasukhumapaṭṭhānamhi citte otiṇṇe pīti uppajji; pītiyā uppannāya lohitaṃ pasīdi, lohite pasanne chavi pasīdi. Chaviyā pasannāya puratthimakāyato kūṭāgārādippamāṇā rasmiyo uṭṭhahitvā ākāse pakkhandachaddantanāgakulaṃ viya pācīnadisāya anantāni cakkavāḷāni pakkhandā, pacchimakāyato uṭṭhahitvā pacchimadisāya, dakkhiṇaṃsakūṭato uṭṭhahitvā dakkhiṇadisāya, vāmaṃsakūṭato uṭṭhahitvā uttaradisāya anantāni cakkavāḷāni pakkhandā, pādatalehi pavāḷaṅkuravaṇṇā rasmiyo nikkhamitvā mahāpathaviṃ vinivijjhitvā udakaṃ dvidhā bhinditvā vātakkhandhaṃ padāletvā ajaṭākāsaṃ pakkhandā, sīsato samparivattiyamānaṃ maṇidāmaṃ viya nīlavaṇṇā rasmivaṭṭi uṭṭhahitvā cha devaloke vinivijjhitvā nava brahmaloke vehapphale pañca suddhāvāse ca vinivijjhitvā cattāro āruppe atikkamma ajaṭākāsaṃ pakkhandā. Tasmiṃ divase aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇā sattā sabbe suvaṇṇavaṇṇāva ahesuṃ. Taṃ divasañca pana bhagavato sarīrā nikkhantā yāvajjadivasāpi tā rasmiyo anantā lokadhātuyo gacchantiyeva.
就这样,世尊在阿迦巴喇尼拘律树下度过了七日。接着,他又在目支邻陀处安坐七日。他刚一坐下,一阵巨大的非时雨云便生起,充满了整个轮围世界。据说,这样的大雨云只在两种时节降下:转轮王出世时,或佛陀出世时。而这一次,正是佛陀出世时所降。那雨云生起时,目支邻陀龙王心想:‘世尊刚进入我的住处,这雨云便降下,我应当为他提供避雨之处。’龙王虽有能力化现一座七宝宫殿,但转念又想:‘若化现宫殿,我便得不到大果报。我应亲身服侍十力世尊。’于是他化现出巨大的身躯,将世尊盘绕七圈,并在上方撑起自己的头盖。盘绕起来的内部空间,下方有一铁宫殿之大。龙王心想:‘愿世尊能以他喜欢的任何威仪安住于此。’因此,他围绕出这片广阔的空间,中间安置了宝座,上方悬挂用金星装饰、系着香鬘花鬘的布幔,四角燃着香油灯,四方敞开,摆放着装满栴檀香的盒子。世尊就这样在那里安住了又一个七日。其后的七日,他坐于罗阇耶多那树下。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhe sattāhaṃ vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi, nisinnamattasseva cassa sakalaṃ cakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento mahāakālamegho udapādi. Evarūpo kira mahāmegho dvīsuyeva kālesu vassati cakkavattimhi vā uppanne buddhe vā. Idha buddhakāle udapādi. Tasmiṃ pana uppanne mucalindo nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ megho satthari mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhamatteva uppanno, vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ pāsādaṃ nimminituṃ sakkontopi evaṃ kate mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ na bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmīti mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇaṃ dhāresi. Parikkhepassa anto okāso heṭṭhā lohapāsādappamāṇo ahosi. Icchiticchitena iriyāpathena satthā viharissatīti nāgarājassa ajjhāsayo ahosi. Tasmā evaṃ mahantaṃ okāsaṃ parikkhipi. Majjhe ratanapallaṅko paññatto hoti, upari suvaṇṇatārakavicittaṃ samosaritagandhadāmakusumadāmacelavitānaṃ ahosi. Catūsu koṇesu gandhatelena dīpā jalitā, catūsu disāsu vivaritvā candanakaraṇḍakā ṭhapitā. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃ sattāhaṃ tattha vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi.
第八个七天,世尊嚼用了帝释天带来的齿木和药果诃梨勒,漱口之后,又用四大天王献上的珍贵石钵,受用了提谓与波利供养的团食。然后,世尊回到阿阇波罗尼拘律树下安坐,心中生起了一切佛陀所常行的这种思惟。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhame sattāhe sakkena devānamindena ābhataṃ dantakaṭṭhañca osadhaharītakañca khāditvā mukhaṃ dhovitvā catūhi lokapālehi upanīte paccagghe selamaye patte tapussabhallikānaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā puna paccāgantvā ajapālanigrodhe nisinnassa sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇo ayaṃ vitakko udapādi.
在这里,「有智慧者」是指具备智慧的人。「聪敏者」是指具备敏慧的人。「大智者」是指具备依处而生智慧的人。「尘垢少之族姓者」是指由于通过等至镇伏了烦恼,所以族姓中没有烦恼尘垢,是清净的众生。「将会了知」是指将会注意、将会证悟。「而且我也生起了智」,是指我也生起了一切知智。据说,世尊并没有仅仅依据天神的话就下结论,而是自己用一切知智观察,看到这个人将在从现在算起的第七天死亡,投生到无所有处。针对这个情况,他才说:‘而且我也生起了智与见。’「大损失」是指由于从本应在七日内证得的道果中退堕了,因而遭受了巨大的损失,所以称为大损失。这个人出生在不适合修行的时节,即使去听,也没有具备净信之耳来听闻佛陀所宣说的法;也没有办法来到这处说法的地方。就这样说明他成了一位大损失者。「于昨暮命终」是指在半夜命终。「而且我也生起了智」是指我也生起了一切知智。据说,在这里世尊同样没有因为天神的话就作决定,而是用一切知智观察,看到:‘他昨天半夜命终,拉马子已投生于非想非非想处。’因此才这样讲。其余的内容与前面所说的类似。「多所助益者」是指做了很多有帮助事情的人。他们‘侍奉了为精进而派遣的有身’,是指为了精进而被派遣的那位有身(指世尊),他们在住处通过打扫精舍、拿着钵与衣随行、提供漱口水和齿木等方式,来服侍他。那么,哪些人是这‘五比丘’呢?就是他们——显示巴利原文
Tattha paṇḍitoti paṇḍiccena samannāgato. Viyattoti veyyattiyena samannāgato. Medhāvīti ṭhānuppattiyā paññāya samannāgato. Apparajakkhajātikoti samāpattiyā vikkhambhitattā nikkilesajātiko visuddhasatto. Ājānissatīti sallakkhessati paṭivijjhissati. Ñāṇañca pana meti mayhampi sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ uppajji. Bhagavā kira devatāya kathiteneva niṭṭhaṃ agantvā sayampi sabbaññutaññāṇena olokento ito sattamadivasamatthake kālaṃ katvā ākiñcaññāyatane nibbattoti addasa. Taṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādī’’ti. Mahājāniyoti sattadivasabbhantare pattabbamaggaphalato parihīnattā mahatī jāni assāti mahājāniyo. Akkhaṇe nibbattattā gantvā desiyamānaṃ dhammampissa sotuṃ sotappasādo natthi, idha dhammadesanaṭṭhānaṃ āgamanapādāpi natthi, evaṃ mahājāniyo jātoti dasseti. Abhidosakālaṅkatoti aḍḍharatte kālaṅkato. Ñāṇañca pana meti mayhampi sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ udapādi. Idhāpi kira bhagavā devatāya vacanena sanniṭṭhānaṃ akatvā sabbaññutaññāṇena olokento ‘‘hiyyo aḍḍharatte kālaṅkatvā udako rāmaputto nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nibbatto’’ti addasa. Tasmā evamāha. Sesaṃ purimanayasadisameva. Bahukārāti bahūpakārā. Padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsūti padhānatthāya pesitattabhāvaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne pariveṇasammajjanena pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā anubandhanena mukhodakadantakaṭṭhadānādinā ca upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Ke pana te pañcavaggiyā nāma? Yete –
拉摩、达求、拉卡那、具光者,
雅雅、须普求、须雅摩、须达多;
这八位即是当时的婆罗门,
他们六支具足,宣说了真言。
显示巴利原文 Rāmo dhajo lakkhaṇo jotimanti, Yañño subhojo suyāmo sudatto; Ete tadā aṭṭha ahesuṃ brāhmaṇā, Chaḷaṅgavā mantaṃ viyākariṃsūti.
菩萨诞生时,有八位婆罗门负责解梦与看相。其中三位作出两种解说:‘具足如此相好者,若居家生活,则成转轮王;若出家,则成佛陀。’另有五位婆罗门则作唯一肯定的解说:‘具足如此相好者,不居家中,必成佛陀。’那前三位婆罗门,如其预言而逝,而这五位却超越了预言的字句。他们将所得满钵财物分予亲戚后,心想:‘这位大士绝不过在家生活,决定成佛。’于是生起厌离心,为菩萨而出家成为沙门。又有一说,谓出家者是那五位婆罗门的儿子,但此说已被注书否定。显示巴利原文
Bodhisattassa jātakāle supinapaṭiggāhakā ceva lakkhaṇapaṭiggāhakā ca aṭṭha brāhmaṇā. Tesu tayo dvedhā byākariṃsu – ‘‘imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato agāraṃ ajjhāvasamāno rājā hoti cakkavattī, pabbajamāno buddho’’ti. Pañca brāhmaṇā ekaṃsabyākaraṇā ahesuṃ – ‘‘imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato agāre na tiṭṭhati, buddhova hotī’’ti. Tesu purimā tayo yathāmantapadaṃ gatā, ime pana pañca mantapadaṃ atikkantā. Te attanā laddhaṃ puṇṇapattaṃ ñātakānaṃ vissajjetvā ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpuriso agāraṃ na ajjhāvasissati, ekantena buddho bhavissatī’’ti nibbitakkā bodhisattaṃ uddissa samaṇapabbajjaṃ pabbajitā. Tesaṃ puttātipi vadanti. Taṃ aṭṭhakathāya paṭikkhittaṃ.
据说,他们年纪尚轻便通达众多真言,因此这些婆罗门被尊为师长。后来他们心想:‘若待到日后,恐难舍离妻子儿女的系缚而出家。’于是趁年少便出家,云游各处,受用舒适的住所。但他们时常打听:‘贤友,那位大士已行大出离了吗?’众人回答:‘你们哪里见得到那位大士?他正住于三座宫殿中,被三种歌舞围绕,犹如天神一般享受成就。’他们听了,心想:‘那位大士的智慧尚未成熟。’于是便不焦急,安然住止。那么,为何世尊在此说‘这五群比丘确实多所助益’呢?难道世尊只为曾经帮助过的人说法,而不为未曾帮助的人说法吗?并非不说。世尊只是依亲近的次第,先观察了阿罗逻·迦罗摩与优陀罗·罗摩子。然而,在此佛陀的教化领域内,除憍陈如之外,没有他人能第一个证悟法。何以故?因为他具备那样的往昔因缘。显示巴利原文
Ete kira daharakāleyeva bahū mante jāniṃsu, tasmā te brāhmaṇā ācariyaṭṭhāne ṭhapayiṃsu. Te pacchā amhehi puttadārajaṭaṃ chaḍḍetvā na sakkā bhavissati pabbajitunti daharakāleyeva pabbajitvā ramaṇīyāni senāsanāni paribhuñjantā vicariṃsu. Kālena kālaṃ pana ‘‘kiṃ, bho, mahāpuriso mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhanto’’ti pucchanti. Manussā, ‘‘kuhiṃ tumhe mahāpurisaṃ passissatha, tīsu pāsādesu tividhanāṭakamajjhe devo viya sampattiṃ anubhotī’’ti vadanti. Te sutvā, ‘‘na tāva mahāpurisassa ñāṇaṃ paripākaṃ gacchatī’’ti appossukkā vihariṃsuyeva. Kasmā panettha bhagavā, ‘‘bahukārā kho ime pañcavaggiyā’’ti āha? Kiṃ upakārakānaṃyeva esa dhammaṃ deseti, anupakārakānaṃ na desetīti? No na deseti. Paricayavasena hesa āḷārañceva kālāmaṃ udakañca rāmaputtaṃ olokesi. Etasmiṃ pana buddhakkhette ṭhapetvā aññāsikoṇḍaññaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ sacchikātuṃ samattho nāma natthi. Kasmā? Tathāvidhaupanissayattā.
据说,在往昔培植福德之时,有两兄弟。他们一起耕作庄稼。兄长心想:‘这一季庄稼,我应做九次最上等的布施。’于是,播种时他便布施了名为‘种子最上’的布施;庄稼结穗时,他对弟弟说:‘如今已结穗,我们把穗剖开布施吧。’弟弟说:‘你这是要糟蹋嫩庄稼啊。’兄长知道弟弟不会听从,便将田地分开,从自己那份田中剖开谷穗,取出乳浆,拌上酥油、糖浆布施出去;谷物嫩软时,便叫人做成嫩谷布施;收割时作‘收割最上施’;成束时作‘束最上施’;成捆时作‘捆最上施’;打谷场时作‘打谷场最上施’;谷仓时作‘谷仓最上施’——如此,在一季庄稼中作了九次最上等的布施。弟弟则直接取成熟的谷物行布施。这两兄弟中,兄长后来转生为憍陈如长老,弟弟转生为游行者须跋陀罗。正因为曾在一季庄稼中行了九种最上等的布施,除了这位长老,再无他人能最先证悟法。至于‘这五群比丘确实多所助益’这句话,只是世尊忆念他们的帮助而说。显示巴利原文
Pubbe kira puññakaraṇakāle dve bhātaro ahesuṃ. Te ekatova sassaṃ akaṃsu. Tattha jeṭṭhakassa ‘‘ekasmiṃ sasse navavāre aggasassadānaṃ mayā dātabba’’nti ahosi. So vappakāle bījaggaṃ nāma datvā gabbhakāle kaniṭṭhena saddhiṃ mantesi – ‘‘gabbhakāle gabbhaṃ phāletvā dassāmā’’ti. Kaniṭṭho ‘‘taruṇasassaṃ nāsetukāmosī’’ti āha. Jeṭṭho kaniṭṭhassa ananuvattanabhāvaṃ ñatvā khettaṃ vibhajitvā attano koṭṭhāsato gabbhaṃ phāletvā khīraṃ nīharitvā sappiphāṇitehi yojetvā adāsi, puthukakāle puthukaṃ kāretvā adāsi, lāyane lāyanaggaṃ veṇikaraṇe veṇaggaṃ kalāpādīsu kalāpaggaṃ khaḷaggaṃ bhaṇḍaggaṃ koṭṭhagganti evaṃ ekasasse navavāre aggadānaṃ adāsi. Kaniṭṭho panassa uddharitvā adāsi, tesu jeṭṭho aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero jāto, kaniṭṭho subhaddaparibbājako. Iti ekasmiṃ sasse navannaṃ aggadānānaṃ dinnattā ṭhapetvā theraṃ añño paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ sacchikātuṃ samattho nāma natthi. ‘‘Bahukārā kho ime pañcavaggiyā’’ti idaṃ pana upakārānussaraṇamattakeneva vuttaṃ.
“仙人堕处的鹿野苑”(Isipatane migadāye):据说,彼地于佛陀尚未出世时,诸独觉佛在香山以入灭尽定度过七日;出定后,嚼过龙蔓齿木,于无热恼池洗净面容,持钵与衣,从空中飞来降落于此。披好袈裟后,入城托钵乞食,食毕离去时,也由此腾空而去。因仙人们在此地降落又飞起,故此处名为“仙人堕处”(isipatana);又因这是为令鹿群安心所施的无畏区域,故称“鹿野苑”(migadāya)。因此经中说“在仙人堕处的鹿野苑”。显示巴利原文
Isipatane migadāyeti tasmiṃ kira padese anuppanne buddhe paccekasambuddhā gandhamādanapabbate sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpattiyā vītināmetvā nirodhā vuṭṭhāya nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā pattacīvaramādāya ākāsena āgantvā nipatanti. Tattha cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nagare piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakiccā gamanakālepi tatoyeva uppatitvā gacchanti. Iti isayo ettha nipatanti uppatanti cāti taṃ ṭhānaṃ isipatananti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Migānaṃ pana abhayatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘isipatane migadāye’’ti.
285 “在伽耶与菩提之间”(antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ):指伽耶与菩提之间的地段,距离为三牛呼。从菩提道场至伽耶为三牛呼,至波罗奈则为十八由旬。乌帕卡在菩提道场与伽耶之间见到世尊。因与“之间”(antarā)一词搭配,此处用了业格。语法家们于此类情形通常仅用一个“之间”,如“于村庄与河流之间而行”。此词须与第二个词关联理解;若不关联,业格便难成立。而此处正是关联后说出。“已踏上长途道路”(addhānamaggapaṭipannaṃ):意为已踏上称为长途的道路,也就是行于长路。在《分别论》中解释长途道路时提到“心想‘我将行半由旬’而受用食物”等,故半由旬也可算作长途。不过,从菩提道场至伽耶的距离为三牛呼。显示巴利原文
285.Antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhinti gayāya ca bodhissa ca vivare tigāvutantare ṭhāne. Bodhimaṇḍato hi gayā tīṇi gāvutāni. Bārāṇasī aṭṭhārasa yojanāni. Upako bodhimaṇḍassa ca gayāya ca antare bhagavantaṃ addasa. Antarāsaddena pana yuttattā upayogavacanaṃ kataṃ. Īdisesu ca ṭhānesu akkharacintakā ‘‘antarā gāmañca nadiñca yātī’’ti evaṃ ekameva antarāsaddaṃ payujjanti. So dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti . Ayojiyamāne upayogavacanaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Idha pana yojetvā eva vuttoti. Addhānamaggapaṭipannanti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannaṃ, dīghamaggapaṭipannanti attho. Addhānamaggagamanasamayassa hi vibhaṅge ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmīti bhuñjitabba’’ntiādivacanato (pāci. 218) addhayojanampi addhānamaggo hoti. Bodhimaṇḍato pana gayā tigāvutaṃ.
“征服一切者”(Sabbābhibhū):已征服一切三地法而安住。“一切知者”(Sabbavidū):已了知一切四地法,彻底知晓。“于一切法无污染”(Sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto):于一切三地法,不为烦恼垢染所染污。“一切舍离者”(Sabbaṃ jaho):已舍离一切三地法而安住。“于渴爱尽得解脱”(Taṇhākkhaye vimutto):于渴爱灭尽的涅槃,以涅槃为所缘而得解脱。“自证知”(Sayaṃ abhiññāyā):由自己亲自了知一切四地法。“当归命于谁耶?”(Kamuddiseyya):意为:我应归命于其他哪一位,而称“这是我的老师”呢?显示巴利原文
Sabbābhibhūti sabbaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhito. Sabbavidūti sabbaṃ catubhūmakadhammaṃ avediṃ aññāsiṃ. Sabbesu dhammesu anupalittoti sabbesu tebhūmakadhammesu kilesalepanena anupalitto. Sabbaṃ jahoti sabbaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ jahitvā ṭhito. Taṇhākkhaye vimuttoti taṇhākkhaye nibbāne ārammaṇato vimutto. Sayaṃ abhiññāyāti sabbaṃ catubhūmakadhammaṃ attanāva jānitvā. Kamuddiseyyanti kaṃ aññaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ me ācariyo’’ti uddiseyyaṃ.
“无有师”(Na me ācariyo atthi):在出世间法上,我确然没有老师。“无等伦”(Natthi me paṭipuggalo):我确然没有可与自己相匹敌的人。“正自觉”(Sammāsambuddho):指以圆满的方式自己觉悟了四圣谛。“清凉者”(Sītibhūto):因熄灭一切烦恼之火而成为清凉。由于令烦恼息灭,故称为“寂灭者”(nibbuto)。“迦尸城”(Kāsinaṃ puraṃ):即迦尸国的都城。“我欲击不死鼓”(Āhañchaṃ amatadundubhiṃ):意为为了转起法轮,我要去击响不死的鼓声。“应供无边胜者”(Arahasi anantajinoti):意即你应被称为“无边胜者”。至于“Hupeyya pāvuso”,译为“贤友,愿他如此”。“离去”(Pakkāmī):指他前往了名为曲颈车的地区。显示巴利原文
Na me ācariyo atthīti lokuttaradhamme mayhaṃ ācariyo nāma natthi. Natthi me paṭipuggaloti mayhaṃ paṭibhāgapuggalo nāma natthi. Sammāsambuddhoti sahetunā nayena cattāri saccāni sayaṃ buddho. Sītibhūtoti sabbakilesagginibbāpanena sītibhūto. Kilesānaṃyeva nibbutattā nibbuto. Kāsinaṃ puranti kāsiraṭṭhe nagaraṃ. Āhañchaṃ amatadundubhinti dhammacakkapaṭilābhāya amatabheriṃ paharissāmīti gacchāmi. Arahasi anantajinoti anantajinoti bhavituṃ yutto. Hupeyya pāvusoti, āvuso, evampi nāma bhaveyya. Pakkāmīti vaṅkahārajanapadaṃ nāma agamāsi.
那时,优波迦依一个小猎人村住了下来,由一位年长的猎人在身边照顾他。那个地方苍蝇凶猛,人们便让他住在一个大陶罐中。猎人前往远方打猎时,嘱咐女儿差婆说:“切勿对我们的阿拉汉有所怠慢。”随后便带着儿子、兄弟等一同出发。他的女儿貌美,身段婀娜。第二天,优波迦来到他家,见少女已完成一切招待、近前服侍,顿时被贪欲征服,饭也无法下咽,只用钵盛了饭回到住处,将饭搁在一旁,心想:“若能得差婆,我便活;若不得,便死在这里。”于是绝食躺下。到了第七天,猎人回来,向女儿询问优波迦的情况。她说:“他只来过一天,之后便不曾再来。”猎人心想:“不如以上门探望为由去问问他。”于是随即前往,问道:“尊者,您身体不适吗?”一边问一边为他按摩双脚。优波迦只是呻吟着辗转反侧。猎人说:“尊者,请说吧。只要是我力所能及的,我全都照办。”优波迦说:“若能得差婆,我便活;若不得,那么我宁愿死在这里。”猎人问道:“尊者,您会什么手艺吗?”答:“不会。”猎人说:“尊者,什么手艺都不会的人,是难以维持家计的。”显示巴利原文
Tatthekaṃ migaluddakagāmakaṃ nissāya vāsaṃ kappesi. Jeṭṭhakaluddako taṃ upaṭṭhāsi. Tasmiñca janapade caṇḍā makkhikā honti. Atha naṃ ekāya cāṭiyā vasāpesuṃ, migaluddako dūre migavaṃ gacchanto ‘‘amhākaṃ arahante mā pamajjī’’ti chāvaṃ nāma dhītaraṃ āṇāpetvā agamāsi saddhiṃ puttabhātukehi. Sā cassa dhītā dassanīyā hoti koṭṭhāsasampannā. Dutiyadivase upako gharaṃ āgato taṃ dārikaṃ sabbaṃ upacāraṃ katvā parivisituṃ upagataṃ disvā rāgena abhibhūto bhuñjitumpi asakkonto bhājanena bhattaṃ ādāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā bhattaṃ ekamante nikkhipitvā sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, marāmīti nirāhāro sayi. Sattame divase māgaviko āgantvā dhītaraṃ upakassa pavattiṃ pucchi. Sā ‘‘ekadivasameva āgantvā puna nāgatapubbo’’ti āha. Māgaviko āgataveseneva naṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāmīti taṃkhaṇaṃyeva gantvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, apphāsuka’’nti pāde parāmasanto pucchi. Upako nitthunanto parivattatiyeva. So ‘‘vadatha bhante, yaṃ mayā sakkā kātuṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti āha. Upako, ‘‘sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, idheva maraṇaṃ seyyo’’ti āha. Jānāsi pana, bhante, kiñci sippanti. Na jānāmīti. Na, bhante, kiñci sippaṃ ajānantena sakkā gharāvāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātunti.
优波迦说:“我虽不会什么手艺,但我可以为你们搬运兽肉,也可代为卖肉。”猎人说:“这正合我们的心意。”于是给了他一件上衣,将他带回家,把女儿嫁给了他。二人同居后,生下一个儿子,取名须跋陀罗。每当孩子哭时,差婆便唱起哄孩子的歌,歌声中嘲讽道:“搬肉人的儿子哟,猎人的儿子哟,别哭啦……”优波迦便说:“贤妻,你以为我孤立无依吗?我有一位朋友,名为无边胜者。我要去他那里。”差婆发现这样说话能刺痛他,便一再如此唱。于是有一天,优波迦不告而别,朝着中部的方向出发了。显示巴利原文
So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci sippaṃ jānāmi, apica tumhākaṃ maṃsahārako bhavissāmi, maṃsañca vikkīṇissāmī’’ti. Māgaviko, ‘‘amhākampi etadeva ruccatī’’ti uttarasāṭakaṃ datvā gharaṃ ānetvā dhītaraṃ adāsi. Tesaṃ saṃvāsamanvāya putto vijāyi. Subhaddotissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Chāvā tassa rodanakāle ‘‘maṃsahārakassa putta, migaluddakassa putta mā rodī’’tiādīni vadamānā puttatosanagītena upakaṃ uppaṇḍesi. Bhadde tvaṃ maṃ anāthoti maññasi. Atthi me anantajino nāma sahāyo. Tassāhaṃ santike gamissāmīti āha. Chāvā evamayaṃ aṭṭīyatīti ñatvā punappunaṃ katheti. So ekadivasaṃ anārocetvāva majjhimadesābhimukho pakkāmi.
那时,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园大精舍。世尊事先告诉比丘们:“比丘们,如果有人来询问‘无边胜者’,你们就带他来见我。”优波迦也一路询问“无边胜者住在哪里”,渐次来到舍卫城,站在精舍中间问道:“无边胜者在哪里?”比丘们便带他到世尊面前。他见到世尊后说:“世尊,您认得我吗?”世尊回答:“是的,优波迦,我认得。你住在哪里呢?”他答:“在曲颈车国,尊者。”世尊问:“优波迦,你已年迈,还能出家吗?”他答:“我能出家,尊者。”世尊便让他出家,并授予他业处。他依此业处修习,安住于不来果,命终后转生到无烦天,在出生的刹那便证得阿拉汉果。因为在无烦天,仅一出生便证阿拉汉果的共有七人,他是其中之一。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā ca tena samayena sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane mahāvihāre. Atha kho bhagavā paṭikacceva bhikkhū āṇāpesi – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, ‘anantajino’ti pucchamāno āgacchati, tassa maṃ dasseyyāthā’’ti. Upakopi kho ‘‘kuhiṃ anantajino vasatī’’ti pucchanto anupubbena sāvatthiṃ āgantvā vihāramajjhe ṭhatvā kuhiṃ anantajinoti pucchi. Taṃ bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ nayiṃsu. So bhagavantaṃ disvā – ‘‘sañjānātha maṃ bhagavā’’ti āha. Āma, upaka, sañjānāmi, kuhiṃ pana tvaṃ vasitthāti. Vaṅkahārajanapade, bhanteti. Upaka, mahallakosi jāto pabbajituṃ sakkhissasīti. Pabbajissāmi, bhanteti. Bhagavā pabbājetvā tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ adāsi. So kammaṭṭhāne kammaṃ karonto anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya kālaṃ katvā avihesu nibbatto. Nibbattakkhaṇeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti. Avihesu nibbattamattā hi satta janā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, tesaṃ so aññataro.
正如以下所说:显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ –
生于无烦天的七位解脱比丘;
贪嗔灭尽,渡越了世间缠缚。
优波迦、帕拉甘达,以及弗迦娑提,这三位;
跋提亚、坎达提婆、巴胡拉吉与桑吉约;
他们舍弃了人身,便证得了天界相应。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avihaṃ upapannāse, vimuttā satta bhikkhavo; Rāgadosaparikkhīṇā, tiṇṇā loke visattikaṃ. Upako palagaṇḍo ca, pukkusāti ca te tayo; Bhaddiyo khaṇḍadevo ca, bahuraggi ca saṅgiyo; Te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upajjhagu’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.105);
286 所谓“使立定”,是说他们立下了约定。“重物质者”,指为了求得衣等物资丰足而修行的人。“退失精进者”,指从精进中退失、毁坏、衰退的人。“转向于重物质”,指为了追求衣等物资的丰富而转求。而“应当安置座位”:他们说,对于出身高贵的他,应当只为其安置一个座位。“未能”:指他们被佛陀的威神力和威光所征服,无法坚守自己的约定而安住。“以名字和以‘朋友’之语相待”:他们直呼“乔达摩”之名,并称“朋友”。意思是:“朋友乔达摩,我们在优楼频螺精进时,曾为你执持衣钵,递上漱口水与杨枝,清扫静修处;是谁让你改变了那样的行持呢?我们离开后,你难道不曾想念我们吗?”他们说着这样的对话。“威仪”:指难行的威仪。“道”:指难行的修行。“难行苦行”:凭极少量的小豆汤等维系饮食,行持种种难行的苦行。“你们记得我吗”:即问“你们记得我吗?”“如是显发此言”:这是指如此一类的话语。其意旨是:“我是否曾在优楼频螺精进时,为了摄护你们、护念你们,于夜间或白天来到你们面前,说过:‘朋友,不要寻思,我的光明……’”显示巴利原文
286.Saṇṭhapesunti katikaṃ akaṃsu. Bāhullikoti cīvarabāhullādīnaṃ atthāya paṭipanno. Padhānavibbhantoti padhānato vibbhanto bhaṭṭho parihīno. Āvatto bāhullāyāti cīvarādīnaṃ bahulabhāvatthāya āvatto. Apica kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbanti apica kho panassa uccakule nibbattassa āsanamattaṃ ṭhapetabbanti vadiṃsu. Nāsakkhiṃsūti buddhānubhāvena buddhatejasā abhibhūtā attano katikāya ṭhātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācarantīti gotamāti, āvusoti ca vadanti. Āvuso gotama, mayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ padhānakāle tuyhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicarimhā, mukhodakaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ adamhā, vutthapariveṇaṃ sammajjimhā, pacchā ko te vattappaṭipattimakāsi, kacci amhesu pakkantesu na cintayitthāti evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kathentīti attho. Iriyāyāti dukkarairiyāya. Paṭipadāyāti dukkarapaṭipattiyā. Dukkarakārikāyāti pasatapasata-muggayūsādiāharakaraṇādinā dukkarakaraṇena. Abhijānātha me noti abhijānātha nu mama. Evarūpaṃ pabhāvitametanti etaṃ evarūpaṃ vākyabhedanti attho. Api nu ahaṃ uruvelāya padhāne tumhākaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ anukkaṇṭhanatthaṃ rattiṃ vā divā vā āgantvā, – ‘‘āvuso, mā vitakkayittha, mayhaṃ obhāso vā nimittaṃ vā paññāyatī’’ti evarūpaṃ kañci vacanabhedaṃ akāsinti adhippāyo. Te ekapadeneva satiṃ labhitvā uppannagāravā, ‘‘handa addhā esa buddho jāto’’ti saddahitvā no hetaṃ, bhanteti āhaṃsu. Asakkhiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetunti ahaṃ , bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū buddho ahanti jānāpetuṃ asakkhiṃ. Tadā pana bhagavā uposathadivaseyeva āgacchi. Attano buddhabhāvaṃ jānāpetvā koṇḍaññattheraṃ kāyasakkhiṃ katvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttaṃ kathesi. Suttapariyosāne thero aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Sūriye dharamāneyeva desanā niṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā tattheva vassaṃ upagacchi.
“比丘们,我当时教导两位比丘……”等语,这一段是从他们开始修行的第一天说起,为了表明他们连托钵都不进入村子。实际上,世尊为了净除那些比丘在业处上不断生起的烦恼之垢,便始终留在精舍中。每当那些比丘的业处中生起瑕疵,他们就去到世尊身边请问。世尊也会来到他们那里,为他们去除瑕疵。如此,当世尊这样为他们去除瑕疵并给予教导时,跋波尊者在修行的第一天便证得入流果,跋地亚尊者在第二天证得,摩诃男尊者在第三天证得,阿说示尊者在第四天证得。此后,于半月的第五天,世尊将他们全部召集起来,开示了《无我相经》。经文结束时,他们全都证得了阿拉汉果。因此经中说:“那时,比丘们,五群比丘就这样被我教导……证得了无上的安稳涅槃……如今不再有后有。”世尊提示出这一整段教导的脉络,就是为了显示他之前所说的“你们和我,还有五群比丘,都已经走上了这条路,所谓圣遍求就是你们的遍求”这一完全一致的关联。显示巴利原文
Dvepi sudaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ovadāmītiādi pāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya piṇḍapātatthāyapi gāmaṃ appavisanadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesañhi bhikkhūnaṃ kammaṭṭhānesu uppannamalavisodhanatthaṃ bhagavā antovihāreyeva ahosi. Uppanne uppanne kammaṭṭhānamale tepi bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā pucchanti. Bhagavāpi tesaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā malaṃ vinodeti. Atha nesaṃ bhagavatā evaṃ nīhaṭabhattena ovadiyamānānaṃ vappatthero pāṭipadadivase sotāpanno ahosi. Bhaddiyatthero dutiyāyaṃ, mahānāmatthero tatiyāyaṃ, assajitthero catutthiyaṃ. Pakkhassa pana pañcamiyaṃ sabbeva te ekato sannipātetvā anattalakkhaṇasuttaṃ kathesi, suttapariyosāne sabbepi arahattaphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tenāha – ‘‘atha kho, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū mayā evaṃ ovadiyamānā…pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃsu…pe… natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Ettakaṃ kathāmaggaṃ bhagavā yaṃ pubbe avaca – ‘‘tumhepi mamañceva pañcavaggiyānañca maggaṃ āruḷhā, ariyapariyesanā tumhākaṃ pariyesanā’’ti imaṃ ekameva anusandhiṃ dassento āhari.
287 现在要说明:并不只是在家人会有五种欲乐的遍求,出家人若不省思所受用的四种资具,也会基于五种欲乐而产生非圣遍求。为此,世尊开示道:“比丘们,有这五种欲……”等等。其中,对于新受持的衣、钵等物品,可体验到“眼所识的色”等前四种欲乐;这里所说的“味”,是指受用物品时的受用之味。对于可口的团食与药物,则能完整地体验到全部五种欲乐。坐卧具的情况如同衣服,仅能体验到四种欲乐;此处的“味”,同样只是受用之味。那么,“比丘们,凡任何在家的……”这段经文,世尊是为了什么而开始的呢?如此显示了五种欲乐之后,为了反驳那些可能这样认为的人——“从出家那一刻起,哪里还有非圣遍求?出家人的遍求就是圣遍求!”世尊才展开这段开示,以便指出:出家人若对所获得的四种资具不加省思便受用,这本身即是非圣遍求。在这段经文中,“被贪钩住”是指被贪爱之欲钩所钩住;“迷醉其中”是指被贪爱的迷醉所沉醉;“深陷其中”是指深深地沉溺在贪爱里。显示巴利原文
287. Idāni yasmā na agāriyānaṃyeva pañcakāmaguṇapariyesanā hoti, anagāriyānampi cattāro paccaye appaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantānaṃ pañcakāmaguṇavasena anariyapariyesanā hoti, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇātiādimāha. Tattha navarattesu pattacīvarādīsu cakkhuviññeyyā rūpātiādayo cattāro kāmaguṇā labbhanti. Raso panettha paribhogaraso hoti. Manuññe piṇḍapāte bhesajje ca pañcapi labbhanti. Senāsanamhi cīvare viya cattāro. Raso pana etthāpi paribhogarasova. Ye hi keci, bhikkhaveti kasmā ārabhi? Evaṃ pañca kāmaguṇe dassetvā idāni ye evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, ‘‘pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya anariyapariyesanā nāma kuto, ariyapariyesanāva pabbajitāna’’nti, tesaṃ paṭisedhanatthāya ‘‘pabbajitānampi catūsu paccayesu appaccavekkhaṇaparibhogo anariyapariyesanā evā’’ti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha gadhitāti taṇhāgedhena gadhitā. Mucchitāti taṇhāmucchāya mucchitā . Ajjhopannāti taṇhāya ajjhogāḷhā. Anādīnavadassāvinoti ādīnavaṃ apassantā. Anissaraṇapaññāti nissaraṇaṃ vuccati paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. Te tena virahitā.
现在,为了以譬喻来证成此义,世尊说:“比丘们,譬如……”等等。此处应如此理解譬喻与法义的对应:如同山林中的野鹿,喻指那些沙门与婆罗门;猎人布置在林中的罗网,喻指四种资具;野鹿卧在猎人堆置的罗网上安睡之时,便如他们不加省思便受用四种资具之时。当猎人到来,野鹿不能随心所欲地逃离时,便如同这些沙门与婆罗门落入魔王波旬的掌控之中,意即他们陷入了魔王的势力范围。反之,那些未被捆缚的野鹿,即使卧在罗网堆上,便如沙门与婆罗门先加省思再受用资具;猎人到来时野鹿能随心所欲地逃离,应理解为沙门与婆罗门不落入魔王的掌控。“已得无畏”是指达到了无有恐惧、远离犹豫顾虑的状态。其余的文义,各处都已很清楚。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassatthassa sādhakaṃ upamaṃ dassento seyyathāpi, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tatrevaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ – āraññakamago viya hi samaṇabrāhmaṇā, luddakena araññe ṭhapitapāso viya cattāro paccayā, tassa luddassa pāsarāsiṃ ajjhottharitvā sayanakālo viya tesaṃ cattāro paccaye appaccavekkhitvā paribhogakālo. Luddake āgacchante magassa yena kāmaṃ agamanakālo viya samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ mārassa yathākāmakaraṇīyakālo, māravasaṃ upagatabhāvoti attho. Magassa pana abaddhassa pāsarāsiṃ adhisayitakālo viya samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ catūsu paccayesu paccavekkhaṇaparibhogo, luddake āgacchante magassa yena kāmaṃ gamanaṃ viya samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ māravasaṃ anupagamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vissatthoti nibbhayo nirāsaṅko. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
7. 小象足迹喻经注释显示巴利原文
7. Cūḷahatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā
288 “如是我闻”等是《小象足迹喻经》的开头。其中所说的“纯白色母马所驾的车”,是指经文这样描述:“那些马是白色的,配有白色的装饰;车是白色的,有白色的装饰、白色的随从、白色的缰绳、白色的刺棒、白色的伞盖、白色的头巾、白色的衣服、白色的鞋子,并以白色的牦牛尾扇扇着。”如经中所说,即是由四匹母马所驾、通体纯白之车。显示巴利原文
288.Evaṃme sutanti cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ. Tattha sabbasetena vaḷavābhirathenāti, ‘‘setā sudaṃ assā yuttā honti setālaṅkārā. Seto ratho setālaṅkāro setaparivāro, setā rasmiyo, setā patodalaṭṭhi, setaṃ chattaṃ, setaṃ uṇhīsaṃ, setāni vatthāni, setā upāhanā, setāya sudaṃ vālabījaniyā bījiyatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.4) evaṃ vuttena sakalasetena catūhi vaḷavāhi yuttarathena.
所谓“车”,有两种:战车与庄严车。其中,战车呈四方形,不太大,仅能容纳两三人。庄严车则很大,长度极长,宽度极宽。车上安排持伞者、持牦牛拂者、持扇者,可方便地站立、安坐乃至躺卧八人或十人,这也属于庄严车。那整辆车都配有车轮、车身及护栏,整体以白银覆蔽。母马天生便是白色。装饰也都是银制的。缰绳上套着银管,妥善防护。刺杖也包着白银。婆罗门穿着白衣,披上同样的白色郁多罗僧,涂上白色涂香,戴着白色花环,十指戴着指环,耳上戴着耳环,像这一切装饰也全是银制的。他身边约有一万名婆罗门眷属,同样以白衣、涂香、花环为庄严。因此,说他是“驾着全白色的母马车”出行。显示巴利原文
Ratho ca nāmeso duvidho hoti – yodharatho, alaṅkārarathoti. Tattha yodharatho caturassasaṇṭhāno hoti nātimahā, dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vā janānaṃ gahaṇasamattho. Alaṅkāraratho mahā hoti, dīghato dīgho, puthulato puthulo. Tattha chattaggāhako vālabījaniggāhako tālavaṇṭaggāhakoti evaṃ aṭṭha vā dasa vā sukhena ṭhātuṃ vā nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā sakkonti, ayampi alaṅkārarathoyeva. So sabbo sacakkapañjarakubbaro rajataparikkhitto ahosi. Vaḷavā pakatiyā setavaṇṇāva. Pasādhanampi tādisaṃ rajatamayaṃ ahosi. Rasmiyopi rajatapanāḷi suparikkhittā. Patodalaṭṭhipi rajataparikkhittā. Brāhmaṇopi setavatthaṃ nivāsetvā setaṃyeva uttarāsaṅgamakāsi, setavilepanaṃ vilimpi, setamālaṃ pilandhi, dasasu aṅgulīsu aṅgulimuddikā, kaṇṇesu kuṇḍalānīti evamādialaṅkāropissa rajatamayova ahosi. Parivārabrāhmaṇāpissa dasasahassamattā tatheva setavatthavilepanamālālaṅkārā ahesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbasetena vaḷavābhirathenā’’ti.
“出舍卫城”:据说他每隔六个月绕行城市一次,行右绕。事前便会宣告:“从今日起若干天后,将绕行城市。”听到这个消息,那些尚未离城的人便不再离开;已经离城的人也会返回,心想:“我们要去看看有福者的祥瑞成就。”到了婆罗门巡行城市的那一天,清晨人们便清扫城内街道,撒上沙子,遍撒以炒米为第五供品的鲜花,安置满水之瓶,竖立芭蕉和幢幡,令整座城市香烟缭绕、遍洒香气。婆罗门清晨沐浴头部,于午前用餐后,依前面所说,以白衣等装饰自身,从殿堂下楼,登上马车。接着,那些婆罗门全都以白衣、涂香、花环为庄严,持着白色伞盖围绕着他。然后,为了集合大众,他先向孩童们抛洒各种果实,接着抛洒玛萨卡钱币,再接着抛洒迦诃波那钱币。大众便聚集起来,欢呼挥衣。这时,婆罗门在那些表演吉祥、唱诵善祝福的人们伴随下,以极大的成就巡绕城市。有福的人们登上单层殿堂等高处,打开如鹦鹉羽毛般的窗户观看。婆罗门也仿佛以自己的名声与祥瑞成就覆盖城市一般,朝着南门而去。因此,说“出舍卫城”。显示巴利原文
Sāvatthiyā niyyātīti so kira channaṃ channaṃ māsānaṃ ekavāraṃ nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti. Ito ettakehi divasehi nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karissatīti puretarameva ghosanā karīyati; taṃ sutvā ye nagarato na pakkantā, te na pakkamanti. Ye pakkantā, tepi, ‘‘puññavato sirisampattiṃ passissāmā’’ti āgacchanti. Yaṃ divasaṃ brāhmaṇo nagaraṃ anuvicarati, tadā pātova nagaravīthiyo sammajjitvā vālikaṃ okiritvā lājapañcamehi pupphehi abhippakiritvā puṇṇaghaṭe ṭhapetvā kadaliyo ca dhaje ca ussāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dhūpitavāsitaṃ karonti. Brāhmaṇo pātova sīsaṃ nhāyitvā purebhattaṃ bhuñjitvā vuttanayeneva setavatthādīhi attānaṃ alaṅkaritvā pāsādā oruyha rathaṃ abhiruhati. Atha naṃ te brāhmaṇā sabbasetavatthavilepanamālālaṅkārā setacchattāni gahetvā parivārenti; tato mahājanassa sannipātanatthaṃ paṭhamaṃyeva taruṇadārakānaṃ phalāphalāni vikiritvā tadanantaraṃ māsakarūpāni; tadanantaraṃ kahāpaṇe vikiranti; mahājanā sannipatanti. Ukkuṭṭhiyo ceva celukkhepā ca pavattanti. Atha brāhmaṇo maṅgalikasovatthikādīsu maṅgalāni ceva suvatthiyo ca karontesu mahāsampattiyā nagaraṃ anuvicarati. Puññavantā manussā ekabhūmakādipāsāde āruyha sukapattasadisāni vātapānakavāṭāni vivaritvā olokenti. Brāhmaṇopi attano yasasirisampattiyā nagaraṃ ajjhottharanto viya dakkhiṇadvārābhimukho hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sāvatthiyā niyyātī’’ti.
“于白昼之白昼”:意为白天的白天,即正午时分。“碎布衣游方者”:意指以阴性名词“碎布衣”称呼而得此名的游方者。据说这位游方者年纪很轻,正处青年时期,肤色金色,是佛陀的侍者。清晨,他先侍奉如来及诸大长老,然后拿着三杖、水瓶等资具,从祇树给孤独园出来,朝城中走去。那位婆罗门从远处望见他走来,便这样说了:当他逐渐走近、认出对方后,便称扬其族姓,问道:“婆蹉亚那尊者,您从何处来?”“认为是贤善的吗?”意思是:婆蹉亚那尊者,您认为沙门乔达摩是贤善的,还是不认为呢?显示巴利原文
Divā divassāti divasassa divā, majjhanhakāleti attho. Pilotikaṃ paribbājakanti pilotikāti evaṃ itthiliṅgavohāravasena laddhanāmaṃ paribbājakaṃ. So kira paribbājako daharo paṭhamavaye ṭhito suvaṇṇavaṇṇo buddhupaṭṭhāko, pātova tathāgatassa ceva mahātherānañca upaṭṭhānaṃ katvā tidaṇḍakuṇḍikādiparikkhāraṃ ādāya jetavanā nikkhamitvā nagarābhimukho pāyāsi. Taṃ esa dūratova āgacchantaṃ addasa. Etadavocāti anukkamena santikaṃ āgataṃ sañjānitvā etaṃ, ‘‘handa kuto nu bhavaṃ vacchāyano āgacchatī’’ti gottaṃ kittento vacanaṃ avoca. Paṇḍito maññeti bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ paṇḍitoti maññati, udāhu noti ayamettha attho.
「先生,说到了解沙门乔达摩的智慧明辨,我又算什么呢?我又怎能了解沙门乔达摩的智慧明辨呢?凭什么去了解呢?」这是在一切方面显示自己不了知的状态。「那能知者也必定是那样的」:意思是,如果有人能了解沙门乔达摩的智慧明辨,那人也必定是圆满了十波罗蜜、证得了一切知智的,正是那样的佛陀。正如想测量须弥山、雪山、大地或虚空,就必须有与它相应的杖或绳;同样,想了解沙门乔达摩智慧的人,也必须获得与其智慧相应的一切知智。此处是出于恭敬而用了叠语。「殊胜」是指无上、最胜。「先生,说到称赞沙门乔达摩,我又算什么呢?我又怎能称赞沙门乔达摩呢?凭什么去称赞呢?」「被称赞又被称赞者」:是由一切功德中最为殊胜、为一切世间所称扬的自身功德而自身被称为被称赞者,并非需要他人来称赞他。正如瞻波花、青莲花、红莲或紫檀,凭自身的色泽、香气与祥瑞便美丽芬芳,并不需要外来的颜色与香气来赞美;又如同摩尼宝珠或月轮,凭自身的光明照耀,并不需要其他东西来照亮。同样,沙门乔达摩以显示巴利原文
Ko cāhaṃ, bhoti, bho, samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jānane ahaṃ ko nāma? Ko ca samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmīti kuto cāhaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmi, kena kāraṇena jānissāmīti? Evaṃ sabbathāpi attano ajānanabhāvaṃ dīpeti . Sopi nūnassa tādisovāti yo samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyya, sopi nūna dasa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññutaṃ patto tādiso buddhoyeva bhaveyya. Sineruṃ vā himavantaṃ vā pathaviṃ vā ākāsaṃ vā pametukāmena tappamāṇova daṇḍo vā rajju vā laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. Samaṇassa gotamassa paññaṃ jānantenapi tassa ñāṇasadisameva sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. Ādaravasena panettha āmeḍitaṃ kataṃ. Uḷārāyāti uttarāya seṭṭhāya. Ko cāhaṃ, bhoti, bho, ahaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa pasaṃsane ko nāma? Ko ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsissāmīti kena kāraṇena pasaṃsissāmi? Pasatthapasatthoti sabbaguṇānaṃ uttaritarehi sabbalokapasatthehi attano guṇeheva pasattho, na tassa aññehi pasaṃsanakiccaṃ atthi. Yathā hi campakapupphaṃ vā nīluppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā lohitacandanaṃ vā attano vaṇṇagandhasiriyāva pāsādikañceva sugandhañca, na tassa āgantukehi vaṇṇagandhehi thomanakiccaṃ atthi. Yathā ca maṇiratanaṃ vā candamaṇḍalaṃ vā attano ālokeneva obhāsati, na tassa aññena obhāsanakiccaṃ atthi. Evaṃ samaṇo gotamo sabbalokapasatthehi attano guṇeheva pasattho thomito sabbalokassa seṭṭhataṃ pāpito, na tassa aññena pasaṃsanakiccaṃ atthi. Pasatthehi vā pasatthotipi pasatthapasattho.
谁是被称赞的人呢?憍萨罗王波斯匿被迦尸和憍萨罗的人民所称叹;频婆娑罗王被央伽和摩揭陀的人民所称叹。毗舍离的离车人被跋耆国的人民所称叹。巴瓦城的末罗人、拘尸那城的末罗人,以及其他各地的刹帝利,被各个地方的居民所称叹。又如旃迦等婆罗门被婆罗门众所称叹,给孤独等优婆塞被数以百计的优婆塞众所称叹,毗舍佉等优婆夷被数以百计的优婆夷所称叹,善生优陀夷等游方者被数以百计的游方众所称叹,莲华色比丘尼等大弟子被数以百计的比丘尼众所称叹,舍利弗长老等大弟子被数以百计的比丘众所称叹,帝释等诸天被数以千计的天人所称叹,大梵天等梵天被数以千计的梵天所称叹。他们全都赞叹、称扬、称赞十力者,因此世尊被称为「被称赞又被称赞者」。显示巴利原文
Ke pasatthā nāma? Rājā pasenadi kosalo kāsikosalavāsikehi pasattho, bimbisāro aṅgamagadhavāsīhi. Vesālikā licchavī vajjiraṭṭhavāsīhi pasatthā. Pāveyyakā mallā, kosinārakā mallā, aññepi te te khattiyā tehi tehi jānapadehi pasatthā. Caṅkīādayo brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇagaṇehi, anāthapiṇḍikādayo upāsakā anekasatehi upāsakagaṇehi, visākhādayo upāsikā anekasatāhi upāsikāhi, sakuludāyiādayo paribbājakā anekehi paribbājakasatehi, uppalavaṇṇātheriādikā mahāsāvikā anekehi bhikkhunisatehi, sāriputtattherādayo mahāsāvakā anekasatehi bhikkhūhi, sakkādayo devā anekasahassehi devehi, mahābrahmādayo brahmāno anekasahassehi brahmehi pasatthā. Te sabbepi dasabalaṃ thomenti vaṇṇenti, pasaṃsantīti bhagavā ‘‘pasatthapasattho’’ti vuccati.
「义利」:即利益、功德。接着,那位游方者说明自己生起净信的理由,说道:「贤者,譬如一位善巧的住象林者……」等等。在此,「住象林者」是指一位住在象林中、未曾受过技艺教导的人。但在后文出现的「住象林者」,则是指已经受过技艺教导的人。「四足迹」:即四种智足迹,是智慧的痕迹,指智慧所行的处境。显示巴利原文
Atthavasanti atthānisaṃsaṃ. Athassa paribbājako attano pasādakāraṇaṃ ācikkhanto seyyathāpi, bho, kusalo nāgavanikotiādimāha. Tattha nāgavanikoti nāgavanavāsiko anuggahitasippo puriso. Parato pana uggahitasippo puriso nāgavanikoti āgato. Cattāri padānīti cattāri ñāṇapadāni ñāṇavalañjāni, ñāṇena akkantaṭṭhānānīti attho.
289 在“刹帝利贤者”等句中,“贤者”指具足贤明。“聪慧”指敏锐、智慧微细,能通达微细义理。“解外论”指已了知外道论说,并与他人有过辩论较量。“如贯毛发者”:如同能贯穿毛发的弓箭手一般。他们“看似在破斥而行”:意思是,犹如那贯穿毛发的弓箭手能贯穿毛发一般,他们以智慧所行之处,仿佛在破斥他人那些即便极微细的恶见而行。“造问”:即提出两句、三句乃至四句的问难。“将举发过失”:即想要指出他人的过失。然而,他们并未向沙门乔达摩发问。为什么不问呢?据说,世尊在大众中说法时,会先观察大众的意乐。他观察后见到:“这些刹帝利贤者,把某些秘密、隐密的问题作为隐覆的核心带过来了。”世尊虽未被请问,却能就这类问题思惟:提出这样的问题有多少过失,解答这样的问题有多少过失,在义理、文句、字面上又有多少讲究;然后世尊便将这些被包装成隐密核心的问题,放在说法中一一予以破斥。那些刹帝利贤者心想:“幸好我们没有问这些问题。若是我们问了,沙门乔达摩定会让我们无处立足而驳倒我们。”他们因此内心感到满意。显示巴利原文
289.Khattiyapaṇḍitetiādīsu paṇḍiteti paṇḍiccena samannāgate. Nipuṇeti saṇhe sukhumabuddhino, sukhumaatthantarapaṭivijjhanasamatthe. Kataparappavādeti viññātaparappavāde ceva parehi saddhiṃ katavādaparicaye ca. Vālavedhirūpeti vālavedhidhanuggahasadise. Te bhindantā maññe carantīti vālavedhi viya vālaṃ sukhumānipi paresaṃ diṭṭhigatāni attano paññāgatena bhindantā viya carantīti attho. Pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharontīti dupadampi tipadampi catuppadampi pañhaṃ karonti. Vādaṃ āropessāmāti dosaṃ āropessāma. Na ceva samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchantīti; kasmā na pucchanti? Bhagavā kira parisamajjhe dhammaṃ desento parisāya ajjhāsayaṃ oloketi, tato passati – ‘‘ime khattiyapaṇḍitā guḷhaṃ rahassaṃ pañhaṃ ovaṭṭikasāraṃ katvā āgatā’’ti. So tehi apuṭṭhoyeva evarūpe pañhe pucchāya ettakā dosā, vissajjane ettakā, atthe pade akkhare ettakāti ime pañhe pucchanto evaṃ puccheyya, vissajjento evaṃ vissajjeyyāti, iti ovaṭṭikasāraṃ katvā ānīte pañhe dhammakathāya antare pakkhipitvā viddhaṃseti. Khattiyapaṇḍitā ‘‘seyyo vata no, ye mayaṃ ime pañhe na pucchimhā, sace hi mayaṃ puccheyyāma, appatiṭṭheva no katvā samaṇo gotamo khipeyyā’’ti attamanā bhavanti.
再者,诸佛在说法时,会以慈心遍满在场的听众。由这慈心的遍满,十力者能让大众心生净信。而且,诸佛都是达到色究竟者,具足美妙的形相可观,拥有甜蜜的声音、柔软的舌头、端好的齿唇,像是以甘露浇灌心脏一般宣说法义。在那里,那些因慈心的遍满而心生净信的人们会这样想:“与宣说着无疑义之语、不空过之语、导向离系之语的世尊在一起,我们绝不能心怀敌对。”正因如此,他们凭借已生起的净信,便不发问了。显示巴利原文
Apica buddhā nāma dhammaṃ desentā parisaṃ mettāya pharanti, mettāpharaṇena dasabale mahājanassa cittaṃ pasīdati, buddhā ca nāma rūpaggappattā honti dassanasampannā madhurassarā mudujivhā suphusitadantāvaraṇā amatena hadayaṃ siñcantā viya dhammaṃ kathenti. Tatra nesaṃ mettāpharaṇena pasannacittānaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘evarūpaṃ advejjhakathaṃ amoghakathaṃ niyyānikakathaṃ kathentena bhagavatā saddhiṃ na sakkhissāma paccanīkaggāhaṃ gaṇhitu’’nti attano pasannabhāveneva na pucchanti.
“绝对地”(Aññadatthu):指毫不怀疑、必定如此。“成为声闻”:指通过皈依而成为声闻弟子。“彼无上”:即指那无上的。“梵行究竟”:指道梵行的究竟,也就是阿拉汉果,他们正是为了证得此果而出家。“尊贵的先生,我们确实几乎失了心智”:意思是,贤者,如果我们不去亲近,仅因这点不亲近、不侍奉,我们就已毁了;但正因我们亲近了那么一点,所以并未毁掉。第二句只是前者的同义语。“非沙门”等:因为未止息诸恶,所以不是真正的沙门;又因为未能遣除诸恶,所以不是真正的婆罗门;因为未能杀死烦恼之敌,所以不是真正的阿拉汉。这就是此处所说的含义。显示巴利原文
Aññadatthūti ekaṃsena. Sāvakā sampajjantīti saraṇagamanavasena sāvakā honti. Tadanuttaranti taṃ anuttaraṃ. Brahmacariyapariyosānanti maggabrahmacariyassa pariyosānabhūtaṃ arahattaphalaṃ, tadatthāya hi te pabbajanti. Manaṃ vata, bho, anassāmāti, bho, sace mayaṃ na upasaṅkameyyāma, iminā thokena anupasaṅkamanamattena apayirupāsanamatteneva naṭṭhā bhaveyyāma. Upasaṅkamanamattakena panamhā na naṭṭhāti attho. Dutiyapadaṃ purimasseva vevacanaṃ. Assamaṇāva samānātiādīsu pāpānaṃ asamitattā assamaṇāva. Abāhitattā ca pana abrāhmaṇāva. Kilesārīnaṃ ahatattā anarahantoyeva samānāti attho.
290 “发出感叹语”(Udānaṃ udānesi):即说出感叹之语。正如油若无法被容器盛纳,便会溢出,这称为“溢流”;水若无法被湖塘容纳,便会漫出,这称为“瀑流”。同样,充满法喜的话语若无法被心容纳,盈满之后不能安住于内而向外涌出,便叫作“感叹语”。意思是,所说的正是这般充满法喜的话语。“象足迹喻”:是说这个法以象足迹作为譬喻。这显示仅仅至此,这个譬喻还未详尽圆满。“象林者”:指已经学得调象技艺、生活在象林中的人。那么,为何这里不说“善巧”呢?因为后文将会有“谁是善巧者”的分别说明。凡是进入象林的人,若他是善巧的,就不会在仅见到足迹时便立刻下定论。故此处不说“善巧”,而放在后文再述。显示巴利原文
290.Udānaṃ udānesīti udāhāraṃ udāhari. Yathā hi yaṃ telaṃ mānaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, vissanditvā gacchati, taṃ avasekoti vuccati, yañca jalaṃ taḷākaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, ajjhottharitvā gacchati, taṃ oghoti vuccati. Evameva yaṃ pītimayaṃ vacanaṃ hadayaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, adhikaṃ hutvā anto asaṇṭhahitvā bahi nikkhamati, taṃ udānanti vuccati. Evarūpaṃ pītimayaṃ vacanaṃ nicchāresīti attho. Hatthipadopamoti hatthipadaṃ upamā assa dhammassāti hatthipadopamo. So na ettāvatā vitthārena paripūro hotīti dasseti. Nāgavanikoti uggahitahatthisippo hatthivanacāriko. Atha kasmā idha kusaloti na vuttoti? Parato ‘‘yo hoti kusalo’’ti vibhāgadassanato. Yo hi koci pavisati, yo pana kusalo hoti, so neva tāva niṭṭhaṃ gacchati. Tasmā idha kusaloti avatvā parato vutto.
291 “矮小者”(Vāmanikā):指身材矮短、身量不高,并非那种高大、大腹、长腿的母象。“蹭高处”:指在七肘尺高的榕树等树干上磨蹭身体所留下的痕迹。“高而齿列参差者”(Uccā kāḷārikā):指长得高、腿如杖,同时因牙齿参差不齐而被称为“kāḷārikā”。据说这类母象一根獠牙向上翘,一根向下弯,两牙都较稀疏而不密近。“高齿撕裂处”:指在七肘尺高的榕树等树干上,如同被斧头砍过一般,被象牙割裂所留下的痕迹。“高而如象母者”(Uccā kaṇerukā):指长得高、腿长如杖,同时因牙齿如母象一般,所以被称为“kaṇerukā”。据说她们的牙齿如花蕾一般。“他得出最终结论”:那位象林守护者心想:“我循着踪迹一路追踪的,就是这头大象,不会是别的。”最初见到足迹时,我还没有结论:“这会是矮小者的足迹吧”;后来见到其他踪迹时,也没有结论:“这会是齿列参差者的,或是如象母者的足迹吧。”直到亲眼见到这头大象本身,才得出结论:“所有这些足迹,全部都是这头大象王的足迹。”显示巴利原文
291.Vāmanikāti rassā āyāmatopi na dīghā mahākucchihatthiniyo. Uccā ca nisevitanti sattaṭṭharatanubbedhe vaṭarukkhādīnaṃ khandhappadese ghaṃsitaṭṭhānaṃ. Uccā kāḷārikāti uccā ca yaṭṭhisadisapādā hutvā, kāḷārikā ca dantānaṃ kaḷāratāya. Tāsaṃ kira eko danto unnato hoti, eko onato. Ubhopi ca viraḷā honti, na āsannā. Uccāca dantehi ārañjitānīti sattaṭṭharatanubbedhe vaṭarukkhādīnaṃ khandhappadese pharasunā pahataṭṭhānaṃ viya dāṭṭhāhi chinnaṭṭhānaṃ. Uccā kaṇerukā nāmāti uccā ca yaṭṭhisadisadīghapādā hutvā, kaṇerukā ca dantānaṃ kaṇerutāya, tā kira makuḷadāṭhā honti. Tasmā kaṇerukāti vuccanti. So niṭṭhaṃ gacchatīti so nāgavaniko yassa vatāhaṃ nāgassa anupadaṃ āgato, ayameva so, na añño. Yañhi ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ padaṃ disvā vāmanikānaṃ padaṃ idaṃ bhavissatīti niṭṭhaṃ na gato, yampi tato orabhāge disvā kāḷārikānaṃ bhavissati, kaṇerukānaṃ bhavissatīti niṭṭhaṃ na gato, sabbaṃ taṃ imasseva mahāhatthino padanti mahāhatthiṃ disvāva niṭṭhaṃ gacchati.
“正如此”(Evameva kho)这一段,应作这样的譬喻连结:象林,应当理解为从最初直到舍断诸盖为止的佛法开示。善巧的象林守护者,如同禅修者;大象,如同正自觉者;巨大的象足迹,如同禅那与神通。象林守护者在各处见到足迹,却仍未得出结论:“这会是矮小者的足迹,会是齿列参差者的足迹,会是如象母者的足迹”,就好比禅修者还未得出结论:“这些所谓的禅那与神通,在外道游方者那里也是有的”。直到象林守护者亲眼见到大象,才下定结论:“我在各处所见的足迹,就是这头大象王的,不是别的”,这如同圣弟子证得阿拉汉果之后,才真正下结论。而且,这个譬喻连接,即使放到最后来说也是可以的,在此处说也同样适用。不过,这里是顺着随文而来的经文而作的。在此处,“idha”(在此)是一个指示处所的词。此词有时是就“世间”而说的,如经文所说:“在此世间,如来出现……”(《长部》1.279)。有时是就“教法”而说的,如:“就在此处,比丘们,有沙门;就在此处,有第二沙门”(《增支部》4.241)。有时是就“方位”而说的,如:“在此处,如来坐于……”(《相应部》5.374)。此处则是就“教法”而说的。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – nāgavanaṃ viya hi ādito paṭṭhāya yāva nīvaraṇappahānā dhammadesanā veditabbā. Kusalo nāgavaniko viya yogāvacaro; mahānāgo viya sammāsambuddho; mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ viya jhānābhiññā. Nāgavanikassa tattha tattha hatthipadaṃ disvāpi vāmanikānaṃ padaṃ bhavissati, kāḷārikānaṃ kaṇerukānaṃ padaṃ bhavissatīti aniṭṭhaṅgatabhāvo viya yogino, imā jhānābhiññā nāma bāhirakaparibbājakānampi santīti aniṭṭhaṅgatabhāvo. Nāgavanikassa, tattha tattha mayā diṭṭhaṃ padaṃ imasseva mahāhatthino, na aññassāti mahāhatthiṃ disvā niṭṭhaṅgamanaṃ viya ariyasāvakassa arahattaṃ patvāva niṭṭhaṅgamanaṃ. Idañca pana opammasaṃsandanaṃ matthake ṭhatvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Imasmimpi ṭhāne vaṭṭatiyeva. Anukkamāgataṃ pana pāḷipadaṃ gahetvā idheva kataṃ. Tattha idhāti desāpadese nipāto. Svāyaṃ katthaci lokaṃ upādāya vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.279). Katthaci sāsanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo’’ti (a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci okāsaṃ. Yathāha –
就在此处站立着的我,具足天身,正念安住;我又重获寿命,贤者,你应如是了知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idheva tiṭṭhamānassa, devabhūtassa me sato;
有时,此词仅作填充语句之用,如:‘在此,比丘们,我已食、食讫……’(《中部》1.30)。然而,在此处应当知道,它是就‘世间’而说的。其意为:‘婆罗门,于此世间,如来出现,是阿拉汉……乃至……佛陀、世尊。’显示巴利原文
Punarāyu ca me laddho, evaṃ jānāhi mārisā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.369; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190);
其中,‘如来’一词在《根本法门经》中,‘阿拉汉’等词在《清净道论》中已有详释。‘出现于世间’这一句里,‘世间’有三种:处所世间、有情世间、行世间。此处是指有情世间。当如来出现于有情世间时,并不出现在天界或梵天界,唯现在人界。在人界中,也并不出现在其他轮围世界,唯在此轮围世界。而且,于此轮围世界亦非随处皆现,只在这样的区域内出现:‘东方有伽阇伽罗村,其外有大萨罗树,自此之外为边境,此内为中央。东南方有萨罗伐底河,自此之外为边境,此内为中央。南方有白耳村,自此之外为边境,此内为中央。西方有柱婆罗门村,自此之外为边境,此内为中央。北方有逾师罗多阇山,自此之外为边境,此内为中央。’(《大品》259)在如此纵三百由旬、宽二百五十由旬、方圆九百由旬所划定的中央之域中出现。并非唯有如来如此,独觉佛、上首弟子、八十位大长老、佛陀的母亲、佛陀的父亲、转轮王,以及其他证得殊胜成就的婆罗门和居士,都只在此中央之域出现。显示巴利原文
Katthaci padapūraṇamattameva. Yathāha – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito’’ti (ma. ni. 1.30). Idha pana lokaṃ upādāya vuttoti veditabbo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘brāhmaṇa imasmiṃ loke tathāgato uppajjati arahaṃ…pe… buddho bhagavā’’ti.
其中,“如来”一词于《根本法门经》中已作解释,“阿罗汉”等词在《清净道论》中已详细说明。在“出现于世间”一句中,“世间”有三种:行处世间、有情世间、行世间。但此处意指有情世间。如来虽出现于有情世间,却非于天界出现,非于梵天界出现,唯于人间出现。于人间中,亦非于其他轮围世界,唯于此轮围世界出现。于此世界,亦非遍一切处,唯于中部地区出现。该地区范围如下所界定:“东方有名为迦旃伽罗的聚落,其外有大娑罗树,过此则是边地,以内为中部。东南方有名为萨罗婆提的河,过此则是边地,以内为中部。南方有名为白耳环的聚落,过此则是边地,以内为中部。西方有名为图那的婆罗门村,过此则是边地,以内为中部。北方有名为优尸罗幢的山,过此则是边地,以内为中部。”此中部地区长三百由旬,宽二百五十由旬,周长九百由旬。不仅如来,独觉佛、上首弟子、八十位大长老、佛母、佛父、转轮王,以及其他证得殊胜成就的婆罗门与居士,都唯于此中出现。其中,如来从受用善生所供养的乳粥开始,直至证得阿罗汉道,称为“正在出现”;在阿罗……显示巴利原文
Tattha tathāgatasaddo mūlapariyāye, arahantiādayo visuddhimagge vitthāritā. Loke uppajjatīti ettha pana lokoti okāsaloko sattaloko saṅkhāralokoti tividho. Idha pana sattaloko adhippeto. Sattaloke uppajjamānopi ca tathāgato na devaloke, na brahmaloke, manussalokeyeva uppajjati. Manussalokepi na aññasmiṃ cakkavāḷe, imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe. Tatrāpi na sabbaṭṭhānesu, ‘‘puratthimāya disāya gajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo. Tassāparena mahāsālo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Puratthimadakkhiṇāya disāya sallavatī nāma nadī, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Dakkhiṇāya disāya setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Pacchimāya disāya thūṇaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo , tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Uttarāya disāya usiraddhajo nāma pabbato, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe’’ti (mahāva. 259) evaṃ paricchinne āyāmato tiyojanasate vitthārato aḍḍhateyyayojanasate parikkhepato navayojanasate majjhimapadese uppajjati. Na kevalañca tathāgatova, paccekabuddhā aggasāvakā asīti mahātherā buddhamātā buddhapitā cakkavattī rājā aññe ca sārappattā brāhmaṇagahapatikā ettheva uppajjanti. Tattha tathāgato sujātāya dinnamadhupāyasabhojanato paṭṭhāya yāva arahattamaggo, tāva uppajjati nāma. Arahattaphale uppanno nāma. Mahābhinikkhamanato vā yāva arahattamaggo. Tusitabhavanato vā yāva arahattamaggo. Dīpaṅkarapādamūlato vā yāva arahattamaggo, tāva uppajjati nāma. Arahattaphale uppanno nāma. Idha sabbapaṭhamaṃ uppannabhāvaṃ sandhāya uppajjatīti vuttaṃ , tathāgato loke uppanno hotīti ayañhettha attho.
“彼世尊于此世间”:彼世尊指示今将叙说的此世间。“含诸天的”:与诸天俱,故称“含诸天的”。同样,与魔俱为“含魔的”;与梵天俱为“含梵天的”;与沙门、婆罗门俱为“含沙门婆罗门的”。“生类”:因被出生故为“生类”,即他们有情;连他们有情为“含生类的”。与天及人俱为“含天人的”。其中,“含诸天的”一词应知指五欲行处诸天。“含魔的”一词指第六欲行处天。“含梵天的”一词指梵身天等梵天界。“含沙门婆罗门的”一词指作为教法反对者与怨敌的沙门、婆罗门,以及已止息诸恶、已远离诸恶的沙门、婆罗门。“生类”一词指有情世间。“含天人的”一词指假名所施设的天以及其余之人。如此,于此,应知由前三句将行处世间连同有情世间一同含摄,由后二句则唯以生类的方式含摄有情世间。显示巴利原文
So imaṃ lokanti so bhagavā imaṃ lokaṃ, idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti. Sadevakanti saha devehi sadevakaṃ. Evaṃ saha mārena samārakaṃ. Saha brahmunā sabrahmakaṃ. Saha samaṇabrāhmaṇehi sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ. Pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ. Saha devamanussehi sadevamanussaṃ. Tattha sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Samārakavacanena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ. Sabrahmakavacanena brahmakāyikādibrahmaggahaṇaṃ. Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇivacanena sāsanassa paccatthipaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇaṃ samitapāpabāhitapāpasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇañca. Pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇaṃ. Sadevamanussavacanena sammutidevaavasesamanussaggahaṇaṃ. Evamettha tīhi padehi okāsalokena saddhiṃ sattaloko, dvīhi pajāvasena sattalokova gahitoti veditabbo.
另一种解释方式:“含诸天的”一词摄属无色界天界。“含魔的”一词摄属六欲天界。“含梵天的”一词摄属有色梵天界。“含沙门婆罗门的”等词,则依四众弟子,或依假名天与人世间,摄属其余一切有情世间。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – sadevakaggahaṇena arūpāvacaradevaloko gahito. Samārakaggahaṇena chakāmāvacaradevaloko. Sabrahmakaggahaṇena rūpī brahmaloko. Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇādiggahaṇena catuparisavasena sammutidevehi vā saha manussaloko avasesasabbasattaloko vā.
再者,此处以“含天神的”一语,依最殊胜的界限,说明世尊对一切世间的亲证。然而,有人生起这样的疑惑:“魔有大神力,是六欲天之主、他化自在天王,难道他也被世尊亲证了吗?”为消除他们的疑惑,故说“含魔的”。又有人生起这样的疑惑:“梵天有大神力,以一指能照亮一千个轮围世界,以二指……乃至以十指能照亮一万个轮围世界,并亲身体验无上禅那等至之乐,难道他也被亲证了吗?”为消除他们的疑惑,故说“含梵天的”。复有人思惟:“众多沙门、婆罗门是教法的怨敌,难道他们也被亲证了吗?”为消除他们的疑惑,故说“含沙门、婆罗门的生类”。如此,在彰显了对最上、最殊胜者的亲证之后,再依最殊胜的界限,以假名的“天”以及其余的人类,来显示对剩余有情世间的亲证,故而说“含天人的”。这便是此处次第展开的方式。然而,古师们说:“含天神的”是指与天人们一起的其余世间;“含魔的”是指与魔一起的其余世间;“含梵天的”是指与梵天们一起的其余世间。他们这样将三有一切有情以三种方式归入前三句,然后再用两句总括而说“含沙门、婆罗门的生类,含天显示巴利原文
Apicettha sadevakavacanena ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato sabbassa lokassa sacchikatabhāvamāha. Tato yesaṃ ahosi – ‘‘māro mahānubhāvo chakāmāvacarissaro vasavattī. Kiṃ sopi etena sacchikato’’ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto samārakanti āha. Yesaṃ pana ahosi – ‘‘brahmā mahānubhāvo , ekaṅguliyā ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷasahasse ālokaṃ pharati, dvīhi…pe… dasahi aṅgulīhi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu ālokaṃ pharati, anuttarañca jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Kiṃ sopi sacchikato’’ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sabrahmakanti āha. Tato ye cintesuṃ – ‘‘puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇā sāsanassa paccatthikā, kiṃ tepi sacchikatā’’ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajanti āha. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhānaṃ sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā atha sammutideve avasesamanusse ca upādāya ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sesasattalokassa sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsento sadevamanussanti āha. Ayamettha bhāvānukkamo. Porāṇā panāhu – sadevakanti devatāhi saddhiṃ avasesalokaṃ. Samārakanti mārena saddhiṃ avasesalokaṃ. Sabrahmakanti brahmehi saddhiṃ avasesalokaṃ. Evaṃ sabbepi tibhavūpage satte tīhākārehi tīsu padesu pakkhipetvā puna dvīhi padehi pariyādiyanto ‘‘sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussa’’nti āha. Evaṃ pañcahi padehi tena tenākārena tedhātukameva pariyādinnanti.
“自己以胜智证得之后而宣说”(sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti)当中,“自”(sayaṃ),意为自己成为不依他人者。“胜智”(abhiññā)即“以胜智”,意为以超越的智慧了知。“证得”(sacchikatvā)即“使之成为亲证”。由此便排除了比量等其他认知方式。“宣说”(pavedeti)即令觉醒、令了知、令显明。世尊宣说初善……乃至……后善之法,意思是:世尊缘于对众生的悲悯,舍弃了无上远离之乐,而宣说法要。而且,无论他所宣说的法是多是少,总是以初善等功德的方式来宣说:即使在开头部分,他也先将其作成善的、极妙的、无过失之后才宣说;在中间部分……乃至在结尾部分,也是先将其作成善的、极妙的、无过失之后才宣说。这便是此处所说的意思。显示巴利原文
Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedetīti sayanti sāmaṃ aparaneyyo hutvā. Abhiññāti abhiññāya, adhikena ñāṇena ñatvāti attho. Sacchikatvāti paccakkhaṃ katvā. Etena anumānādipaṭikkhepo kato hoti. Pavedetīti bodheti viññāpeti pakāseti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ…pe… pariyosānakalyāṇanti so bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca hitvāpi anuttaraṃ vivekasukhaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. Tañca kho appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakārameva deseti. Ādimhipi kalyāṇaṃ bhaddakaṃ anavajjameva katvā deseti. Majjhepi… pariyosānepi kalyāṇaṃ bhaddakaṃ anavajjameva katvā desetīti vuttaṃ hoti.
这其中,有说法上的初、中、后,也有教法上的初、中、后。就说法而言,即便是一首四句偈颂,第一句称为“初”,接下来的两句称为“中”,最后一句称为“后”。对于只有单一缘起的经典,序分是“初”,“这是世尊所说”是“后”,两者之间便是“中”。对于有多种缘起的经典,第一个缘起是“初”,最后一个缘起是“后”,中间的无论是一个、两个还是多个,都属“中”。就教法而言,戒、定、观这三者称为“初”。这在经典中也曾说过:“什么是善法的开端呢?就是极为清净的戒,以及正直的见。”(《相应部》5.369)而“诸比丘,有如来所正觉的中道”这样所说的圣道,称为“中”;圣果与涅槃,称为“后”。在“婆罗门,这就是梵行的目的,这是核心,这是终结”(《中部》1.324)这段话中,圣果被称为“后”。在“贤友毗舍佉,梵行是以涅槃为归宿、以涅槃为方向、以涅槃为终结而修习的”(《中部》1.466)这段话中,涅槃被称为“后”。此处我们取的是说法上的初、中、后。因为世尊在说法时,最初展示的是戒,中间显示巴利原文
Tattha atthi desanāya ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ, atthi sāsanassa. Desanāya tāva catuppadikāyapi gāthāya paṭhamapādo ādi nāma, tato dve majjhaṃ nāma, ante eko pariyosānaṃ nāma. Ekānusandhikassa suttassa nidānamādi, idamavocāti pariyosānaṃ, ubhinnaṃ antarā majjhaṃ. Anekānusandhikassa suttassa paṭhamānusandhi ādi, ante anusandhi pariyosānaṃ, majjhe eko vā dve vā bahū vā majjhameva. Sāsanassa pana sīlasamādhivipassanā ādi nāma. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘ko cādi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, sīlañca suvisuddhaṃ, diṭṭhi ca ujukā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.369). ‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā’’ti evaṃ vutto pana ariyamaggo majjhaṃ nāma, phalañceva nibbānañca pariyosānaṃ nāma. ‘‘Etadatthamidaṃ, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyametaṃ sāraṃ, etaṃ pariyosāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.324) hi ettha phalaṃ pariyosānanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nibbānogadhañhi , āvuso visākha, brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyaṇaṃ nibbānapariyosāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.466) ettha nibbānaṃ pariyosānanti vuttaṃ. Idha desanāya ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ adhippetaṃ. Bhagavā hi dhammaṃ desento ādimhi sīlaṃ dassetvā majjhe maggaṃ pariyosāne nibbānaṃ dasseti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇa’’nti. Tasmā aññopi dhammakathiko dhammaṃ kathento –
最初应展示戒,中间应阐明道,
最后应展示涅槃,这就是说法者的安立。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ādimhi sīlaṃ dasseyya, majjhe maggaṃ vibhāvaye; Pariyosānamhi nibbānaṃ, esā kathikasaṇṭhitī’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190);
“有义、音声具足”:若有人说法依附于粥、饭、女人、男人等世间事物的描述,那便不是有义的说法。世尊则舍离那样的说法,开示依托于四念处等内容的法,因此被称为“有义之说”。若有人说法只用单一种类的发音,或全用无齿音,或全用送气音、全用不送气音,便如同达罗毗荼语、基罗萨语等边地未开化人的语言,由于音声不完整,这类说法即称为“无音声”。然而世尊——显示巴利原文
Sātthaṃ sabyañjananti yassa hi yāgubhattaitthipurisādivaṇṇanā nissitā desanā hoti, na so sātthaṃ deseti. Bhagavā pana tathārūpaṃ desanaṃ pahāya catusatipaṭṭhānādinissitaṃ desanaṃ deseti. Tasmā ‘‘sātthaṃ desetī’’ti vuccati. Yassa pana desanā ekabyañjanādiyuttā vā sabbaniroṭṭhabyañjanā vā sabbavissaṭṭhasabbaniggahītabyañjanā vā, tassa damiḷakirāsavarādimilakkhūnaṃ bhāsā viya byañjanapāripūriyā abhāvato abyañjanā nāma desanā hoti. Bhagavā pana –
软音、硬音、长音、短音、重音、轻音、鼻化音;
结合、决定、解脱,这十种依音节智而区分。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sithilaṃ dhanitañca dīgharassaṃ, garukaṃ lahukañca niggahītaṃ; Sambandhaṃ vavatthitaṃ vimuttaṃ, dasadhā byañjanabuddhiyā pabhedo’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190) –
如此,不遗漏这十种音节,令音节完全圆满而说法。因此,称为“开示具足音节的法”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttaṃ dasavidhaṃ byañjanaṃ amakkhetvā paripuṇṇabyañjanameva katvā dhammaṃ deseti. Tasmā ‘‘sabyañjanaṃ dhammaṃ desetī’’ti vuccati.
“完全圆满的”:此处“唯”(kevala)是全部的同义词,“圆满”(paripuṇṇa)是指无缺、无增。这是说:说法全然圆满,无有分毫不圆满之处。“清净的”:即无随烦恼。若有人为获得利养或恭敬而说法,其说法便不清净;然而世尊于世间利养毫无期盼,以饶益一切的慈心修习,心怀柔软,以拯济众生为本怀而说法,因此称为“开示清净的法”。“阐明梵行”:此处的“梵行”指包含三学的整个教法。因此,“阐明梵行”的意思是:世尊开示初善……乃至……清净的法,在如此开示的同时,也就阐明了含摄三学的整个教法之梵行——应如此理解此处的意义。梵行:以最胜义而言,是梵的修行;或指梵行者——佛陀等——的修行。显示巴利原文
Kevalaparipuṇṇanti ettha kevalanti sakalādhivacanaṃ. Paripuṇṇanti anūnādhikavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘sakalaparipuṇṇameva deseti, ekadesanāpi aparipuṇṇā natthī’’ti. Parisuddhanti nirupakkilesaṃ. Yo hi idaṃ dhammadesanaṃ nissāya lābhaṃ vā sakkāraṃ vā labhissāmīti deseti, tassa aparisuddhā desanā hoti. Bhagavā pana lokāmisanirapekkho hitapharaṇena mettābhāvanāya muduhadayo ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhitena cittena deseti. Tasmā ‘‘parisuddhaṃ dhammaṃ desetī’’ti vuccati. Brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetīti ettha brahmacariyanti sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sakalasāsanaṃ. Tasmā brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetīti so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ…pe… parisuddhaṃ, evaṃ desento ca sikkhattayasaṅgahitaṃ sakalasāsanaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Brahmacariyanti seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtaṃ cariyaṃ. Brahmabhūtānaṃ vā buddhādīnaṃ cariyanti vuttaṃ hoti.
“那个法”:指具足上述特质的法。“居士听闻”:为何先举出居士呢?因为他们慢心已摧伏,且人数众多。通常,从刹帝利族出家者,会依族姓而起慢心;从婆罗门族出家者,会依咒术而起慢心;从卑贱家族出家者,则不堪安忍于自己的出身。然而居士之子们在田间劳作时,腋下流汗,背上结盐,慢心与傲气已被摧伏。他们出家后,不生起慢心与傲气,精勤修学佛语,修习观业,堪能安立于阿拉汉果。而且从其他家族出离而出家者不多,居士却为数众多。因此,由于他们摧伏了慢心且人数众多,故先举出居士。显示巴利原文
Taṃ dhammanti taṃ vuttappakārasampadaṃ dhammaṃ. Suṇāti gahapati vāti kasmā paṭhamaṃ gahapatiṃ niddisatīti? Nihatamānattā ussannattā ca. Yebhuyyena hi khattiyakulato pabbajitā jātiṃ nissāya mānaṃ karonti. Brāhmaṇakulā pabbajitā mante nissāya mānaṃ karonti. Hīnajaccakulā pabbajitā attano vijātitāya patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkonti. Gahapatidārakā pana kacchehi sedaṃ muñcantehi piṭṭhiyā loṇaṃ pupphamānāya bhūmiṃ kasitvā nihatamānadappā honti. Te pabbajitvā mānaṃ vā dappaṃ vā akatvā yathābalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karontā sakkonti arahatte patiṭṭhātuṃ. Itarehi ca kulehi nikkhamitvā pabbajitā nāma na bahukā, gahapatikāva bahukā, iti nihatamānattā ussannattā ca paṭhamaṃ gahapatiṃ niddisatīti.
“或在某(家族)”:指在其他家族中的某一种姓。“再生”:即诞生。“于如来生起信心”:听闻清净法后,对法主如来生起信心:‘世尊真是正自觉者’。“这样如理思惟”:即如此观察。“居家是拥挤的”:即便住在六十肘宽的屋舍中,或夫妻相隔一百由旬而居,对他们而言,因有执著与障碍,居家仍然是拥挤的。“尘垢之路”:是贪欲等尘垢生起之处,又如大注释书所说,也可指‘来去之路’。“就像露天一样,即无执著的意味”:也就是露天。因为出家人虽住在楼阁、宝殿、天宫等门窗紧闭、有遮蔽之处,也绝不执取、不系缚、不黏著。因此说:‘出家是露天’。此外,居家拥挤,是因为对善行没有空间;尘垢之路,如同不加遮盖的垃圾场,是尘垢、烦恼尘垢的聚集处;出家则是露天,因为对善行有宽敞的空间。显示巴利原文
Aññatarasmiṃ vāti itaresaṃ vā kulānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ. Paccājātoti patijāto. Tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhatīti parisuddhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dhammassāmimhi tathāgate ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata bhagavā’’ti saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. Iti paṭisañcikkhatīti evaṃ paccavekkhati. Sambādho gharāvāsoti sacepi saṭṭhihatthe ghare yojanasatantarepi vā dve jāyampatikā vasanti, tathāpi nesaṃ sakiñcanasapalibodhaṭṭhena gharāvāso sambādhoyeva. Rajopathoti rāgarajādīnaṃ uṭṭhānaṭṭhānanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Āgamanapathotipi vaṭṭati. Alagganaṭṭhena abbhokāso viyāti abbhokāso. Pabbajito hi kūṭāgāraratanapāsādadevavimānādīsu pihitadvāravātapānesu paṭicchannesu vasantopi neva laggati na sajjati na bajjhati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘abbhokāso pabbajjā’’ti. Apica sambādho gharāvāso kusalakiriyāya okāsābhāvato. Rajopatho asaṃvutasaṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ viya rajānaṃ kilesarajānaṃ sannipātaṭṭhānato. Abbhokāso pabbajjā kusalakiriyāya yathāsukhaṃ okāsasabbhāvato.
对于“这并非易事……乃至……出家”这段经文,此处略释如下:即此三学之梵行,纵使一日也不令其破损,必须达至最后心,故为绝对圆满;纵使一日也不被烦恼尘垢所染污,必须达至最后心,故为绝对清净。它应如链刻、如刻贝、如洗净的贝壳那般修习。对于住在家里、居于家中者而言,要修习如此绝对圆满……乃至……去实行,诚非易事。于是他心想:“我何不剃除须发,披上因浸染褐黄色而合于修梵行的袈裟,从家中出离,出家而趣向无家呢?”在这里,凡对居家有利的耕田、经商等事,名为“在家业”;而出家时这些皆无,故应知出家的状态即是“无家”。“出家”即是出离的行为。“小”:财富聚集少于一千者称为小,从一千以上者为大。以系缚义,亲属本身就是“亲族圈”。此亲族圈,人数少于二十为小,从二十以上为大。显示巴利原文
Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ…pe… pabbajeyyanti ettha ayaṃ saṅkhepakathā – yadetaṃ sikkhattayabrahmacariyaṃ ekampi divasaṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ. Ekadivasampi ca kilesamalena amalinaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ, saṅkhalikhitaṃ likhitasaṅkhasadisaṃ dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāgaṃ caritabbaṃ, idaṃ na sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā agāramajjhe vasantena ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ…pe… carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kese ca massuñca ohāretvā kāsāyarasapītatāya kāsāyāni brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ anucchavikāni vatthāni acchādetvā paridahitvā agārasmā nikkhamitvā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyanti. Ettha ca yasmā agārassa hitaṃ kasivāṇijjādikammaṃ agāriyanti vuccati, tañca pabbajjāya natthi. Tasmā pabbajjā anagāriyāti ñātabbā, taṃ anagāriyaṃ. Pabbajeyyanti paṭipajjeyyaṃ. Appaṃ vāti sahassato heṭṭhā bhogakkhandho appo nāma hoti, sahassato paṭṭhāya mahā. Ābandhanaṭṭhena ñāti eva parivaṭṭo ñātiparivaṭṭo. So vīsatiyā heṭṭhā appo hoti, vīsatiyā paṭṭhāya mahā.
292 “进入比丘之学处与同住”:比丘们的学处即增上戒学,而他们共同生活、同一生计、行处相同之处,便是世尊所制学处之“同住”;以学习的方式进入其中,故称为“进入比丘之学处与同住”。“进入”:即圆满修习学处,且不违犯同住,具足这两方面的意义。对于“舍离杀生”等词中的杀生等意义,前文已详。“舍离”:即舍离名为杀生思的恶戒。“已离”:自舍离之时起,便远离那种恶戒而住。“放下杖,放下刀”:由于并非为了伤害他人而执持杖或刀,故为放下杖、放下刀。在此,除手杖之外,其余一切可能伤害有情的器具,皆应视为“刀”。然而,比丘持剪刀、牙签刀或贝叶刀行走,并非意在伤害他人,故仍可说为“放下杖,放下刀”。“有愧”:具足以厌恶罪过为特征的愧。“有慈悲心”:具足慈悲,亦即怀有慈心。“怜悯一切有情”:以利益之心怜悯一切有情。“住”:即行持、守护。显示巴利原文
292.Bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpannoti yā bhikkhūnaṃ adhisīlasaṅkhātā sikkhā, tañca, yattha cete saha jīvanti ekajīvikā sabhāgavuttino honti, taṃ bhagavatā paññattasikkhāpadasaṅkhātaṃ sājīvañca tattha sikkhanabhāvena samāpannoti bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno. Samāpannoti sikkhaṃ paripūrento, sājīvañca avītikkamanto hutvā tadubhayaṃ upagatoti attho. Pāṇātipātaṃ pahāyātiādīsu pāṇātipātādikathā heṭṭhā vitthāritā eva. Pahāyāti imaṃ pāṇātipātacetanāsaṅkhātaṃ dussīlyaṃ pajahitvā. Paṭivirato hotīti pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya tato dussīlyato orato viratova hoti. Nihitadaṇḍo nihitasatthoti parūpaghātatthāya daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā ādāya avattanato nikkhittadaṇḍo ceva nikkhittasattho cāti attho. Ettha ca ṭhapetvā daṇḍaṃ sabbampi avasesaṃ upakaraṇaṃ sattānaṃ vihiṃsanabhāvato satthanti veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana bhikkhū kattaradaṇḍaṃ vā dantakaṭṭhavāsiṃ vā pipphalakaṃ vā gahetvā vicaranti, na taṃ parūpaghātatthāya. Tasmā nihitadaṇḍo nihitasatthotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Lajjīti pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇāya lajjāya samannāgato. Dayāpannoti dayaṃ mettacittataṃ āpanno. Sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampīti sabbe pāṇabhūte hitena anukampako. Tāya dayāpannatāya sabbesaṃ pāṇabhūtānaṃ hitacittakoti attho. Viharatīti iriyati pāleti.
“取所施”:只取所受施之物,故称取所施者。“只期待所施”:内心也仅期待所受施之物。“偷”:即偷盗者。“非盗”:由于不以偷盗为事,故为非盗。因非盗,故为“以清净为自性者”。“以自身”:即以此非盗、以清净为自性的有身而安住。显示巴利原文
Dinnameva ādiyatīti dinnādāyī. Cittenapi dinnameva paṭikaṅkhatīti dinnapāṭikaṅkhī. Thenetīti theno. Na thenena athenena. Athenattāyeva sucibhūtena. Attanāti attabhāvena, athenaṃ sucibhūtaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā viharatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
“非梵行”:即非殊胜、不高尚的行为。行持殊胜、最上行的人,称为“梵行者”。“远离而行”:即远离非梵行而行事。“淫欲”:因贪欲随眠,对于同类有情,由于应行淫而被称为“淫欲法”,这属于不善行。“村法”:即村落居民的习俗。显示巴利原文
Abrahmacariyanti aseṭṭhacariyaṃ. Brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ ācāraṃ caratīti brahmacārī. Ārācārīti abrahmacariyato dūracārī. Methunāti rāgapariyuṭṭhānavasena sadisattā methunakāti laddhavohārehi paṭisevitabbato methunāti saṅkhaṃ gatā asaddhammā. Gāmadhammāti gāmavāsīnaṃ dhammā.
“说真实”:即说真实语的人。以真实连接真实、使真实相续,故为“真实连接者”,意思是不在中间插说妄语。因为若有人时而说妄语,时而说真实,其真实便被妄语所间断,真实便无法与真实相接。因此,他不被称为真实连接者。而此人并非如此,即使为了活命也不说妄语,唯以真实连接真实,故为真实连接者。“坚定”:即坚固,指言语坚定。因为有一类人,言语不坚定,如同姜黄染的色容易褪去,如同插在灰堆中的木桩摇晃不定,如同放在马背上的葫芦不稳。另一类人,言语坚定,如同石刻的文字,如同因陀罗柱;即使被剑砍头,也不说两种话。此人即被称为“坚定”。“可信赖”:即应被信赖,值得相信。因为有一类人不可信赖,当被问“这话是谁说的?是某某说的”时,就会被人说“不要信他的话”。另一类人则可信赖,当被问时,就会被人说“若这话是他说的,这便是标准,如今不必再作考察,事情就是如此”。此人即被称为“可信赖”。“不欺诳世间者”:即以此真实语性,不欺诳世间。显示巴利原文
Saccaṃ vadatīti saccavādī. Saccena saccaṃ sandahati ghaṭetīti saccasandho, na antarantarā musā vadatīti attho. Yo hi puriso kadāci musā vadati, kadāci saccaṃ, tassa musāvādena antaritattā saccaṃ saccena na ghaṭīyati . Tasmā na so saccasandho, ayaṃ pana na tādiso, jīvitahetupi musāvādaṃ avatvā saccena saccaṃ sandahatiyevāti saccasandho. Thetoti thiro, thirakathoti attho. Eko hi puggalo haliddirāgo viya, thusarāsimhi nikhātakhāṇu viya, assapiṭṭhe ṭhapitakumbhaṇḍamiva ca na thirakatho hoti. Eko pāsāṇalekhā viya indakhilo viya ca thirakatho hoti; asinā sīse chijjantepi dve kathā na katheti; ayaṃ vuccati theto . Paccayikoti pattiyāyitabbako, saddhāyikoti attho. Ekacco hi puggalo na paccayiko hoti, ‘‘idaṃ kena vuttaṃ, asukenā’’ti vutte ‘‘mā tassa vacanaṃ saddahathā’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati. Eko paccayiko hoti, ‘‘idaṃ kena vuttaṃ, asukenā’’ti vutte, ‘‘yadi tena vuttaṃ, idameva pamāṇaṃ, idāni upaparikkhitabbaṃ natthi, evameva ida’’nti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, ayaṃ vuccati paccayiko. Avisaṃvādako lokassāti tāya saccavāditāya lokaṃ na visaṃvādetīti attho.
“为这些的分裂”:即为了造成那些所谓“从他这里听来”的人们的分裂。“或为已分裂者作和合者”:若两位朋友,或同一位亲教师等,因某件事而分裂,他便一一前往,说“你们生于这样的家族,如此多闻,这样做实不恰当”等语,以令他们和合。“作随附者”:即和合的随附者,意思是见两人和合后,便说“你们生于这样的家族,具足这样的功德,这实在合适”等语,以作巩固。“和合为乐”:即和合是他的喜乐。若没有和合,他连在那里住都不愿意。也有“Samaggarāmo”的异读,含义相同。“欣悦和合”:即于和合中欣悦,意思是即使舍弃和合去往别处,他也不愿意。“见和合而喜”:即见到或听到和合便喜悦。“说作和合语”:即那种能令众生和合的语言,他只说这种阐明和合功德的语言,不说其他。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ bhedāyāti yesaṃ ito sutvāti vuttānaṃ santike sutaṃ, tesaṃ bhedāya. Bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātāti dvinnampi mittānaṃ vā samānupajjhāyakādīnaṃ vā kenacideva kāraṇena bhinnānaṃ ekamekaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ īdise kule jātānaṃ evaṃ bahussutānaṃ idaṃ na yutta’’ntiādīni vatvā sandhānaṃ kattā. Anuppadātāti sandhānānuppadātā, dve jane samagge disvā, ‘‘tumhākaṃ evarūpe kule jātānaṃ evarūpehi guṇehi samannāgatānaṃ anucchavikameta’’ntiādīni vatvā daḷhīkammaṃ kattāti attho. Samaggo ārāmo assāti samaggārāmo. Yattha samaggā natthi, tattha vasitumpi na icchatīti attho. ‘‘Samaggarāmo’’tipi pāḷi, ayamevettha attho. Samaggaratoti samaggesu rato, te pahāya aññatra gantumpi na icchatīti attho. Samagge disvāpi sutvāpi nandatīti samagganandī. Samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitāti yā vācā satte samaggeyeva karoti, taṃ sāmaggiguṇaparidīpakameva vācaṃ bhāsati, na itaranti.
「无过失」:过失名为ela,无此过失故称无过失,意为无缺点,如同“Nelaṅgo setapacchādo”中所说的nela那样。「悦耳」:由于文辞甜美而令耳舒适,不产生如针刺般的耳痛。「令人生爱」:由于义理甜美,不令全身恼怒,而令生起爱乐。「入心」:能进入心,无所障碍,安乐入心。「城市语」:因功德圆满而属于往昔,故称porī;又如往昔成长的女子般柔和,故称porī;又,此为城市所用,故称porī,意为城市居民的语言。城市居民说话得体,称父亲为父亲,称母亲为母亲,称兄弟为兄弟。如此的语言为许多人所喜爱,故为「众人所爱」。正因可爱,故为许多人所满意、令心增长,故为「众人可意」。显示巴利原文
Nelāti elaṃ vuccati doso, nāssā elanti nelā, niddosāti attho. ‘‘Nelaṅgo setapacchādo’’ti ettha vuttanelaṃ viya. Kaṇṇasukhāti byañjanamadhuratāya kaṇṇānaṃ sukhā, sūcivijjhanaṃ viya kaṇṇasūlaṃ na janeti. Atthamadhuratāya sakalasarīre kopaṃ ajanetvā pemaṃ janetīti pemanīyā. Hadayaṃ gacchati, apaṭihaññamānā sukhena cittaṃ pavisatīti hadayaṅgamā. Guṇaparipuṇṇatāya pure bhavāti porī, pure saṃvaddhanārī viya sukumārātipi porī, purassa esātipi porī, nagaravāsīnaṃ kathāti attho . Nagaravāsino hi yuttakathā honti, pitimattaṃ pitāti, mātimattaṃ mātāti, bhātimattaṃ bhātāti vadanti. Evarūpī kathā bahuno janassa kantā hotīti bahujanakantā. Kantabhāveneva bahuno janassa manāpā cittavuddhikarāti bahujanamanāpā.
「适时说」:观察应说之适当时机而说,这是它的含义。「说真实」:说真实、如实、本质之语。「说义」:依现世利益与来世利益而说。「说法」:依九种出世间法而说。「说律」:依防护律仪与断除律仪而说。「有安放处」:安放处即放置之处,它有安放处,故称有安放处,意指说应铭记于心的合适之语。「适时」:即使说这样的语言,也不是心想“我要说有安放处之语”而不择时机,而是观察适当时机后才说,这是它的含义。「有譬喻」:即有比喻,有根据。「有界限」:即显示界限,令界限得以明了,如此而说,这是它的含义。「义相应」:即使以多种方式分析亦无法穷尽,而义理具足;或者,他作为说义者而说义,因与彼义相应,故说义相应之语,而非抛开此义而说彼义,此为所说。显示巴利原文
Kālena vadatīti kālavādī, vattabbayuttakālaṃ sallakkhetvā vadatīti attho. Bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ sabhāvameva vadatīti bhūtavādī. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthasannissitameva katvā vadatīti atthavādī. Navalokuttaradhammasannissitaṃ katvā vadatīti dhammavādī. Saṃvaravinayapahānavinayasannissitaṃ katvā vadatīti vinayavādī. Nidhānaṃ vuccati ṭhapanokāso, nidhānamassā atthīti nidhānavatī, hadaye nidhātabba yuttavācaṃ bhāsitāti attho. Kālenāti evarūpiṃ bhāsamānopi ca ‘‘ahaṃ nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsissāmī’’ti na akālena bhāsati, yuttakālaṃ pana avekkhitvā bhāsatīti attho. Sāpadesanti saupamaṃ, sakāraṇanti attho. Pariyantavatinti paricchedaṃ dassetvā yathāssā paricchedo paññāyati, evaṃ bhāsatīti attho. Atthasaṃhitanti anekehipi nayehi vibhajantena pariyādātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya atthasampannaṃ, yaṃ vā so atthavādī atthaṃ vadati, tena atthena saṃhitattā atthasaṃhitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, na aññaṃ nikkhipitvā aññaṃ bhāsatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
293 「远离伤害种子和植物」:即远离对五种种子——根种子、茎种子、节种子、枝种子、种实种子——这些种子类,以及对任何青草、树木等植物的伤害,也就是不以砍断、劈开、烧煮等方式进行破坏。「日中一食者」:有两餐:早餐和晚餐。其中早餐限于正午之前,另一餐在正午之后到翌日天亮之间。因此,即使在正午之前吃了十次,也仍然算作日中一食者,依此义而说“日中一食者”。「夜分止息」:在夜里吃东西称为夜食,由于停止了这种进食,故为夜分止息。「离非时食」:过了正午直到太阳下山这段时间吃的食物,称为非时食。因远离了它,故为离非时食。「观看歌舞」:与教法不合,即观看那些如同骚乱、如同障碍的表演。自己跳舞、唱歌、演奏,乃至以孔雀舞等方式进行的表演,以及观看这些歌舞伎乐——比丘和比丘尼既不能自己做,也不能叫别人做,连看都是不许可的。至于「花鬘等」:花指任何花朵,香指任何香料,涂香指用来涂抹身体的化妆品。其中,佩戴称为“戴”,填补身体的不足称为“饰”,以香和涂身的颜色来受用称为“严”。“因”即理由。因此,远离凡夫对花鬘等的佩戴、装饰与庄严之耽著。显示巴利原文
293.Bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhāti mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījanti pañcavidhassa bījagāmassa ceva yassa kassaci nīlatiṇarukkhādikassa bhūtagāmassa ca samārambhā, chedanabhedanapacanādibhāvena vikopanā paṭiviratoti attho. Ekabhattikoti pātarāsabhattaṃ sāyamāsabhattanti dve bhattāni. Tesu pātarāsabhattaṃ antomajjhanhikena paricchinnaṃ, itaraṃ majjhanhikato uddhaṃ antoaruṇena. Tasmā antomajjhanhike dasakkhattuṃ bhuñjamānopi ekabhattikova hoti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘ekabhattiko’’ti. Rattiyā bhojanaṃ ratti, tato uparatoti rattūparato. Atikkante majjhanhike yāva sūriyatthaṃgamanā bhojanaṃ vikālabhojanaṃ nāma. Tato viratattā virato vikālabhojanā. Sāsanassa ananulomattā visūkaṃ paṭāṇībhūtaṃ dassananti visūkadassanaṃ. Attanā naccananaccāpanādivasena naccā ca gītā ca vāditā ca, antamaso mayūranaccanādivasenāpi pavattānaṃ naccādīnaṃ visūkabhūtā dassanā cāti naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā. Naccādīni hi attanā payojetuṃ vā parehi payojāpetuṃ vā payuttāni passituṃ vā neva bhikkhūnaṃ na bhikkhunīnaṃ vaṭṭanti. Mālādīsu mālāti yaṃkiñci pupphaṃ. Gandhanti yaṃkiñci gandhajātaṃ. Vilepananti chavirāgakaraṇaṃ. Tattha piḷandhanto dhāreti nāma. Ūnaṭṭhānaṃ pūrento maṇḍeti nāma. Gandhavasena chavirāgavasena ca sādiyanto vibhūseti nāma. Ṭhānaṃ vuccati kāraṇaṃ. Tasmā yāya dussīlyacetanāya tāni mālādhāraṇādīni mahājano karoti, tato paṭiviratoti attho.
“高床”即尺寸超量的床;“大床”即不如法的铺设。他远离这些。“金”即黄金;“银”指铜钱、铁钱、树胶钱、木钱等世间流通的货币。对这两者,他完全远离受取:不自取,不令取,亦不接受寄存。“收受未煮谷物”指收受七种未煮谷物——米、稻、大麦、小麦、粟、稗、豆。不仅是收受,就连用手触碰这些,对比丘亦不许可。“收受生肉”:这里除特许之外,比丘收受生肉、生鱼为不许可,但仅以手触碰并不禁止。显示巴利原文
Uccāsayanaṃ vuccati pamāṇātikkantaṃ. Mahāsayanaṃ akappiyattharaṇaṃ. Tato paṭiviratoti attho. Jātarūpanti suvaṇṇaṃ. Rajatanti kahāpaṇo lohamāsako jatumāsako dārumāsakoti ye vohāraṃ gacchanti, tassa ubhayassapi paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato, neva naṃ uggaṇhāti, na uggaṇhāpeti, na upanikkhittaṃ sādiyatīti attho. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇāti sālivīhiyavagodhūmakaṅguvarakakudrūsakasaṅkhātassa sattavidhassāpi āmakadhaññassa paṭiggahaṇā. Na kevalañca etesaṃ paṭiggahaṇameva, āmasanampi bhikkhūnaṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇāti ettha aññatra odissa anuññātā āmakamaṃsamacchānaṃ paṭiggahaṇameva bhikkhūnaṃ na vaṭṭati, no āmasanaṃ.
“接受女人与女孩”:“女人”指已与男子交合的女性;其余的称为“女孩”。对她们,无论是接受还是触摸,皆不许可。“接受婢女与奴仆”:若纯粹以婢女、奴仆身份来接受他们,则不许可;但若说“我赠与净人一名”“我赠与寺男一名”,这样便许可。对于羊群等乃至田地、地基等事宜,应依律审察其许可与否。这里,“田地”指生长谷物的土地;“地基”指生长瓜果、蔬菜等的土地。若一块地两者都能生长,便称“田地”;为耕种特意开垦出来的地块,则称“地基”。此处以田地、地基为首,还涵盖水塘、湖池等。“使节事”指充当信使,即携带在家人书信或口信,各处奔波传递。“受遣送行”指被差遣在一家接一家之间奔走的小差事。“随行”即从事这两类行为,因此这里应理解为:从事使节事与受遣送行的行为。显示巴利原文
Itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇāti ettha itthīti purisantaragatā, itarā kumārikā nāma. Tāsaṃ paṭiggahaṇampi āmasanampi akappiyameva. Dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇāti ettha dāsidāsavaseneva tesaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ na vaṭṭati, ‘‘kappiyakārakaṃ dammi, ārāmikaṃ dammī’’ti evaṃ vutte pana vaṭṭati. Ajeḷakādīsu khettavatthupariyosānesu kappiyākappiyanayo vinayavasena upaparikkhitabbo. Tattha khettaṃ nāma yasmiṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ ruhati. Vatthu nāma yasmiṃ aparaṇṇaṃ ruhati. Yattha vā ubhayampi ruhati, taṃ khettaṃ. Tadatthāya akatabhūmibhāgo vatthu. Khettavatthusīsena cettha vāpitaḷākādīnipi saṅgahitāneva. Dūteyyaṃ vuccati dūtakammaṃ, gihīnaṃ paṇṇaṃ vā sāsanaṃ vā gahetvā tattha tattha gamanaṃ. Pahiṇagamanaṃ vuccati gharā gharaṃ pesitassa khuddakagamanaṃ. Anuyogo nāma tadubhayakaraṇaṃ, tasmā dūteyyapahiṇagamanānaṃ anuyogāti evamettha attho veditabbo.
“买卖”:即买和卖。在“秤欺等”中,“欺”指诈骗。其中“秤欺”有四种:形欺、支欺、持欺、覆欺。“形欺”指制作两杆外形相同的秤,收时用大秤,给时用小秤。“支欺”指收时用手压秤的后部,给时压前部。“持欺”指收时握住秤绳的根部,给时握住绳头。“覆欺”指将秤杆掏空,内装铁粉,收时令装铁粉的一端在后,给时令其在先。“铜器”指金钱钵。以金钱钵行骗,即是“铜器欺”。如何行骗呢?他们造一真正的金钱钵,再将两三个铜钵涂成金色,去到某地,走进一中等人家,说:“来买金器吧!”当对方问价时,表示愿意以较便宜的价格出售。对方问:“如何能知这些是金子?”他们便说:“你们验过再拿。”于是把那金钱钵在石上磨擦一下,然后将所有钵交给对方,便离去了。显示巴利原文
Kayavikkayāti kayā ca vikkayā ca. Tulākūṭādīsu kūṭanti vañcanaṃ. Tattha tulākūṭaṃ tāva rūpakūṭaṃ aṅgakūṭaṃ gahaṇakūṭaṃ paṭicchannakūṭanti catubbidhaṃ hoti. Tattha rūpakūṭaṃ nāma dve tulā sarūpā katvā gaṇhanto mahatiyā gaṇhāti, dadanto khuddikāya deti. Aṅgakūṭaṃ nāma gaṇhanto pacchābhāge hatthena tulaṃ akkamati, dadanto pubbabhāge. Gahaṇakūṭaṃ nāma gaṇhanto mūle rajjuṃ gaṇhāti, dadanto agge. Paṭicchannakūṭaṃ nāma tulaṃ susiraṃ katvā anto ayacuṇṇaṃ pakkhipitvā gaṇhanto taṃ pacchābhāge karoti, dadanto aggabhāge. Kaṃso vuccati suvaṇṇapāti, tāya vañcanaṃ kaṃsakūṭaṃ. Kathaṃ? Ekaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ katvā aññā dve tisso lohapātiyo suvaṇṇavaṇṇā karoti, tato janapadaṃ gantvā kiñcideva addhakulaṃ pavisitvā, ‘‘suvaṇṇabhājanāni kiṇathā’’ti vatvā agghe pucchite samagghataraṃ dātukāmā honti. Tato tehi ‘‘kathaṃ imesaṃ suvaṇṇabhāvo jānitabbo’’ti vutte – ‘‘vīmaṃsitvā gaṇhathā’’ti suvaṇṇapātiṃ pāsāṇe ghaṃsitvā sabbā pātiyo datvā gacchati.
所谓「量欺」,有破心、破尖、破绳三种。其中「破心」发生於量取生酥、油等时:收取时,用底下有孔的量器,口中说「慢慢倒」,却让大量液体流入下面的容器;给予时,堵住孔口,迅速装满递出。「破尖」发生於量取芝麻、稻谷等时:收取时,慢慢把量器上的尖堆得高高;给予时,迅速装满後将尖铲平。「破绳」发生於丈量田地时,丈量者因未得贿赂,便将本不甚大的田地量成大片。显示巴利原文
Mānakūṭaṃ nāma hadayabhedasikhābhedarajjubhedavasena tividhaṃ hoti. Tattha hadayabhedo sappitelādiminanakāle labbhati. Tāni hi gaṇhanto heṭṭhā chiddena mānena, ‘‘saṇikaṃ āsiñcā’’ti vatvā antobhājane bahuṃ paggharāpetvā gaṇhāti; dadanto chiddaṃ pidhāya sīghaṃ pūretvā deti. Sikhābhedo tilataṇḍulādiminanakāle labbhati. Tāni hi gaṇhanto saṇikaṃ sikhaṃ ussāpetvā gaṇhāti, dadanto vegena pūretvā sikhaṃ chindanto deti. Rajjubhedo khettavatthuminanakāle labbhati. Lañjaṃ alabhantā hi khettaṃ amahantampi mahantaṃ katvā minanti.
在「欺压」等中,「欺压」指收受贿赂,将物主变成非物主。「诈骗」指以种种手段欺骗他人。这里有一则事例:据说,有位猎人捕了一头鹿和一只鹿崽回来。一个骗子问他:「朋友,鹿什么价?鹿崽什么价?」猎人答:「鹿两个迦哈巴那,鹿崽一个。」骗子便给了一个迦哈巴那,取走鹿崽;走了一小段又折回来,说:「朋友,我不要这鹿崽了,把鹿给我吧。」猎人说:「那你得给两个迦哈巴那。」骗子说:「我刚才不是已给过你一个迦哈巴那么?」「是的,给过了。」「那请收回这鹿崽。这样一来,那一个迦哈巴那,加上值一个迦哈巴那的鹿崽,不正是两个迦哈巴那么?」猎人觉其有理,便收回鹿崽,把鹿给了他。显示巴利原文
Ukkoṭanādīsu ukkoṭananti sāmike assāmike kātuṃ lañjaggahaṇaṃ. Vañcananti tehi tehi upāyehi paresaṃ vañcanaṃ. Tatridamekaṃ vatthu – eko kira luddako migañca migapotakañca gahetvā āgacchati. Tameko dhutto, ‘‘kiṃ, bho, migo agghati, kiṃ migapotako’’ti āha. ‘‘Migo dve kahāpaṇe migapotako eka’’nti ca vutte kahāpaṇaṃ datvā migapotakaṃ gahetvā thokaṃ gantvā nivatto, ‘‘na me, bho, migapotakena attho, migaṃ me dehī’’ti āha. Tena hi ‘‘dve kahāpaṇe dehī’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nanu te, bho, mayā paṭhamaṃ eko kahāpaṇo dinno’’ti. Āma dinnoti. ‘‘Imampi migapotakaṃ gaṇha, evaṃ so ca kahāpaṇo ayañca kahāpaṇagghanako migapotakoti dve kahāpaṇā bhavissantī’’ti. So kāraṇaṃ vadatīti sallakkhetvā migapotakaṃ gahetvā migaṃ adāsīti.
「欺诈」指依仗咒术或幻术,把非首饰说成首饰,把非摩尼说成摩尼,把非真金说成真金,以伪货欺诳他人。「曲行」即诡诈之行,实为对上述欺压、诈骗、欺诈等行的统称,故当知此处意为:欺压曲行、诈骗曲行、欺诈曲行。也有人认为,先出示一物而後换作另一物的调包行为即是曲行,但此已摄於诈骗之中。在「砍断等」中,「砍断」指断手断脚等。「杀」指杀害。「缚」指用绳索等捆绑。「掠盗」有两种:雪掠盗与丛掠盗。於降雪时,潜伏雪中劫掠行路之人,称为雪掠盗;匿於丛林等处行劫,称为丛掠盗。「掠夺」指对村庄、城镇等进行洗劫。「粗暴行为」即暴行,如闯入他宅,将刀抵於胸口,然後夺走所需之物。如此,他远离了砍断……乃至远离了粗暴行为。显示巴利原文
Nikatīti yogavasena vā māyāvasena vā apāmaṅgaṃ pāmaṅganti, amaṇiṃ maṇinti, asuvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇanti katvā paṭirūpakena vañcanaṃ. Sāciyogoti kuṭilayogo, etesaṃyeva ukkoṭanādīnametaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmā ukkoṭanasāciyogo vañcanasāciyogo nikatisāciyogoti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Keci aññaṃ dassetvā aññassa parivattanaṃ sāciyogoti vadanti. Taṃ pana vañcaneneva saṅgahitaṃ. Chedanādīsuchedananti hatthacchedanādi. Vadhoti māraṇaṃ. Bandhoti rajjubandhanādīhi bandhanaṃ. Viparāmosoti himaviparāmoso gumbaviparāmosoti duvidho. Yaṃ himapātasamaye himena paṭicchannā hutvā maggapaṭipannaṃ janaṃ musanti, ayaṃ himaviparāmoso. Yaṃ gumbādīhi paṭicchannā musanti, ayaṃ gumbaviparāmoso. Ālopo vuccati gāmanigamādīnaṃ vilopakaraṇaṃ. Sahasākāroti sāhasikakiriyā, gehaṃ pavisitvā manussānaṃ ure satthaṃ ṭhapetvā icchitabhaṇḍaggahaṇaṃ. Evametasmā chedana…pe… sahasākārā paṭivirato hoti.
294 「他知足」者:此比丘于四种资具,具足如前所说的十二种随得资具之知足。具足此十二种随得知足的比丘,有八种资具合适:三衣、钵、裁齿木刀、一针、腰带、滤水囊。对此,有偈颂云:显示巴利原文
294.So santuṭṭho hotīti svāyaṃ bhikkhu heṭṭhā vuttena catūsu paccayesu dvādasavidhena itarītarapaccayasantosena samannāgato hoti. Iminā pana dvādasavidhena itarītarapaccayasantosena samannāgatassa bhikkhuno aṭṭha parikkhārā vaṭṭanti tīṇi cīvarāni patto dantakaṭṭhacchedanavāsi ekā sūci kāyabandhanaṃ parissāvananti. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
三衣与钵,刀、针与腰带,
加上滤水囊——此八物,是精勤比丘的资具。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ticīvarañca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ; Parissāvanena aṭṭhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno’’ti.
这些资具也都兼具“护身”与“护腹”的用途。如何说呢?三衣:穿着它行走时,护养身体,故为“护身”;用衣角滤水饮用,或用来取食可嚼的果实时,护养腹内,故为“护腹”。钵:用它舀水沐浴,或涂抹房舍时,是“护身”;用它盛装食物来食用时,是“护腹”。小刀:用它切削牙木,或修整床凳腿脚、衣服、小屋支柱时,是“护身”;用它削甘蔗、椰子等果皮时,是“护腹”。针:用它缝补衣服时,是“护身”;用它戳取糕饼或水果来食用时,是“护腹”。腰带:系着它行走时,是“护身”;用它捆扎甘蔗等物品携带时,是“护腹”。滤水囊:用它滤水沐浴,以及处理坐卧具的涂饰时,是“护身”;用它过滤饮用水,或用来盛装芝麻、米、炒谷等食用时,是“护腹”。以上是就八资具者的资具量而言的。显示巴利原文
Te sabbepi kāyaparihārikāpi honti kucchiparihārikāpi. Kathaṃ? Ticīvaraṃ tāva nivāsetvā pārupitvā ca vicaraṇakāle kāyaṃ pariharati posetīti kāyaparihārikaṃ hoti, cīvarakaṇṇena udakaṃ parissāvetvā pivanakāle khāditabbaphalāphalaggahaṇakāle ca kucchiṃ pariharati posetīti kucchiparihārikaṃ hoti. Pattopi tena udakaṃ uddharitvā nahānakāle kuṭiparibhaṇḍakaraṇakāle ca kāyaparihāriko hoti, āhāraṃ gahetvā bhuñjanakāle kucchiparihāriko hoti. Vāsipi tāya dantakaṭṭhacchedanakāle mañcapīṭhānaṃ aṅgapādacīvarakuṭidaṇḍakasajjanakāle ca kāyaparihārikā hoti, ucchucchedananāḷikerāditacchanakāle kucchiparihārikā. Sūcipi cīvarasibbanakāle kāyaparihārikā hoti, pūvaṃ vā phalaṃ vā vijjhitvā khādanakāle kucchiparihārikā. Kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā vicaraṇakāle kāyaparihārikaṃ, ucchuādīni bandhitvā gahaṇakāle kucchiparihārikaṃ. Parissāvanaṃ tena udakaṃ parissāvetvā nahānakāle, senāsanaparibhaṇḍakaraṇakāle ca kāyaparihārikaṃ, pānīyaparissāvanakāle teneva tilataṇḍulaputhukādīni gahetvā khādanakāle ca kucchiparihārikaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva aṭṭhaparikkhārikassa parikkhāramattā.
对于拥有九种资具的比丘,进入休息处时,当地的临时敷布或钥匙是合适的。对于拥有十种资具的比丘,坐具或一块皮革是合适的。对于拥有十一种资具的比丘,带杈的杖或油筒是合适的。对于拥有十二种资具的比丘,伞或凉鞋是合适的。在这些当中,唯独八资具者才是知足的,拥有其他资具数量的人,也不应被说成“不知足、多欲、负担重”。因为他们也还是少欲、知足、容易供养、生活轻便的。然而,世尊并不是为了这些人,而是为了八资具者宣说此经。因为八资具者会将小刀和针放入滤水囊,把滤水囊放在钵中,钵挂在肩头,三衣紧系于身,便能随心所欲,轻松自在地出发。他不需要再返回去取任何东西。世尊为了彰显这种比丘生活的轻便,才说道:“他知足,以护身的衣服……”等等。显示巴利原文
Navaparikkhārikassa pana seyyaṃ pavisantassa tatraṭṭhakapaccattharaṇaṃ vā kuñcikā vā vaṭṭati. Dasaparikkhārikassa nisīdanaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍaṃ vā vaṭṭati. Ekādasaparikkhārikassa kattarayaṭṭhi vā telanāḷikā vā vaṭṭati. Dvādasaparikkhārikassa chattaṃ vā upāhanā vā vaṭṭati. Etesu ca aṭṭhaparikkhārikova santuṭṭho, itare asantuṭṭhā, mahicchā mahābhārāti na vattabbā. Etepi hi appicchāva santuṭṭhāva subharāva sallahukavuttinova. Bhagavā pana nayimaṃ suttaṃ tesaṃ vasena kathesi, aṭṭhaparikkhārikassa vasena kathesi. So hi khuddakavāsiñca sūciñca parissāvane pakkhipitvā pattassa anto ṭhapetvā pattaṃ aṃsakūṭe laggetvā ticīvaraṃ kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ katvā yenicchakaṃ sukhaṃ pakkamati. Paṭinivattetvā gahetabbaṃ nāmassa na hoti, iti imassa bhikkhuno sallahukavuttitaṃ dassento bhagavā, santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarenātiādimāha.
此处,“护身”的意思是指仅凭护身所需的那点资具。“护腹”的意思是指仅凭护腹所需的那点资具。“收起便行”的意思是:他只取这八样资具,全部收拾妥当、系附于身,就这么离去。他不会对“这是我的精舍、这是我的住处、这是我的侍者”生起一丝一毫的执着或牵挂。他犹如脱离弓弦的箭,又如离开象群的象,随宜受用任何坐卧处、林间、树下、山林窟,独自安立,独自安坐,在一切威仪中都独行无伴。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāyaparihārikenāti kāyapariharaṇamattakena. Kucchiparihārikenāti kucchipariharaṇamattakena. Samādāyeva pakkamatīti taṃ aṭṭhaparikkhāramattakaṃ sabbaṃ gahetvā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ katvāva gacchati, ‘‘mama vihāro pariveṇaṃ upaṭṭhāko’’tissa saṅgo vā baddho vā na hoti, so jiyā mutto saro viya, yūthā apakkanto mattahatthī viya icchiticchitaṃ senāsanaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ vanapabbhāraṃ paribhuñjanto ekova tiṭṭhati, ekova nisīdati, sabbiriyāpathesu ekova adutiyo.
他行于四方,无所障碍;
于随缘所得,常怀知足;
于诸危难,他能忍耐而无畏惧,
应当如同犀牛角,独自游行。(《经集》42)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, Santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. (su. ni. 42);
这样,他便进入了所描述的“如犀牛角者”的状态。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ khaggavisāṇakappataṃ āpajjati.
现在,他以譬喻来阐明此义,说道“犹如”等语。其中,“pakkhī”意为有翼者,“sakuṇo”即是有翼之鸟。“ḍetīti”意为飞起。此处的要义是:据说,鸟类若知道“某处有棵树的果实已经成熟”,便会从各个方向飞来,用爪、翼、喙等刺戳、摇落并啄食那棵树上的果实。它们不会想:“这些今天吃,那些留到明天。”当果实耗尽时,它们既不为那棵树设防,也不会在那里留下翼、爪或喙,对那棵树全无留恋,各自只以双翼为负担,随心所欲地向所向往之处飞去。同样,这位比丘也是如此无着无恋地离去。因此说:“他拿了资具便离去。”“ariyena”意为无过失的,“ajjhattaṃ”意为在自身中,“anavajjasukhaṃ”意为无过失的安乐。显示巴利原文
Idāni tamatthaṃ upamāya sādhento seyyathāpītiādimāha. Tattha pakkhī sakuṇoti pakkhayutto sakuṇo. Ḍetīti uppatati. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – sakuṇā nāma ‘‘asukasmiṃ padese rukkho paripakkaphalo’’ti ñatvā nānādisāhi āgantvā nakhapakkhatuṇḍādīhi tassa phalāni vijjhantā vidhunantā khādanti. ‘‘Idaṃ ajjatanāya idaṃ svātanāya bhavissatī’’ti nesaṃ na hoti. Phale pana khīṇe neva rukkhassa ārakkhaṃ ṭhapenti, na tattha pattaṃ vā nakhaṃ vā tuṇḍaṃ vā ṭhapenti, atha kho tasmiṃ rukkhe anapekkho hutvā yo yaṃ disābhāgaṃ icchati, so tena sapattabhārova – uppatitvā gacchati. Evameva ayaṃ bhikkhu nissaṅgo nirapekkhoyeva pakkamati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘samādāyeva pakkamatī’’ti. Ariyenāti niddosena. Ajjhattanti sake attabhāve. Anavajjasukhanti niddosasukhaṃ.
295 “他以眼见了色之后”意为:这位具足圣戒蕴的比丘,以眼识见了色之后。其余应说之义,《清净道论》中已尽释。“不混杂的乐”是指不被烦恼所浸染的乐,也称“不散乱的乐”。因为守护根门的乐,是于所见等中仅以所见等方式而转起,故为不散乱。“他于前进、返回时”:这位具足对意所造六根防护的比丘,在前进、返回等七种状况中,依念与正知而成为正知而行者。与此有关应说之义,《念处》中已备释。显示巴利原文
295.So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvāti so iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato bhikkhu cakkhuviññāṇena rūpaṃ passitvāti attho. Sesapadesu yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge vuttaṃ. Abyāsekasukhanti kilesehi anavasittasukhaṃ, avikiṇṇasukhantipi vuttaṃ. Indriyasaṃvarasukhañhi diṭṭhādīsu diṭṭhamattādivasena pavattatāya avikiṇṇaṃ hoti. So abhikkante paṭikkanteti so manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ saṃvarena samannāgato bhikkhu imesu abhikkantapaṭikkantādīsu sattasu ṭhānesu satisampajaññavasena sampajānakārī hoti. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ satipaṭṭhāne vuttameva.
296 “他以此……”等语显示了什么?显示了林中居住的资具圆满。因为,若缺此四种资具,他的林中居住便不能成就,他将沦落至与畜生或林中野人共语的地步;住在林间的天神们会发出恐怖的声音说:“像这样的恶比丘,居于林中何用?”并以手拍其头,现出逃遁之状。而且,“某比丘入林后,造作种种恶行”的恶名也会传扬开来。然而,若具足这四种资具,他的林中居住便能成就。因为他审察自己的戒时,不见任何黑点与瑕疵,便生起喜悦,随而思惟彼戒的灭尽与坏灭,入于圣者之地;林间天神们心生欢喜,称扬其德;于是,他的名声犹如滴入水中的油滴,广为流布。显示巴利原文
296.So iminā cātiādinā kiṃ dasseti? Araññavāsassa paccayasampattiṃ dasseti. Yassa hi ime cattāro paccayā natthi, tassa araññavāso na ijjhati, tiracchānagatehi vā vanacarakehi vā saddhiṃ vattabbataṃ āpajjati, araññe adhivatthā devatā, ‘‘kiṃ evarūpassa pāpabhikkhuno araññavāsenā’’ti bheravasaddaṃ sāventi, hatthehi sīsaṃ paharitvā palāyanākāraṃ karonti. ‘‘Asuko bhikkhu araññaṃ pavisitvā idañcidañca pāpakammaṃ akāsī’’ti ayaso pattharati. Yassa panete cattāro paccayā atthi, tassa araññavāso ijjhati, so hi attano sīlaṃ paccavekkhanto kiñci kāḷakaṃ vā tilakaṃ vā apassanto pītiṃ uppādetvā taṃ khayato vayato sammasanto ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati, araññe adhivatthā devatā attamanā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, itissa udake pakkhittatelabindu viya yaso vitthāriko hoti.
其中,“vivittaṃ”意为空的、少声的,即无喧闹的意思。正是针对这一点,在《分别》中说:“‘vivittaṃ’:即使坐卧处很近,如果它不被在家众和出家众所充斥,因此它被称为‘vivittaṃ’。”(《分别》526)“人们在此躺卧和安坐”,故为“senāsana”(坐卧处),这是床、椅等的同义词。因此说:“‘senāsana’:床也是坐卧处,椅也是,床垫也是,枕头也是;僧坊也是,半圆顶屋也是,殿堂也是,楼阁也是,石窟也是,露台也是,圆顶屋也是,山洞也是,竹林丛也是,树下也是,帐棚也是坐卧处;或者,凡是比丘们所退居之处,这一切都是坐卧处。”再者,“僧坊、半圆顶屋、殿堂、楼阁、石窟”这称为僧坊坐卧处。“床、椅、床垫、枕头”这称为床椅坐卧处。“地毯、皮片、草席、叶席”这称为铺设坐卧处。“或者,凡是比丘们所退居之处”这称为空间坐卧处。如此,坐卧处有四种,这一切都已被“坐卧处”一词所包含。然而,为了显示适合这位如鸟一般、属于四方的比丘的(住处),他说了“森林、树下”等语。显示巴利原文
Tattha vivittanti suññaṃ appasaddaṃ, appanigghosanti attho. Etadeva hi sandhāya vibhaṅge, ‘‘vivittanti santike cepi senāsanaṃ hoti, tañca anākiṇṇaṃ gahaṭṭhehi pabbajitehi, tena taṃ vivitta’’nti (vibha. 526) vuttaṃ. Seti ceva āsati ca etthāti senāsanaṃ, mañcapīṭhādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘senāsananti mañcopi senāsanaṃ, pīṭhampi bhisipi bimbohanampi, vihāropi aḍḍhayogopi, pāsādopi, hammiyampi, guhāpi, aṭṭopi, māḷopi, leṇampi, veḷugumbopi , rukkhamūlampi, maṇḍapopi senāsanaṃ, yattha vā pana bhikkhū paṭikkamanti, sabbametaṃ senāsana’’nti. Apica ‘‘vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhā’’ti idaṃ vihārasenāsanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Mañco pīṭhaṃ, bhisi bimbohana’’nti idaṃ mañcapīṭhasenāsanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Cimilikā, cammakhaṇḍo, tiṇasanthāro, paṇṇasanthāro’’ti idaṃ santhatasenāsanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Yattha vā pana bhikkhū paṭikkamantī’’ti idaṃ okāsasenāsanaṃ nāmāti evaṃ catubbidhaṃ senāsanaṃ hoti, taṃ sabbampi senāsanaggahaṇena gahitameva. Imassa pana sakuṇasadisassa cātuddisassa bhikkhuno anucchavikaṃ dassento araññaṃ rukkhamūlantiādimāha.
此处,“林野”:依比丘尼所说,“出村落,在门柱之外的一切,皆名林野”。而“名为林野的住所,以五百弓为最末”这一种(《律藏·波罗夷》654),才契合这位比丘,其特相已在《清净道论》头陀支解说中说明。“树下”:指任何有浓密树荫、幽静离群之树根处。“山”:指岩石山。于彼处水潭处理好用水事务后,坐在清凉的树荫下,眺望诸方,凉风吹拂之时,心能得专一。“溪谷”:“ka”是水,被水切割、裂开的山间地带,也就是称为河滩或河湾之处。那里有如同银板般的沙地,头顶上密林如宝石华盖,流淌的水如宝石之流。进入这样的溪谷,饮水令肢体清凉,堆起沙堆,铺开粪扫衣,坐下修习沙门法时,心能得专一。“山洞”:指两山之间,或单在一座山中、如同隧道般的大洞穴。坟场的特相已在《清净道论》中说。“林薮”:指越过人类活动范围,人们不耕作、不播种之地。因此说:“‘林薮’是那些远方住所的称呼”等(《分别论》531)。“露地”:指无覆盖处,若有需要,可在此搭建衣棚而住。“草堆”:指稻草堆。从大草堆显示巴利原文
Tattha araññanti ‘‘nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā, sabbametaṃ arañña’’nti idaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vasena āgataṃ araññaṃ. ‘‘Āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti (pārā. 654) idaṃ pana imassa bhikkhuno anurūpaṃ, tassa lakkhaṇaṃ visuddhimagge dhutaṅganiddese vuttaṃ. Rukkhamūlanti yaṃkiñci sandacchāyaṃ vivittaṃ rakkhamūlaṃ. Pabbatanti selaṃ. Tattha hi udakasoṇḍīsu udakakiccaṃ katvā sītāya rukkhacchāyāya nisinnassa nānādisāsu khāyamānāsu sītena vātena vījiyamānassa cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti. Kandaranti kaṃ vuccati udakaṃ, tena dāritaṃ, udakena bhinnaṃ pabbatappadesaṃ, yaṃ nadītumbantipi nadīkuñjantipi vadanti. Tattha hi rajatapaṭṭasadisā vālikā honti, matthake maṇivitānaṃ viya vanagahanaṃ, maṇikkhandhasadisaṃ udakaṃ sandati. Evarūpaṃ kandaraṃ oruyha pānīyaṃ pivitvā gattāni sītāni katvā vālikaṃ ussāpetvā paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ paññāpetvā nisinnassa samaṇadhammaṃ karoto cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti. Giriguhanti dvinnaṃ pabbatānaṃ antarā, ekasmiṃyeva vā umaṅgasadisaṃ mahāvivaraṃ. Susānalakkhaṇaṃ visuddhimagge vuttaṃ. Vanapatthanti atikkamitvā manussānaṃ upacāraṭṭhānaṃ, yattha na kasanti na vapanti. Tenevāha – ‘‘vanapatthanti dūrānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacana’’ntiādi (vibha. 531). Abbhokāsanti acchannaṃ, ākaṅkhamāno panettha cīvarakuṭiṃ katvā vasati. Palālapuñjanti palālarāsiṃ . Mahāpalālapuñjato hi palālaṃ nikkaḍḍhitvā pabbhāraleṇasadise ālaye karonti, gacchagumbādīnampi upari palālaṃ pakkhipitvā heṭṭhā nisinnā samaṇadhammaṃ karonti, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.
“饭后”:指用餐之后。“从乞食返回”:指从寻求乞食返回。“结跏趺坐”:指双腿全面盘结的坐姿。“盘起”:指将腿盘束。“端正身体”:指将上半身保持正直,使十八节脊椎骨节节相抵。如此而坐时,皮肤、肌肉、筋腱便不会前倾歪斜。若是因它们前倾,则刹那刹那可能生起苦受;那些苦受不生起时,心能得专一,业处不会退堕,而能增长增广。“置念于面前”:指将念安放于业处所缘的方向,或理解为在面部附近作念。因此《分别论》中说:“此念已安立、善安立于鼻端或口相,故说‘置念于面前’”(《分别论》537)。或者,依《无碍解道》所说的方法——“‘pari’是摄持义,‘mukha’是出离义,‘sati’是安立义,因此说‘parimukhaṃ sati’”(《无碍解道》1.164)——此处也应如此理解其义。简而言之,这里是“建立起摄持的出离之念”的意思。显示巴利原文
Pacchābhattanti bhattassa pacchato. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantoti piṇḍapātapariyesanato paṭikkanto. Pallaṅkanti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ. Ābhujitvāti bandhitvā. Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evañhi nisinnassa cammamaṃsanahārūni na paṇamanti. Athassa yā tesaṃ paṇamanapaccayā khaṇe khaṇe vedanā uppajjeyyuṃ, tā na uppajjanti. Tāsu anuppajjamānāsu cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paripatati, vuddhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati. Parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ ṭhapayitvā, mukhasamīpe vā katvāti attho. Teneva vibhaṅge vuttaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ sati upaṭṭhitā hoti sūpaṭṭhitā nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā, tena vuccati parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti (vibha. 537). Atha vā ‘‘parīti pariggahaṭṭho, mukhanti niyyānattho, satīti upaṭṭhānattho, tena vuccati parimukhaṃ sati’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.164) evaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepo ‘‘pariggahitaniyyānasatiṃ katvā’’ti.
“于世间断除贪欲”:此处,以坏灭、崩坏之义,五取蕴为世间;因此,于五取蕴中舍离贪染,镇伏欲贪——这便是此处的含义。“以离贪欲”:因为是以镇伏的方式断除,故为离贪欲,并非如同眼识等那样自然离欲的意思。“令心从贪欲中净化”:指从贪欲中释放心。即让那贪欲释放此心,释放后不再抓取,如此而作。在“断除嗔恚之过恶”等中,也以同样的方式理解。“嗔恚”:心因此而被损害,如同腐熟的食物等舍弃先前的状态,故称为“嗔”。“过恶”:因变异而变坏,或损害、破坏他人,故称为“过恶”。这两者都是忿怒的同义词。“昏沉”:是心的病;“睡眠”:是心所的病;昏沉与睡眠合称“昏眠”。“有光明想”:因为具有即使在夜间也能如白昼般了知所见光明的能力,而安住于已离盖、清净之想。“具念正知”:具足念与智。这两者因有助于光明想而被提及。“掉举与追悔”:合称“掉悔”。“已度疑”:指超越、克服了疑而住立。“不如此说‘这是如何、这是如何’”:因此为“无犹豫”。“于善法”:指于无过失的法。“这些确实是善吗?这些如何是善?”——不这样疑、不这样犹豫的意思。这是此处的简要说明。显示巴利原文
Abhijjhaṃ loketi ettha lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena pañcupādānakkhandhā loko, tasmā pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu rāgaṃ pahāya kāmacchandaṃ vikkhambhetvāti ayamettha attho. Vigatābhijjhenāti vikkhambhanavasena pahīnattā vigatābhijjhena, na cakkhuviññāṇasadisenāti attho. Abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodhetīti abhijjhāto cittaṃ parimoceti. Yathā naṃ sā muñcati ceva, muñcitvā ca na puna gaṇhāti, evaṃ karotīti attho. Byāpādapadosaṃ pahāyātiādīsupi eseva nayo. Byāpajjati iminā cittaṃ pūtikammāsādayo viya purimapakatiṃ pajahatīti byāpādo. Vikārāpattiyā padussati, paraṃ vā padūseti vināsetīti padoso. Ubhayametaṃ kodhassevādhivacanaṃ. Thinaṃ cittagelaññaṃ. Middhaṃ cetasikagelaññaṃ. Thinañca middhañca thinamiddhaṃ. Ālokasaññīti rattimpi divā diṭṭhaālokasañjānanasamatthatāya vigatanīvaraṇāya parisuddhāya saññāya samannāgato. Sato sampajānoti satiyā ca ñāṇena ca samannāgato. Idaṃ ubhayaṃ ālokasaññāya upakārattā vuttaṃ. Uddhaccañca kukkuccañca uddhaccakukkuccaṃ. Tiṇṇavicikicchoti vicikicchaṃ taritvā atikkamitvā ṭhito. ‘‘Kathamidaṃ kathamida’’nti evaṃ nappavattatīti akathaṃkathī. Kusalesu dhammesūti anavajjesu dhammesu. ‘‘Ime nu kho kusalā, kathamime kusalā’’ti evaṃ na vicikicchati na kaṅkhatīti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, imesu pana nīvaraṇesu vacanatthalakkhaṇādibhedato yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge vuttaṃ.
297 “令智慧羸弱”:这五种盖生起时,对于尚未生起的世间与出世间智慧,能令其不能生起;对于已生起的八等至或五神通,则能断除并令其退堕,因此被称为“令智慧羸弱”。“如来足迹”:这也是指如来的智足迹、智行处,即以智所践踏之处。“如来所亲近”:是指被如来的智肋所摩擦之处。“如来所触恼”:是指被如来的智牙所触恼之处。显示巴利原文
297.Paññāya dubbalīkaraṇeti ime pañca nīvaraṇā uppajjamānā anuppannāya lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya uppajjituṃ na denti, uppannā api aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca vā abhiññā ucchinditvā pātenti; tasmā ‘‘paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā’’ti vuccanti. Tathāgatapadaṃ itipīti idampi tathāgatassa ñāṇapadaṃ ñāṇavaḷañjaṃ ñāṇena akkantaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Tathāgatanisevitanti tathāgatassa ñāṇaphāsukāya nighaṃsitaṭṭhānaṃ. Tathāgatārañjitanti tathāgatassa ñāṇadāṭhāya ārañjitaṭṭhānaṃ.
299 “如实知”:即依其真实样貌而了知。然而,圣弟子尚未到达究竟:因为这些禅那与神通,外道修行者也能共同证得,所以此时尚未到达究竟。在见道刹那,也由于所应作之事尚未彻底完成,因此尚未到达究竟。再者,“然而,确实会到达究竟”:不过,在见道刹那,犹如驯象师见到大雄象时,便知“这是象群之首”一般,以“世尊是正自觉者”这样的方式,于三宝中到达究竟。“已到达究竟者”:如此在见道刹那到达究竟的人,在阿罗汉果刹那,由于一切所应作之事已彻底完成,便以一切方式于三宝中真正到达究竟。其余文句,意义浅显易知。显示巴利原文
299.Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti yathāsabhāvaṃ pajānāti. Natveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gato hotīti imā jhānābhiññā bāhirakehipi sādhāraṇāti na tāva niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti. Maggakkhaṇepi apariyositakiccatāya na tāva niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti. Apica kho niṭṭhaṃ gacchatīti apica kho pana maggakkhaṇe mahāhatthiṃ passanto nāgavaniko viya sammāsambuddho bhagavāti iminā ākārena tīsu ratanesu niṭṭhaṃ gacchati. Niṭṭhaṃ gato hotīti evaṃ maggakkhaṇe niṭṭhaṃ gacchanto arahattaphalakkhaṇe pariyositasabbakiccatāya sabbākārena tīsu ratanesu niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.
《大象迹喻经》的疏解显示巴利原文
8. Mahāhatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā
300 “如是我闻”:这是《大象迹喻经》。其中,“陆行”:指在地面上行走的众生。“生物”:指有足的众生。“足迹类”:指各种足迹。“纳入”:即归入、包含。“被称为最上”:即被称为第一。“即此”:是因其体积巨大而被称为最上,并非依其功德而言,这是它的含义。“任何善法”:指任何世间或出世间的善法。“归摄”:此处有四种摄——同生摄、同处摄、作用摄、计数摄。其中,同生摄:如“一切刹帝利来,一切婆罗门来”这样,依同类种姓而作的摄,名为同生摄。同处摄:如“一切憍萨罗人,一切摩揭陀人”这样,依相同的出生地而作的摄,名为同处摄。作用摄:如“一切车兵,一切弓箭手”这样,依所从事的工作而作的摄,名为作用摄。计数摄:如“眼界入哪一蕴的计数?眼界入色蕴的计数。如果眼界入色蕴的计数,那么据此就应当说,眼界被色蕴所摄。”这样的摄,名为计数摄。在此处,所指的正是这一种。显示巴利原文
300.Evaṃme sutanti mahāhatthipadopamasuttaṃ. Tattha jaṅgalānanti pathavītalacārīnaṃ. Pāṇānanti sapādakapāṇānaṃ. Padajātānīti padāni. Samodhānaṃ gacchantīti odhānaṃ pakkhepaṃ gacchanti. Aggamakkhāyatīti seṭṭhaṃ akkhāyati. Yadidaṃ mahantattenāti mahantabhāvena aggaṃ akkhāyati, na guṇavasenāti attho. Ye keci kusalā dhammāti ye keci lokiyā vā lokuttarā vā kusalā dhammā. Saṅgahaṃ gacchantīti ettha catubbidho saṅgaho – sajātisaṅgaho, sañjātisaṅgaho, kiriyasaṅgaho, gaṇanasaṅgahoti. Tattha ‘‘sabbe khattiyā āgacchantu sabbe brāhmaṇā’’ti evaṃ samānajātivasena saṅgaho sajātisaṅgaho nāma. ‘‘Sabbe kosalakā sabbe māgadhakā’’ti evaṃ sañjātidesavasena saṅgaho sañjātisaṅgaho nāma. ‘‘Sabbe rathikā sabbe dhanuggahā’’ti evaṃ kiriyavasena saṅgaho kiriyasaṅgaho nāma. ‘‘Cakkhāyatanaṃ katamakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchatīti? Cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchati. Hañci cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchati, tena vata re vattabbe cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhena saṅgahita’’nti (kathā. 471), ayaṃ gaṇanasaṅgaho nāma. Imasmimpi ṭhāne ayameva adhippeto.
难道不会有人质疑吗?在《分别论》回答“四圣谛中哪些是善、哪些是不善、哪些是无记”时,确曾说过:“集谛是不善,道谛是善,灭谛是无记,苦谛则可能是善、可能是不善、可能是无记。”既然如此,四地所摄的善法似乎只与一半的谛有关联而已。然而,为何大长老却说善法都应计入四圣谛之数呢?答:因为善法都包含在谛之中。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,这超过一百五十条的学处,每半月诵习一次,乐求此道的善男子们便在其中学习。诸比丘,有此三学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。”在这里,超过一百五十条的学处整体上属于增上戒学,但学习这些学处的人,同样被说成是在学习全部三学,正是因为它们都包含在“学”之内。又如大象之足分为四部分,不论是狐狸、狼、兔、鹿等小兽的足迹落入其中一部分、两部分、三部分或四部分,它们都已摄入大象足迹之中,因为都脱不出大象足迹的范围,本就是其组成部分。同样,无论是归入一谛、二谛、三谛还是四谛的法,都已算是进入四圣谛的计数。正因为善法都被包含……显示巴利原文
Nanu ca ‘‘catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ kati kusalā kati akusalā kati abyākatāti pañhassa vissajjane samudayasaccaṃ akusalaṃ, maggasaccaṃ kusalaṃ, nirodhasaccaṃ abyākataṃ, dukkhasaccaṃ siyā kusalaṃ, siyā akusalaṃ, siyā abyākata’’nti (vibha. 216-217) āgatattā catubhūmakampi kusalaṃ diyaḍḍhameva saccaṃ bhajati. Atha kasmā mahāthero catūsu ariyasaccesu gaṇanaṃ gacchatīti āhāti? Saccānaṃ antogadhattā. Yathā hi ‘‘sādhikamidaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati, yattha attakāmā kulaputtā sikkhanti. Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhā’’ti (a. ni. 3.88) ettha sādhikamidaṃ diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ ekā adhisīlasikkhāva hoti, taṃ sikkhantopi tisso sikkhā sikkhatīti dassito, sikkhānaṃ antogadhattā. Yathā ca ekassa hatthipadassa catūsu koṭṭhāsesu ekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse otiṇṇānipi dvīsu tīsu catūsu koṭṭhāsesu otiṇṇānipi siṅgālasasamigādīnaṃ pādāni hatthipade samodhānaṃ gatāneva honti. Hatthipadato amuccitvā tasseva antogadhattā. Evameva ekasmimpi dvīsupi tīsupi catūsupi saccesu gaṇanaṃ gatā dhammā catūsu saccesu gaṇanaṃ gatāva honti; saccānaṃ antogadhattāti diyaḍḍhasaccagaṇanaṃ gatepi kusaladhamme ‘‘sabbe te catūsu ariyasaccesu saṅgahaṃ gacchantī’’ti āha. ‘‘Dukkhe ariyasacce’’tiādīsu uddesapadesu ceva jātipi dukkhātiādīsu niddesapadesu ca yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ visuddhimagge vuttameva. Kevalaṃ panettha desanānukkamova veditabbo.
301 譬如一位技术娴熟的藤编工匠,获得一根上好的藤条,先将其截成四段。然后,把其中三段搁置一旁,取剩下的一段,再破开分成五条。接着,从这五条中留下四条,取一条剖开,制成五片薄藤片。之后,又把四片薄藤片放在一边,取剩下的那一片,从腹面和背面剖为两半。随后把背面的半片搁置,拿起腹面的半片,用它制作小箱、匣子、扇子、棕榈扇等种种藤编器物。此时,我们并不能说,那背面的半片、那四片薄片、那另外四段、以及那另外三段,工匠都没有用到。虽然无法一次性全部用上,但会按次第逐步用到。同样地,这位大长老正如那位藤编工匠。他得到这部大经,如同获得上好藤条,先依四圣谛建立总纲,恰如工匠将藤条截成四段。大长老把除苦谛之外的其他三圣谛搁置一边,单独选取苦谛来剖析,从五蕴的角度分为五类,正如工匠搁置三段,取其中一段,再分成五条。接着,大长老把除色蕴之外的四种无色蕴放在一边,专门解析色蕴时,将其分为四大种及四大种所造色,共五类,正如工匠搁置四片薄片,取一片,再……”},{显示巴利原文
301. Yathā hi cheko vilīvakāro sujātaṃ veḷuṃ labhitvā catudhā chetvā tato tayo koṭṭhāse ṭhapetvā ekaṃ gaṇhitvā pañcadhā bhindeyya, tatopi cattāro ṭhapetvā ekaṃ gaṇhitvā phālento pañca pesiyo kareyya, tato catasso ṭhapetvā ekaṃ gaṇhitvā kucchibhāgaṃ piṭṭhibhāganti dvidhā phāletvā piṭṭhibhāgaṃ ṭhapetvā kucchibhāgaṃ ādāya tato samuggabījanitālavaṇṭādinānappakāraṃ veḷuvikatiṃ kareyya, so piṭṭhibhāgañca itarā ca catasso pesiyo itare ca cattāro koṭṭhāse itare ca tayo koṭṭhāse kammāya na upanessatīti na vattabbo. Ekappahārena pana upanetuṃ na sakkā, anupubbena upanessati. Evameva ayaṃ mahātheropi vilīvakāro sujātaṃ veḷuṃ labhitvā cattāro koṭṭhāse viya, imaṃ mahantaṃ suttantaṃ ārabhitvā catuariyasaccavasena mātikaṃ ṭhapesi. Vilīvakārassa tayo koṭṭhāse ṭhapetvā ekaṃ gahetvā tassa pañcadhā karaṇaṃ viya therassa tīṇi ariyasaccāni ṭhapetvā ekaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ gahetvā bhājentassa khandhavasena pañcadhā karaṇaṃ. Tato yathā so vilīvakāro cattāro koṭṭhāse ṭhapetvā ekaṃ bhāgaṃ gahetvā pañcadhā phālesi, evaṃ thero cattāro arūpakkhandhe ṭhapetvā rūpakkhandhaṃ vibhajanto cattāri ca mahābhūtāni catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpanti pañcadhā akāsi. Tato yathā so vilīvakāro catasso pesiyo ṭhapetvā ekaṃ gahetvā kucchibhāgaṃ piṭṭhibhāganti dvidhā phālesi, evaṃ thero upādāya rūpañca tisso ca dhātuyo ṭhapetvā ekaṃ pathavīdhātuṃ vibhajanto ajjhattikabāhiravasena dvidhā dassesi. Yathā so vilīvakāro piṭṭhibhāgaṃ ṭhapetvā kucchibhāgaṃ ādāya nānappakāraṃ vilīvavikatiṃ akāsi, evaṃ thero bāhiraṃ pathavīdhātuṃ ṭhapetvā ajjhattikaṃ pathavīdhātuṃ vīsatiyā ākārehi vibhajitvā dassetuṃ katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātūtiādimāha.
而且,就像那位藤条工匠,会把背部那半片、其他四片薄片、其他四段、以及其他三段,都按次第地用到工作中,因为不可能一次性全部用上一样;这位大长老也会把外地界及其他三大种、所造色及其他四种无色蕴,以及其余三圣谛,都次第地加以分解并开示出来,因为同样不可能一次性全部展示完毕。另外,借助王子的譬喻,也同样可以阐明这个次第——显示巴利原文
Yathā pana vilīvakāro piṭṭhibhāgañca itarā ca cattasso pesiyo itare ca cattāro koṭṭhāse itare ca tayo koṭṭhāse anupubbena kammāya upanessati, na hi sakkā ekappahārena upanetuṃ, evaṃ theropi bāhirañca pathavīdhātuṃ itarā ca tisso dhātuyo upādārūpañca itare ca cattāro arūpino khandhe itarāni ca tīṇi ariyasaccāni anupubbena vibhajitvā dassessati, na hi sakkā ekappahārena dassetuṃ. Apica rājaputtūpamāyapi ayaṃ kamo vibhāvetabbo –
据说,有一位大王,他有一千多个儿子。大王把他们的装饰用品分装于四个箱中,交给长子保管并吩咐说:“孩子,这是你兄弟们的装饰品,到了合适的节日,他们若来请求‘请给我们装饰品’时,你便交给他们。”长子回答:“是,父王。”便将箱子收藏在宝库中。到了合适的节日,王子们来到国王面前说:“父王,请赐予我们装饰品,我们要欢庆星宿节。”国王说:“孩子们,我让长兄保管了装饰品,叫他拿来后你们再打扮吧。”他们应诺后,便去长兄那里说:“听说我们的装饰品在兄长手上,请给我们吧。”长兄说:“好的。”他打开宝库,取出四个箱子。他将三个箱子搁置一旁,打开其一,从中取出五个匣子;又将四个匣子搁置一旁,打开其一,取出五个小箧;再把四个小箧搁置一旁,打开其一,揭开盖子,便从中取出手饰、脚饰等种种饰物分给他们。他虽然并未立即将剩余的四小箧、四匣、三箱悉数取出分发,而是一批一批展示后逐渐给予——要一次全给是不可能的。显示巴利原文
Eko kira mahārājā, tassa parosahassaṃ puttā. So tesaṃ piḷandhanaparikkhāraṃ catūsu peḷāsu ṭhapetvā jeṭṭhaputtassa appesi – ‘‘idaṃ te, tāta, bhātikānaṃ piḷandhanabhaṇḍaṃ tathārūpe chaṇe sampatte piḷandhanaṃ no dehīti yācantānaṃ dadeyyāsī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu devā’’ti sāragabbhe paṭisāmesi, tathārūpe chaṇadivase rājaputtā rañño santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘piḷandhanaṃ no, tāta, detha, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tātā, jeṭṭhabhātikassa vo hatthe mayā piḷandhanaṃ ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ āharāpetvā piḷandhathāti. Te sādhūti paṭissuṇitvā tassa santikaṃ gantvā, ‘‘tumhākaṃ kira no hatthe piḷandhanabhaṇḍaṃ, taṃ dethā’’ti āhaṃsu. So evaṃ karissāmīti gabbhaṃ vivaritvā, catasso peḷāyo nīharitvā tisso ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā, tato pañca samugge nīharitvā cattāro ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā, tato pañcasu karaṇḍesu nīharitesu cattāro ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā pidhānaṃ passe ṭhapetvā tato hatthūpagapādūpagādīni nānappakārāni piḷandhanāni nīharitvā adāsi. So kiñcāpi itarehi catūhi karaṇḍehi itarehi catūhi samuggehi itarāhi tīhi peḷāhi na tāva bhājetvā deti, anupubbena pana dassati, na hi sakkā ekappahārena dātuṃ.
此处的“大王”,应理解为世尊。正如经中所说:“世尊说:‘塞罗,我是王,是无上的法王。’”(《经集》559)。“长子”,则应理解为舍利弗长老。也正如经中所说:“比丘们,如果有人要如实称说:‘他是世尊的亲生子,从口中生,从法生,由法所化,是法的继承者,而非财物的继承者。’那么,他所说的人正是舍利弗。……”(《中部·后分五十经》)。“一千多个王子”,则应理解为比丘僧团。正如经中所说——显示巴利原文
Tattha mahārājā viya bhagavā daṭṭhabbo. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘rājāhamasmi selāti bhagavā, dhammarājā anuttaro’’ti (su. ni. 559). Jeṭṭhaputto viya sāriputtatthero, vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘yaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya, ‘bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo, no āmisadāyādo’ti sāriputtameva taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya, bhagavato putto…pe… no āmisadāyādo’’ti (ma. ni. 3.97). Parosahassarājaputtā viya bhikkhusaṅgho daṭṭhabbo. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
一千多位比丘,亲近于善逝,
他宣说无尘的法,宣说无怖畏的涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parosahassaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, sugataṃ payirupāsati; Desentaṃ virajaṃ dhammaṃ, nibbānaṃ akutobhaya’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.216);
国王将诸王子的饰物装入四个箱中,交到长子的手里——这正如世尊将四圣谛的阐明托付在法将舍利弗手中的时节。因此世尊说:‘诸比丘,舍利弗有能力详细地解说、开示、阐明、建立、揭示、分析、显明四圣谛。’(《中部·后分五十经》)那时王子们前往国王处请求饰物,正如比丘僧团在临近雨安居时前来请求说法。据说这部经正是在临近雨安居时所宣说。国王说:‘孩子们,我已将饰物交在你们长兄的手中,你们让他取出后佩戴吧。’这正如正自觉者也这样说:‘诸比丘,应亲近舍利弗与目犍连;诸比丘,应依止舍利弗与目犍连。他们是贤智者,是同梵行者的扶持者。’如此便将比丘们派遣到法将身边。显示巴利原文
Rañño tesaṃ puttānaṃ piḷandhanaṃ catūsu peḷāsu pakkhipitvā jeṭṭhaputtassa hatthe ṭhapitakālo viya bhagavato dhammasenāpatissa hatthe catusaccappakāsanāya ṭhapitakālo, tenevāha – ‘‘sāriputto, bhikkhave, pahoti cattāri ariyasaccāni vitthārena ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātu’’nti (ma. ni. 3.371). Tathārūpe khaṇe tesaṃ rājaputtānaṃ taṃ rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā piḷandhanaṃ yācanakālo viya bhikkhusaṅghassa vassūpanāyikasamaye āgantvā dhammadesanāya yācitakālo. Upakaṭṭhāya kira vassūpanāyikāya idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ. Rañño, ‘‘tātā, jeṭṭhabhātikassa vo hatthe mayā piḷandhanaṃ ṭhapitaṃ taṃ āharāpetvā piḷandhathā’’ti vuttakālo viya sambuddhenāpi, ‘‘sevetha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne, bhajatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne. Paṇḍitā bhikkhū anuggāhakā sabrahmacārīna’’nti evaṃ dhammasenāpatino santike bhikkhūnaṃ pesitakālo.
王子们听了国王的话,前往长兄那里请求饰物,正如比丘们听了大师的话,前往法将那里请求说法。长兄打开内室,取出四个箱子放好,正如法将开始讲解这部经,以四圣谛建立总纲。他放好三个箱子,打开其中一个,从中取出五个匣子,正如将其他三圣谛放置一边,解析苦圣谛,展示五蕴。他放好四个匣子,打开其中一个,从中取出五个小箧,正如将四个无色蕴放置一边,解析色蕴,依四大及所造色展示五部分。显示巴利原文
Rājaputtehi rañño kathaṃ sutvā jeṭṭhabhātikassa santikaṃ gantvā piḷandhanaṃ yācitakālo viya bhikkhūhi satthukathaṃ sutvā dhammasenāpatiṃ upasaṅkamma dhammadesanaṃ āyācitakālo. Jeṭṭhabhātikassa gabbhaṃ vivaritvā catasso peḷāyo nīharitvā ṭhapanaṃ viya dhammasenāpatissa imaṃ suttantaṃ ārabhitvā catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ vasena mātikāya ṭhapanaṃ. Tisso peḷāyo ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā tato pañcasamugganīharaṇaṃ viya tīṇi ariyasaccāni ṭhapetvā dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ vibhajantassa pañcakkhandhadassanaṃ. Cattāro samugge ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā tato pañcakaraṇḍanīharaṇaṃ viya cattāro arūpakkhandhe ṭhapetvā ekaṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ vibhajantassa catumahābhūtaupādārūpavasena pañcakoṭṭhāsadassanaṃ.
302 犹如将四个小箧放在一旁,打开其中一个,把盖子搁在旁边,然后赐予手饰、脚饰等饰物;同样地,搁置三大种与所造色,解析地界时,先将外地界如同盖子一般置于一旁,为从种种自性方面,以二十种行相显示内地界,而说出“贤友,什么是内地界?”等语句。显示巴利原文
302. Cattāro karaṇḍe ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vivaritvā pidhānaṃ passe ṭhapetvā hatthūpagapādūpagādipiḷandhanadānaṃ viya tīṇi mahābhūtāni upādārūpañca ṭhapetvā ekaṃ pathavīdhātuṃ vibhajantassa bāhiraṃ tāva pidhānaṃ viya ṭhapetvā ajjhattikāya pathavīdhātuyā nānāsabhāvato vīsatiyā ākārehi dassanatthaṃ ‘‘katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā pathavīdhātū’’tiādivacanaṃ.
正如那位王子后来从四个小箧、四个匣子、三个箱子中渐次取出饰物赐予他们;应当了知,长老亦将于后,依次分别展示其余三大种、所造色、四无色蕴以及三圣谛。所言“贤友,什么是内地界”等之中,“内的”与“自身的”皆是表自己所有的同义语。“硬”即坚硬;“粗糙”即粗涩。“所执”并非仅指由业所生者,而是泛指存于身中的一切。因为身中诸物,不论所执或非所执,就其为执取、抓取、执著的对象而言,一切都称为所执。也就是:发、毛……乃至胃中物、粪便。这便是为修习界业处的善男子,依内地界所阐明的业处。若有人从此处作意,欲增修毗钵舍那而证阿罗汉果,所应行之事,于《清净道论》中已详为解说。至于“脑”,在此经文并未记载。当取此,依《清净道论》所说方法,由色、形等确定之后,作意:“此亦是无心、无记、空、坚硬的地界。”又,“或其他任何”这一句,是为将存于其余三部分中的地界一并含摄而说。那么,显示巴利原文
Tassa pana rājaputtassa tehi catūhi karaṇḍehi catūhi samuggehi tīhi ca peḷāhi pacchā anupubbena nīharitvā piḷandhanadānaṃ viya therassāpi itaresañca tiṇṇaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādārūpānañca catunnaṃ arūpakkhandhānañca tiṇṇaṃ ariyasaccānañca pacchā anupubbena bhājetvā dassanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ panetaṃ ‘‘katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ajjhattaṃ paccattanti ubhayampetaṃ niyakādhivacanameva. Kakkhaḷanti thaddhaṃ. Kharigatanti pharusaṃ. Upādinnanti na kammasamuṭṭhānameva, avisesena pana sarīraṭṭhakassetaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Sarīraṭṭhakañhi upādinnaṃ vā hotu, anupādinnaṃ vā, ādinnagahitaparāmaṭṭhavasena sabbaṃ upādinnameva nāma. Seyyathidaṃ – kesā lomā…pe… udariyaṃ karīsanti idaṃ dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa kulaputtassa ajjhattikapathavīdhātuvasena tāva kammaṭṭhānaṃ vibhattaṃ. Ettha pana manasikāraṃ ārabhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ gahetukāmena yaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge vitthāritameva. Matthaluṅgaṃ pana na idha pāḷiāruḷhaṃ. Tampi āharitvā, visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena vavatthapetvā, ‘‘ayampi acetanā abyākatā suññā thaddhā pathavīdhātu evā’’ti manasi kātabbaṃ. Yaṃ vā panaññampīti idaṃ itaresu tīsu koṭṭhāsesu anugatāya pathavīdhātuyā gahaṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātūti yā ca ayaṃ vuttappakārā ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. Yā ca bāhirāti yā ca vibhaṅge, ‘‘ayo lohaṃ tipu sīsa’’ntiādinā (vibha. 173) nayena āgatā bāhirā pathavīdhātu.
至此,长老已依不同自性,以二十种行相详细解说了内地界,而于外地界仅作略说。何以故?于众生之中,爱着、喜好、希求、缠缚、执取、执著猛烈之处,佛陀或佛弟子为拔除他们爱着等,便作详说;于爱着等不猛烈处,因无此功用,则唯略说。犹如农夫耕田时,于草根、树根牢固、使犁头受阻之处,便停牛拨开泥土,将根逐一斩断拔除,付出许多辛劳;而无根之处,便用力驱牛,鞭打牛背耕犁而过。应知此处所说道理,与此譬喻相应。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā therena ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu nānāsabhāvato vīsatiyā ākārehi vitthārena dassitā, bāhirā saṅkhepena. Kasmā? Yasmiñhi ṭhāne sattānaṃ ālayo nikanti patthanā pariyuṭṭhānaṃ gahaṇaṃ parāmāso balavā hoti, tattha tesaṃ ālayādīnaṃ uddharaṇatthaṃ buddhā vā buddhasāvakā vā vitthārakathaṃ kathenti. Yattha pana na balavā, tattha kattabbakiccābhāvato saṅkhepena kathenti. Yathā hi kassako khettaṃ kasamāno yattha mūlasantānakānaṃ balavatāya naṅgalaṃ laggati, tattha goṇe ṭhapetvā paṃsuṃ viyūhitvā mūlasantānakāni chetvā chetvā uddharanto bahuṃ vāyāmaṃ karoti. Yattha tāni natthi, tattha balavaṃ payogaṃ katvā goṇe piṭṭhiyaṃ paharamāno kasatiyeva, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ.
所谓“即是地界”:这两种地界,于坚硬之义、粗涩之义、刚性之义上具有同一特相,因此都只是地界。而称“贤友”,则是将内地界与外地界联系起来加以说明。由于外地界无有心识这一事实显而易见,而内地界并不明显,因此,若能领会内地界与外地界全然一致、皆无心识,便易于通达。正如将一头未调伏的牛与一头已调伏的牛并排系在一起,那未调伏的牛在最初几日会挣扎乱跳,但不久即被调伏。同样地,若能将内地界视同外地界,则“无心识”这一事实,起初几日或许尚未在心中显现,但无需多久,内地界无有心识的特性便会清晰显现。至于“此非我所”等,即是对这两种地界皆应以正慧如实观察:“此非我所,此非我,此非我的我。”所谓“如实”,即如其本来面目;因其具无常等自性,故应如是观:是无常、是苦、是无我。显示巴利原文
Pathavīdhāturevesāti duvidhāpesā thaddhaṭṭhena kakkhaḷaṭṭhena pharusaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇā pathavīdhātuyeva , āvusoti ajjhattikaṃ bāhirāya saddhiṃ yojetvā dasseti. Yasmā bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā acetanābhāvo pākaṭo, na ajjhattikāya, tasmā sā bāhirāya saddhiṃ ekasadisā acetanāyevāti gaṇhantassa sukhapariggaho hoti. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā dantena goṇena saddhiṃ yojito adanto katipāhameva visūkāyati vipphandati, atha na cirasseva damathaṃ upeti. Evaṃ ajjhattikāpi bāhirāya saddhiṃ ekasadisāti gaṇhantassa katipāhameva acetanābhāvo na upaṭṭhāti, atha na cirenevassā acetanābhāvo pākaṭo hoti. Taṃ netaṃ mamāti taṃ ubhayampi na etaṃ mama, na esohamasmi, na eso me attāti evaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathābhūtanti yathāsabhāvaṃ, tañhi aniccādisabhāvaṃ, tasmā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti evaṃ daṭṭhabbanti attho.
为何接着又说“贤友,确实有此事”呢?这是为了先借外地水界显示外地界的坏灭,进而再以更殊胜的方式显示所执受的体内地界的坏灭。所谓“增盛扰动”,是指因地界为水劫之力所增长而扰动。所谓“那时外地界隐没”,是在那时,百千俱胝轮围世界中,一切以山等形式存在的地界,皆被碱水所溶解,随水而逝,彻底隐没不现。溶解之后,唯有水存。所谓“如是广大”,即指其如此巨大。显示巴利原文
Hoti kho so, āvusoti kasmā ārabhi? Bāhiraāpodhātuvasena bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā vināsaṃ dassetvā tato visesatarena upādinnāya sarīraṭṭhakapathavīdhātuyā vināsadassanatthaṃ. Pakuppatīti āposaṃvaṭṭavasena vaḍḍhamānā kuppati. Antarahitā tasmiṃ samaye bāhirā pathavīdhātu hotīti tasmiṃ samaye koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷe khārodakena vilīyamānā udakānugatā hutvā sabbā pabbatādivasena saṇṭhitā pathavīdhātu antarahitā hoti. Vilīyitvā udakameva hoti. Tāva mahallikāyāti tāva mahantāya.
二十万及四那由他,
此处所说的大地,即是依此厚度来计量的。
显示巴利原文 Duve satasahassāni, cattāri nahutāni ca; Ettakaṃ bahalattena, saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharāti. –
如此,这片大地,其厚度既已如此巨大,其广度则更有百千俱胝轮围世界之量。“无常性”,是指存在后即归于无的特性。“灭法”,是其自性趋向坏灭。“坏法”,是其自性趋向毁坏。“变易法”,是其自性舍离本然状态。因此,所有这些词句,其实都只是在诠说无常之相。但凡无常的,便是苦;但凡苦的,便是无我。由此,无常、苦、无我这三相便全部具足。所谓“少量住立”,是指短暂地存在。对于这个身体,当知它有两种方式的短暂存在:一是存续的时间短暂,二是它自身的本质短暂。因为这个身体,于过去的心识刹那曾存在,于现在不存在,于未来亦不存在;于未来的心识刹那将存在,于现在不存在,于过去亦不存在;于现在的心识刹那正存在,于过去不存在,于未来亦不存在。以上是此意的解说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bahalatteneva mahantāya, vitthārato pana koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷappamāṇāya. Aniccatāti hutvā abhāvatā. Khayadhammatāti khayaṃ gamanasabhāvatā . Vayadhammatāti vayaṃ gamanasabhāvatā. Vipariṇāmadhammatāti pakativijahanasabhāvatā, iti sabbehipi imehi padehi aniccalakkhaṇameva vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana aniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ dukkhaṃ, taṃ anattāti tīṇipi lakkhaṇāni āgatāneva honti. Mattaṭṭhakassāti parittaṭṭhitikassa, tattha dvīhākārehi imassa kāyassa parittaṭṭhititā veditabbā ṭhitiparittatāya ca sarasaparittatāya ca. Ayañhi atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jīvati, na jīvissati. Anāgate cittakkhaṇe jīvissati, na jīvati, na jīvittha. Paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe jīvati , na jīvittha, na jīvissatīti vuccati.
生命、有身,以及所有苦乐——
这一切皆与单一心识刹那相应,而其刹那流逝极为迅速。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca, sukhadukkhā ca kevalā; Ekacittasamāyuttā, lahu so vattate khaṇo’’ti. –
这句话是为说明它的“短暂住立”而说。因此,应知由于住立极为短暂,故称为“短暂住立”。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ etasseva parittaṭṭhitidassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya parittaṭṭhititā veditabbā.
然而,应知此身因依托入出息等而有“自体短暂性”。因为众生的生命:有系属于入息的,有系属于出息的,有系属于出入息的,有系属于四大种的,有系属于段食的,有系属于识的。这在《清净道论》中有详细说明。显示巴利原文
Assāsapassāsūpanibaddhādibhāvena panassa sarasaparittatā veditabbā. Sattānañhi assāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, passāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, assāsapassāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, mahābhūtūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, kabaḷīkārāhārūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, viññāṇūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitanti visuddhimagge vitthāritaṃ.
“贪爱所执”:指被贪爱抓取、执持、紧握的“我是”、“我的”或“我存在”这样的观念。而“此时,对于他,这些在此不存在”:此时,对于那位比丘,当他这样将三相(诸行无常、诸行是苦、诸法无我)拿来观察时,关于内在“地界”等的“我是”等三种贪爱、慢、见的执取,便不复存在,也就是彻底没有了。如同依“水界”的情形,依“火界”和“风界”也是如此,外在“地界”的消失亦同此理。但这里的经文只提到了一种(地界),其余的地、水等也应依义理来理解。显示巴利原文
Taṇhupādinnassāti taṇhāya ādinnagahitaparāmaṭṭhassa ahanti vā mamanti vā asmīti vā. Atha khvāssa notevettha hotīti atha kho assa bhikkhuno evaṃ tīṇi lakkhaṇāni āropetvā passantassa ettha ajjhattikāya pathavīdhātuyā ahanti vātiādi tividho taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāho noteva hoti, na hotiyevāti attho. Yathā ca āpodhātuvasena, evaṃ tejodhātuvāyodhātuvasenapi bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā antaradhānaṃ hoti. Idha pana ekaṃyeva āgataṃ. Itarānipi atthato veditabbāni.
“贤友,如果”:此处,世尊为了显示那位修习界业处的比丘在耳门建立起把握所缘的力量。“骂詈”:以十种骂詈事来骂。“毁呰”:以言语说:“你做了如此这般的事,我们将对你如此这般”等方式毁呰。“触恼”:激怒。“使之苦恼”:令痛苦,这一切都是以言语恼害。“他如是”:那位界业处的修行者这样了知。“我的受已生起”:指当下正在发生的生起,以及以这种方式产生的受。“耳触所生”:指依耳触为缘,从耳触所生的、在耳门速行的感受。“触是无常”:把它视为耳触,从坏灭的角度看成无常。与耳触相应的受(想、行)等,也应如此了知。“唯界为所缘”:就是指以界为所缘,所缘只是界。“趋入”:进入。“净信”:对那个所缘产生净信;又或者说,这是处格(表示地点)的表达。在语法连声中说“唯界为所缘”,这里的意思是“在界的所缘上”。“胜解”:就是对界确定地理解,不贪染,不瞋恚。因为当所缘出现在耳门时,他以根本遍知、客来性、暂时性的方式去把握,其详细说明已在《念处》的“念正知”章中,依照眼门说过。此处应知是依耳门。显示巴利原文
Tañce, āvusoti idha tassa dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa bhikkhuno sotadvāre pariggahaṃ paṭṭhapento balaṃ dasseti. Akkosantīti dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanti. Paribhāsantīti tayā idañcidañca kataṃ, evañca evañca taṃ karissāmāti vācāya paribhāsanti. Rosentīti ghaṭṭenti. Vihesentīti dukkhāpenti, sabbaṃ vācāya ghaṭṭanameva vuttaṃ. So evanti so dhātukammaṭṭhāniko evaṃ sampajānāti. Uppannā kho me ayanti sampativattamānuppannabhāvena ca samudācāruppannabhāvena ca uppannā. Sotasamphassajāti upanissayavasena sotasamphassato jātā sotadvārajavanavedanā, phasso aniccoti sotasamphasso hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccoti passati. Vedanādayopi sotasamphassasampayuttāva veditabbā. Dhātārammaṇamevāti dhātusaṅkhātameva ārammaṇaṃ. Pakkhandatīti otarati. Pasīdatīti tasmiṃ ārammaṇe pasīdati, bhummavacanameva vā etaṃ. Byañjanasandhivasena ‘‘dhātārammaṇamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, dhātārammaṇeyevāti ayamettha attho. Adhimuccatīti dhātuvasena evanti adhimokkhaṃ labhati, na rajjati, na dussati. Ayañhi sotadvāramhi ārammaṇe āpāthagate mūlapariññāāgantukatāvakālikavasena pariggahaṃ karoti, tassa vitthārakathā satipaṭṭhāne satisampajaññapabbe vuttā. Sā pana tattha cakkhudvāravasena vuttā, idha sotadvāravasena veditabbā.
对于如此把握界业处的强力观行者,即使在眼门等处所缘出现时,若不如理作意,转向生起后,到达确定,速行一或二次,心便沉入有分,不再以贪等生起,这是“到达顶点的敏锐观行者”。另一类人,以贪等生起一次速行,但在速行结束时,他如理作意:“我以贪等速行了”,这时所缘便被把握,第二次就不会再那样速行。还有一类人,第一次这样作意后,第二次仍然以贪等速行,但在第二次结束时,他如理作意:“我以贪等速行了”,这时所缘被把握,第三次就不会再生起。在此,第一类过于锐利,第三类过于迟钝,应依第二类来理解本经、《鹌鹑譬喻经》和《根修习经》中的意义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ katapariggahassa hi dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa balavavipassakassa sacepi cakkhudvārādīsu ārammaṇe āpāthagate ayoniso āvajjanaṃ uppajjati, voṭṭhabbanaṃ patvā ekaṃ dve vāre āsevanaṃ labhitvā cittaṃ bhavaṅgameva otarati, na rāgādivasena uppajjati, ayaṃ koṭippatto tikkhavipassako. Aparassa rāgādivasena ekaṃ vāraṃ javanaṃ javati, javanapariyosāne pana rāgādivasena evaṃ me javanaṃ javitanti āvajjato ārammaṇaṃ pariggahitameva hoti, puna vāraṃ tathā na javati. Aparassa ekavāraṃ evaṃ āvajjato puna dutiyavāraṃ rāgādivasena javanaṃ javatiyeva, dutiyavārāvasāne pana evaṃ me javanaṃ javitanti āvajjato ārammaṇaṃ pariggahitameva hoti, tatiyavāre tathā na uppajjati. Ettha pana paṭhamo atitikkho, tatiyo atimando, dutiyassa pana vasena imasmiṃ sutte, laṭukikopame, indriyabhāvane ca ayamattho veditabbo.
如此展示了依耳门把握而有的力量后,现在为了阐明身门,界业处修行者便说出‘贤友,如果……’等语。当遇到不可意所缘时,在耳门与身门这两门中会经历两次烦恼。因此,就像田主拿着锄头巡视田地时,不会随处堆起土块,而只在薄弱处锄下去,放上一块带草的土块;同样地,大长老为了未来那些有志修学、精进努力的善男子,在这两门建立防护,令他们迅速完结生老死,故而特别针对这两门,以强调防护来展开教导。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sotadvāre pariggahitavasena dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa balaṃ dassetvā idāni kāyadvāre dīpento tañce, āvusotiādimāha. Aniṭṭhārammaṇañhi patvā dvīsu vāresu kilamati sotadvāre ca kāyadvāre ca. Tasmā yathā nāma khettassāmī puriso kudālaṃ gahetvā khettaṃ anusañcaranto yattha vā tattha vā mattikapiṇḍaṃ adatvā dubbalaṭṭhānesuyeva kudālena bhūmiṃ bhinditvā satiṇamattikapiṇḍaṃ deti. Evameva mahāthero anāgate sikkhākāmā padhānakammikā kulaputtā imesu dvāresu saṃvaraṃ paṭṭhapetvā khippameva jātijarāmaraṇassa antaṃ karissantīti imesuyeva dvīsu dvāresu gāḷhaṃ katvā saṃvaraṃ desento imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
其中,‘现行’:指施加攻击。‘以手触’:即以手掌击打,其余类推。‘如是已成为’:指具有那样的性质。‘于如实’:即对于如实的状态。‘步向’:指运作、行进。在‘如是随念佛陀’等句中,若以‘彼世尊是……’等方式随念,即为佛随念;若以‘此法是被世尊善说的……’等方式随念,即为法随念;即使随念锯喻教诫,也是法随念。若以‘善行道……’等方式随念,即是僧随念;即便忆念那位忍受锯割的比丘的功德,也是僧随念。显示巴利原文
Tattha samudācarantīti upakkamanti. Pāṇisamphassenāti pāṇippahārena, itaresupi eseva nayo. Tathābhūtoti tathāsabhāvo. Yathābhūtasminti yathāsabhāve. Kamantīti pavattanti. Evaṃ buddhaṃ anussaratotiādīsu itipi so bhagavātiādinā nayena anussarantopi buddhaṃ anussarati, vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatāti anussarantopi anussaratiyeva. Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammotiādinā nayena anussarantopi dhammaṃ anussarati, kakacūpamovādaṃ anussarantopi anussaratiyeva. Suppaṭipannotiādinā nayena anussarantopi saṅghaṃ anussarati, kakacokantanaṃ adhivāsayamānassa bhikkhuno guṇaṃ anussaramānopi anussaratiyeva.
‘依于善的舍不持续’:此处指观舍。‘依于善的舍持续’:这是指六支舍。尽管此六支舍在漏尽者面对可爱与不可爱所缘时,表现为不贪着等,但这位比丘凭借精进力与修行成就,将自己的观安立于漏尽者的六支舍的位置,所以这个观本身就称为六支舍。显示巴利原文
Upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātīti idha vipassanupekkhā adhippetā. Upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhātīti idha chaḷaṅgupekkhā, sā panesā kiñcāpi khīṇāsavassa iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ārammaṇesu arajjanādivasena pavattati, ayaṃ pana bhikkhu vīriyabalena bhāvanāsiddhiyā attano vipassanaṃ khīṇāsavassa chaḷaṅgupekkhāṭhāne ṭhapetīti vipassanāva chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma jātā.
303 在水界的解说中,“水性的”:指存在于一切水中、湿润与流动的特相。至于胆汁、痰等方面的内容,连同修习的方法,都已在《清净道论》中说过了。“激增”:指如洪水般增长,或海水从海中涌出;这是它通常的激增状况。但在水灭劫时,百千俱胝轮围世界全被水充满。“下沉”:指向下沉没,如同放在灶上的水,逐渐耗竭、消失。其余部分,皆应依前说方式了知。显示巴利原文
303. Āpodhātuniddese āpogatanti sabbaāpesu gataṃ allayūsabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ. Pittaṃ semhantiādīsu pana yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ saddhiṃ bhāvanānayena visuddhimagge vuttaṃ. Pakuppatīti oghavasena vaḍḍhati, samuddato vā udakaṃ uttarati, ayamassa pākatiko pakopo, āposaṃvaṭṭakāle pana koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷaṃ udakapūrameva hoti. Ogacchantīti heṭṭhā gacchanti, uddhane āropitaudakaṃ viya khayaṃ vināsaṃ pāpuṇanti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
304 在火界的解说中,“火性的”:指存在于一切火中的热之特相;或者,火本身进入火的状态,故称为“火性”。前面所说的“水性”和后面将说的“风性”,也依此模式理解。“由此”:即由此火性。当它激增时,此身便感燥热,出现如一日热病等状况,体内生起热气。“由此老”:由这火界,此身才衰老,诸根衰退、体力耗尽,现起皱纹、白发等。“由此烧”:当它激增时,此身犹如被焚烧,那人哭喊着:“我被烧了!我被烧了!”希望涂抹精炼的酥油、牛乳、冷檀香膏,并以扇扇风。“由此所食、所饮、所嚼、所尝得以正消化”:指由这火界,令所吃的饭等、所饮的饮料等、所嚼的面食等、所尝的芒果、蜂蜜、糖浆等,得以很好地熟化,即以转变成味等方式而分离,达成消化。这便是此处的简要解说。至于详细应说的内容,连同修习的方法,都已在《清净道论》中说过了。显示巴利原文
304. Tejodhātuniddese tejogatanti sabbatejesu gataṃ uṇhattalakkhaṇaṃ. Tejo eva vā tejobhāvaṃ gatanti tejogataṃ. Purime āpogatepi pacchime vāyogatepi eseva nayo. Yena cāti yena tejogatena. Tasmiṃ kuppite ayaṃ kāyo santappati, ekāhikajarādibhāvena usumajāto hoti. Yena ca jīrīyatīti yena ayaṃ kāyo jīrati, indriyavekallattaṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valipalitādibhāvañca pāpuṇāti. Yena ca pariḍayhatīti yena kuppitena ayaṃ kāyo dayhati, so ca puggalo dayhāmi dayhāmīti kandanto satadhotasappigosītacandanādilepañca tālavaṇṭavātañca paccāsīsati. Yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchatīti yena taṃ asitaṃ vā odanādi, pītaṃ vā pānakādi, khāyitaṃ vā piṭṭhakhajjakādi, sāyitaṃ vā ambapakkamadhuphāṇitādi sammā paripākaṃ gacchati, rasādibhāvena vivekaṃ gacchatīti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ saddhiṃ bhāvanānayena visuddhimagge vuttaṃ.
“青草”:即青草,意思是依青草等而将火熄灭。“路中”:即大路上。“岩山”:即岩石山。“水中”:即水里。“或可爱之地”:指无草树、灌木等障碍、远离人烟的露天空地。“无食”:即无燃料、无可执取之物;这也是就火通常的息灭而说。然而在火灭劫时,火焚烧百千俱胝轮围世界,乃至灰烬无余。“以筋片”:即用皮片刮擦。“求火”:人们持此细微燃料去寻火,只要得到一点点热气,便会燃烧起来。其余部分,于此亦应依前说方式了知。显示巴利原文
Haritantanti haritameva. Allatiṇādiṃ āgamma nibbāyatīti attho. Panthantanti mahāmaggameva. Selantanti pabbataṃ. Udakantanti udakaṃ. Ramaṇīyaṃ vā bhūmibhāganti tiṇagumbādirahitaṃ, vivittaṃ abbhokāsaṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ. Anāhārāti nirāhārā nirupādānā, ayampi pakatiyāva tejovikāro vutto, tejosaṃvaṭṭakāle pana koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷaṃ jhāpetvā chārikāmattampi na tiṭṭhati. Nhārudaddulenāti cammanillekhanena. Aggiṃ gavesantīti evarūpaṃ sukhumaṃ upādānaṃ gahetvā aggiṃ pariyesanti, yaṃ appamattakampi usumaṃ labhitvā pajjalati, sesamidhāpi purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
305 风界解说中,“上行风”指引起打嗝、咳嗽等向上运行的风。“下行风”指排出大便、小便等向下运行的风。“腹内风”指肠之外的风。“肠内风”指肠之内的风。“随行于肢节、小肢节”指顺着血管网络遍布全身,随行于各个大小肢节,引发弯曲、伸展等动作的风。“入息”指进入鼻腔的气息;“出息”指从鼻腔呼出的气息。以上为此处简要的解说。至于应详细阐述的内容及修习方法,在《清净道论》中已作说明。显示巴利原文
305. Vāyodhātuniddese uddhaṅgamā vātāti uggārahikkārādipavattakā uddhaṃ ārohanavātā. Adhogamā vātāti uccārapassāvādinīharaṇakā adho orohanavātā. Kucchisayā vātāti antānaṃ bahivātā. Koṭṭhāsayā vātāti antānaṃ antovātā. Aṅgamaṅgānusārinoti dhamanījālānusārena sakalasarīre aṅgamaṅgāni anusaṭā samiñjanapasāraṇādinibbattakavātā. Assāsoti antopavisananāsikavāto . Passāsoti bahinikkhamananāsikavāto. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ saddhiṃ bhāvanānayena visuddhimagge vuttaṃ.
“能吹走村庄”指将整个村庄碾成粉末后一并带走。对城镇等亦同理。此处是通过风劫时摧毁百千俱胝轮围世界的方式,显示风界的变异。“以扇子”指用来扇火的物件。“于檐槽”指屋顶的檐槽,因水从此处流下而得名。其余内容,此处亦应按上文所述方法配合解释。显示巴利原文
Gāmampi vahatīti sakalagāmampi cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ kurumānā ādāya gacchati, nigamādīsupi eseva nayo. Idha vāyosaṃvaṭṭakāle koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷaviddhaṃsanavasena vāyodhātuvikāro dassito. Vidhūpanenāti aggibījanakena. Ossavaneti chadanagge, tena hi udakaṃ savati, tasmā taṃ ‘‘ossavana’’nti vuccati. Sesamidhāpi purimanayeneva yojetabbaṃ.
306 “贤友,正如用”此处意在显示前面所说的大种是无情的。“木”指木材等材料堆。“蔓”指用来捆绑的藤蔓。“草”指用来覆盖屋顶的草。“泥”指用来涂抹的泥。“虚空被围绕”指这些木等材料从内外围绕后,所安立的虚空。“即称为屋”它就获得了一个假名——“屋”。但当木等各自分开堆放时,便只称为木堆、藤蔓堆等。同样地,骨等从内外围绕后所安立的空间,依凭这些骨等,便被称作“色”,世间称之为“身体”。正如依靠木等材料,称为屋的房屋,可称为刹帝利宅、婆罗门宅;同理,这身体也被称为刹帝利身、婆罗门身。然而,其中并无任何有情或命存在。显示巴利原文
306.Seyyathāpi, āvusoti idha kiṃ dasseti? Heṭṭhā kathitānaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ nissattabhāvaṃ. Kaṭṭhanti dabbasambhāraṃ. Vallinti ābandhanavalliṃ. Tiṇanti chadanatiṇaṃ. Mattikanti anulepamattikaṃ. Ākāso parivāritoti etāni kaṭṭhādīni anto ca bahi ca parivāretvā ākāso ṭhitoti attho. Agāraṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti agāranti paṇṇattimattaṃ hoti. Kaṭṭhādīsu pana visuṃ visuṃ rāsikatesu kaṭṭharāsivallirāsītveva vuccati. Evameva khoti evameva aṭṭhiādīni anto ca bahi ca parivāretvā ṭhito ākāso, tāneva aṭṭhiādīni paṭicca rūpaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati, sarīranti vohāraṃ gacchati. Yathā kaṭṭhādīni paṭicca gehanti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ agāraṃ khattiyagehaṃ brāhmaṇagehanti vuccati, evamidampi khattiyasarīraṃ brāhmaṇasarīranti vuccati, na hettha koci satto vā jīvo vā vijjati.
贤友,“内眼”这一段为何而开始呢?前面未曾说到所造色、四种无色蕴和三圣谛,现在为了开示这些,方才开启这段教导。其中,“眼不坏”是指:当眼净色已灭、被破坏,或因胆、痰、血等受障碍时,眼便不能成为眼识生起的缘,这即称为坏;而能成为眼识生起之缘的,则名为不坏。“外色”:指外在由四种来源所生的色。“相应之等引”:是指依于那眼与那些色,令有分心转向之后而生起的作意;具体地说,便是在眼门有能力使有分心转向的唯作意界心。若那些色不在觉知范围之内,或那人未予留意,便不会生起此种等引。“相应的”:指与它相适合的。“识部分”:即识的那一部分。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, cakkhūti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Heṭṭhā upādārūpaṃ cattāro ca arūpino khandhā tīṇi ca ariyasaccāni na kathitāni, idāni tāni kathetuṃ ayaṃ desanā āraddhāti. Tattha cakkhuṃ aparibhinnanti cakkhupasāde niruddhepi upahatepi pittasemhalohitehi palibuddhepi cakkhu cakkhuviññāṇassa paccayo bhavituṃ na sakkoti, paribhinnameva hoti, cakkhuviññāṇassa pana paccayo bhavituṃ samatthaṃ aparibhinnaṃ nāma. Bāhirā ca rūpāti bāhirā catusamuṭṭhānikarūpā. Tajjo samannāhāroti taṃ cakkhuñca rūpe ca paṭicca bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭetvā uppajjanamanasikāro, bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanasamatthaṃ cakkhudvāre kiriyamanodhātucittanti attho. Taṃ rūpānaṃ anāpāthagatattāpi aññāvihitassapi na hoti, tajjassāti tadanurūpassa. Viññāṇabhāgassāti viññāṇakoṭṭhāsassa.
在“彼如实者”等语句中,是依门而显示四圣谛。其中,“如实者”:指与眼识俱存者,也就是具有眼识的人。“色”:因为眼识并非色的生起之因,在眼识的刹那只有三种因所生的色,而在紧接着的心识刹那,则可得到四种因所生的色。“入摄”:即被计入总数。受等是与眼识相应而有的。识即眼识本身。这里,“行”只指思心所。“摄”是指合在一起的集摄。“合”是集合。“同聚”是积聚。“见缘起者”:即见到缘的人。“见法者”:即见到缘生之法的人。“欲”等词都只是渴爱的同义词。由于渴爱,以能起欲求的作用,故称“欲”;以能起执著的作用,故称“执著”;以能起随顺的作用,故称“随顺”;以能沉入、吞没、执取的作用,故称“联结”。欲贪的调伏、欲贪的舍断,即是涅槃的同义词。如此,经中直接说到的三谛,还需引出道谛来把握:也就是在这三处中的正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定,以及它们的修习与通达,这便是道。“许多已作”意思是:仅止于此,便已完成对世尊教法的很多学习。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ tathābhūtassātiādīsu dvāravasena cattāri saccāni dasseti. Tattha tathābhūtassāti cakkhuviññāṇena sahabhūtassa, cakkhuviññāṇasamaṅginoti attho. Rūpanti cakkhuviññāṇassa na rūpajanakattā cakkhuviññāṇakkhaṇe tisamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ, tadanantaracittakkhaṇe catusamuṭṭhānampi labbhati. Saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti gaṇanaṃ gacchati. Vedanādayo cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttāva. Viññāṇampi cakkhuviññāṇameva. Ettha ca saṅkhārāti cetanāva vuttā. Saṅgahoti ekato saṅgaho. Sannipātoti samāgamo. Samavāyoti rāsi. Yo paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passatīti yo paccaye passati. So dhammaṃ passatīti so paṭiccasamuppannadhamme passati, chandotiādi sabbaṃ taṇhāvevacanameva , taṇhā hi chandakaraṇavasena chando. Ālayakaraṇavasena ālayo. Anunayakaraṇavasena anunayo. Ajjhogāhitvā gilitvā gahanavasena ajjhosānanti vuccati. Chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānanti nibbānasseva vevacanaṃ, iti tīṇi saccāni pāḷiyaṃ āgatāneva maggasaccaṃ āharitvā gahetabbaṃ, yā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu diṭṭhi saṅkappo vācā kammanto ājīvo vāyāmo sati samādhi bhāvanāpaṭivedho, ayaṃ maggoti. Bahukataṃ hotīti ettāvatāpi bahuṃ bhagavato sāsanaṃ kataṃ hoti, ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, sotantiādivāresupi eseva nayo.
然而,在意门中,“内意”指的是有分心。它灭去后,由于力量微弱,无法成为转向心的所缘;即使正现行时,也名为“已坏”。而能够成为转向心所缘的,则名为“不坏”。“外法”即是法所缘。“尚无相应者”是就有分心的那一刻而说。第二种转起方式,是就熟练地观察禅那、熟练地作意业处、或熟练地读诵佛语等时,心思偏离于此而游走于他处的情况而说。在这种转起中,“色”也可指由四因所生的色法。由于意识能生起色法,受等心所与意识相应,这里的“识”即是意识本身。而此处的“行”,仅以触与思这两个心所来含摄。其余的内容,则依照前面所述的方式来理解。如此,大长老先前只是简略地随观了一部分内容,现在转至此处,安住于此,将以下尚未完成的详尽教导,完全依照一一根门加以区分而示出,随顺前后的连络而完成了这部经。显示巴利原文
Manodvāre pana ajjhattiko mano nāma bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Taṃ niruddhampi āvajjanacittassa paccayo bhavituṃ asamatthaṃ mandathāmagatameva pavattamānampi paribhinnaṃ nāma hoti. Āvajjanassa pana paccayo bhavituṃ samatthaṃ aparibhinnaṃ nāma. Bāhirā ca dhammāti dhammārammaṇaṃ. Neva tāva tajjassāti idaṃ bhavaṅgasamayeneva kathitaṃ. Dutiyavāro paguṇajjhānapaccavekkhaṇena vā, paguṇakammaṭṭhānamanasikārena vā, paguṇabuddhavacanasajjhāyakaraṇādinā vā, aññavihitakaṃ sandhāya vutto. Imasmiṃ vāre rūpanti catusamuṭṭhānampi labbhati. Manoviññāṇañhi rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, vedanādayo manoviññāṇasampayuttā , viññāṇaṃ manoviññāṇameva. Saṅkhārā panettha phassacetanāvaseneva gahitā. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Iti mahāthero heṭṭhā ekadesameva sammasanto āgantvā imasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhatvā heṭṭhā parihīnadesanaṃ sabbaṃ taṃtaṃdvāravasena bhājetvā dassento yathānusandhināva suttantaṃ niṭṭhapesīti.
第九篇 《大树心材譬喻经》注释显示巴利原文
9. Mahāsāropamasuttavaṇṇanā
307 「如是我闻」等,是《大树心材譬喻经》的开端。其中「离去不久」,是指提婆达多破坏僧团、造下出佛身血的恶业之后离去不久,虽仍保留比丘的形象,却已成为别住者之时。显示巴利原文
307.Evaṃme sutanti mahāsāropamasuttaṃ. Tattha acirapakkanteti saṅghaṃ bhinditvā ruhiruppādakammaṃ katvā nacirapakkante saliṅgeneva pāṭiyekke jāte.
「诸比丘,此处有一类善男子」:经中虽未明指是哪位善男子,但应知此言实为针对提婆达多而说。因为他出生于从未间断的大选王族系、属于甘蔗王种姓,所以从出身而言,他是一位良家善男子。「属于」:若出生已渗入他的内在,则称他为「属于出生」。于老、病等,亦同此理。于利养、恭敬等,「利养」指四种资具;「恭敬」指这些资具被妥善奉侍的优越状态;「称誉」指对他的赞美之词;「生起」即产生。「不知名」:如同两位上首弟子那般享有盛名的地位,他们却默默无闻,连食物、衣物等丝毫都得不到。「少势」:指随从者稀少,既无前行引导之人,也无后续随行之人。显示巴利原文
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputtoti kiñcāpi asukakulaputtoti na niyāmito, devadattaṃyeva pana sandhāya idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. So hi asambhinnāya mahāsammatapaveṇiyā okkākavaṃse jātattā jātikulaputto. Otiṇṇoti yassa jāti anto anupaviṭṭhā, so jātiyā otiṇṇo nāma. Jarādīsupi eseva nayo. Lābhasakkārādīsupi lābhoti cattāro paccayā. Sakkāroti tesaṃyeva sukatabhāvo. Silokoti vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ. Abhinibbattetīti uppādeti. Apaññātāti dvinnaṃ janānaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne na paññāyanti, ghāsacchādanamattampi na labhanti. Appesakkhāti appaparivārā, purato vā pacchato vā gacchantaṃ na labhanti.
「以心材而作心材应作之事」:应当以树的心材,制造车轴、车轮、轭、犁等任何所需之物。「他执取了枝叶,而非梵行」:对于以道果为精髓的教法梵行而言,四种资具即称为「枝叶」,而他恰恰抓取了这些枝叶。「便以此为足而止步」:只因得到了这些,他便想「对我来说,心材已得,仅此足矣」,于是满足地停歇下来。显示巴利原文
Sārena sārakaraṇīyanti rukkhasārena kattabbaṃ akkhacakkayuganaṅgalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci. Sākhāpalāsaṃ aggahesi brahmacariyassāti maggaphalasārassa sāsanabrahmacariyassa cattāro paccayā sākhāpalāsaṃ nāma, taṃ aggahesi. Tena ca vosānaṃ āpādīti teneva ca alamettāvatā sāro me pattoti vosānaṃ āpanno.
310 「成就了智見」:提婆達多具足五神通,而天眼通是五神通之頂。在此經中,天眼通即被稱作「智見」。「住於不知不見」,是指他們對任何微細的色法都無所知,乃至微如一粒塵埃中的毗舍遮鬼也看不見,就這樣而住。显示巴利原文
310.Ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādhetīti devadatto pañcābhiñño, dibbacakkhu ca pañcannaṃ abhiññānaṃ matthake ṭhitaṃ, taṃ imasmiṃ sutte ‘‘ñāṇadassana’’nti vuttaṃ . Ajānaṃ apassaṃ viharantīti kiñci sukhumaṃ rūpaṃ ajānantā antamaso paṃsupisācakampi apassantā viharanti.
311 「成就了非時解脫」:如經中所說:「什麼是非時解脫?四種聖道、四種沙門果與涅槃,這就是非時解脫。」(《無礙解道》1.213)他成就、獲得、證得了如此所說的九種出世間法。世間等至僅在入定剎那才從對立法中解脫,故稱「時解脫」:「什麼是時解脫?四種禪那與四種無色界等至,這就是時解脫。」而出世間法則不然。聖道與聖果一旦解脫便永遠解脫,涅槃則本來即從一切煩惱中究竟解脫,於一切時皆得解脫。因此,這九種法名為「非時解脫」。显示巴利原文
311.Asamayavimokkhaṃ ārādhetīti, ‘‘katamo asamayavimokkho? Cattāro ca ariyamaggā cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni, nibbānañca, ayaṃ asamayavimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.213) evaṃ vutte navalokuttaradhamme ārādheti sampādeti paṭilabhati. Lokiyasamāpattiyo hi appitappitakkhaṇeyeva paccanīkadhammehi vimuccanti, tasmā, ‘‘katamo samayavimokkho? Cattāri ca jhānāni catasso ca arūpāvacarasamāpattiyo, ayaṃ samayavimokkho’’ti evaṃ samayavimokkhoti vuttā. Lokuttaradhammā pana kālena kālaṃ vimuccanti, sakiṃ vimuttāni hi maggaphalāni vimuttāneva honti. Nibbānaṃ sabbakilesehi accantaṃ vimuttamevāti ime nava dhammā asamayavimokkhoti vuttā.
「不動的心解脫」,即阿拉漢果的解脫。「這就是它的目的」,意為這就是梵行生活的目的,即此梵行生活是為了證得阿拉漢果。這句話正是說:「這就是它的目的。」「這是核心」,指阿拉漢果是梵行生活的核心精華。「這是終點」,指阿拉漢果是梵行生活的最終歸宿與最高頂點,再無更高者需要證得。世尊便以此前後一貫的次第,完成了他的開示。显示巴利原文
Akuppā cetovimuttīti arahattaphalavimutti. Ayamattho etassāti etadatthaṃ, arahattaphalatthamidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Ayaṃ etassa atthoti vuttaṃ hoti. Etaṃ sāranti etaṃ arahattaphalaṃ brahmacariyassa sāraṃ. Etaṃ pariyosānanti etaṃ arahattaphalaṃ brahmacariyassa pariyosānaṃ, esā koṭi, na ito paraṃ pattabbaṃ atthīti yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesīti.
10. 《小心材喻经》释义显示巴利原文
10. Cūḷasāropamasuttavaṇṇanā
312 “如是我闻”等句,是《小心材喻经》。其中,“黄铜色鬓发者”(piṅgalakoccho):那位婆罗门肤色金黄,“Koccha”是其名,故称“黄铜色鬓发者”。关于“有僧团的”(saṅghino)等词:因他们拥有出家众组成的僧团,故称“有僧团的”;同样,拥有群众,故称“有群众的”(gaṇino)。“教团之师”(gaṇācariyā):通过教导德行与学处而成为该群众之师。“知名的”(ñātā):即被知晓、著名。“有声誉的”(yasassino):指他们因“这些少欲知足的人,由于少欲,乃至不穿衣服……”等方式而声名远播,从而拥有声誉。“作教主的”(titthakarā):指创立教派者。“被公认为善士的”(sādhusammatā):指他们被如此认可:“这些人是善良的、美好的、正直的人。”“对于广大群众的”(bahujanassāti):指对于无闻、愚昧的凡夫而言。为说明这些人,经文说:“即如:富兰那”(seyyathidaṃ …)。显示巴利原文
312.Evaṃme sutanti cūḷasāropamasuttaṃ. Tattha piṅgalakocchoti so brāhmaṇo piṅgaladhātuko. Kocchoti panassa nāmaṃ, tasmā ‘‘piṅgalakoccho’’ti vuccati. Saṅghinotiādīsu pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto saṅgho etesaṃ atthīti saṅghino. Sveva gaṇo etesaṃ atthīti gaṇino. Ācārasikkhāpanavasena tassa gaṇassa ācariyāti gaṇācariyā. Ñātāti paññātā pākaṭā. ‘‘Appicchā santuṭṭhā, appicchatāya vatthampi na nivāsentī’’tiādinā nayena samuggato yaso etesaṃ atthīti yasassino. Titthakarāti laddhikarā. Sādhusammatāti ime sādhu sundarā sappurisāti evaṃ sammatā. Bahujanassāti assutavato andhabālaputhujjanassa. Idāni te dassento seyyathidaṃ pūraṇotiādimāha. Tattha pūraṇoti tassa satthupaṭiññassa nāmaṃ. Kassapoti gottaṃ. So kira aññatarassa kulassa ekūnadāsasataṃ pūrayamāno jāto, tenassa ‘‘pūraṇo’’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Maṅgaladāsattā cassa ‘‘dukkaṭa’’nti vattā natthi, akataṃ vā na katanti. ‘‘So kimahamettha vasāmī’’ti palāyi. Athassa corā vatthāni acchindiṃsu. So paṇṇena vā tiṇena vā paṭicchādetumpi ajānanto jātarūpeneva ekaṃ gāmaṃ pāvisi. Manussā taṃ disvā, ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo arahā appiccho, natthi iminā sadiso’’ti pūvabhattādīni gahetvā upasaṅkamanti. So ‘‘mayhaṃ sāṭakaṃ anivatthabhāvena idaṃ uppanna’’nti tato paṭṭhāya sāṭakaṃ labhitvāpi na nivāsesi, tadeva pabbajjaṃ aggahesi. Tassa santike aññepi pañcasatā manussā pabbajiṃsu, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘pūraṇo kassapo’’ti.
末伽梨(Makkhalī)是他的名字。因在牛栏出生,故有第二个名字“牛栏生”(Gosālo)。据说,有一次他拿着油瓶走在泥泞地上,主人喊道:“孩子,别滑倒(mā khalī)!”他却不小心滑倒摔了一跤。因害怕主人,他起身逃跑。主人追上,抓住他的衣角。他便弃衣而逃,成了裸形外道。其余事迹与富兰那的故事大致相同。显示巴利原文
Makkhalīti tassa nāmaṃ. Gosālāya jātattā gosāloti dutiyaṃ nāmaṃ. Taṃ kira sakaddamāya bhūmiyā telaghaṭaṃ gahetvā gacchantaṃ, ‘‘tāta, mā khalī’’ti sāmiko āha. So pamādena khalitvā patitvā sāmikassa bhayena palāyituṃ āraddho. Sāmiko upadhāvitvā sāṭakakaṇṇe aggahesi. Sopi sāṭakaṃ chaḍḍetvā acelako hutvā palāyi, sesaṃ pūraṇasadisameva.
阿耆多(Ajito)是他的名字。因他披着人发织成的毯子(kesakambalaṃ dhāreti),故被称为“盖萨甘巴喇”(Kesakambalo),即“人发毯者”。由此,将名字与称号合称“阿耆多·盖萨甘巴喇”(Ajito Kesakambalo)。这里所说的“人发毯”,便是以人发编织的毯子。没有比这更令人鄙夷的衣服了。正如经中所说:“诸比丘!犹如一切线织衣物中,人发毯被视为最下劣者。诸比丘!人发毯于寒时冰冷,于热时灼热,色泽丑陋,气味难闻,触感粗糙。”(《增支部》3.138)显示巴利原文
Ajitoti tassa nāmaṃ. Kesakambalaṃ dhāretīti kesakambalo. Iti nāmadvayaṃ saṃsanditvā ‘‘ajito kesakambalo’’ti vuccati. Tattha kesakambalo nāma manussakesehi katakambalo, tato paṭikiṭṭhataraṃ vatthaṃ nāma natthi. Yathāha – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici tantāvutānaṃ vatthānaṃ, kesakambalo tesaṃ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati, kesakambalo, bhikkhave, sīte sīto uṇhe uṇho dubbaṇṇo duggandho dukkhasamphasso’’ti (a. ni. 3.138).
“帕库达”是他的名字,“迦旃延”是他的族姓。合称名字与族姓,故云“帕库达·迦旃延”。此人戒绝使用冷水,即便便后也不用水净洗,唯得温水或米汤方行洗净。每当他涉过河流或越过路上的积水,便会以沙堆一小塔,决意道:“我的戒破了。”然后依然持守其戒而行。他就是这样一个无有吉祥、见解卑劣之人。显示巴利原文
Pakudhoti tassa nāmaṃ. Kaccāyanoti gottaṃ. Iti nāmagottaṃ saṃsanditvā, ‘‘pakudho kaccāyano’’ti vuccati. Sītudakapaṭikkhittako esa, vaccaṃ katvāpi udakakiccaṃ na karoti, uṇhodakaṃ vā kañjiyaṃ vā labhitvā karoti, nadiṃ vā maggodakaṃ vā atikkamma, ‘‘sīlaṃ me bhinna’’nti vālikathūpaṃ katvā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhāya gacchati, evarūpo nissirikaladdhiko esa.
“散若夷”是他的名字。他是毘拉笈多的儿子,故称“毘拉笈多子”。又因他们如此宣称:“我们没有结缚的烦恼,没有被缠缚的烦恼,我们是远离烦恼结缚的人”,由此得名“尼干陀”。他是难陀的儿子,故称“难陀子”。“他们都证知了”的意思是:如同他们各自所承诺的那样,确实那般证知了。也就是说,若他们那些承诺能导向解脱,他们便全都证知了;若不能,则未曾证知。因此,这个问题的意旨便是:“他们的承诺究竟能否导向解脱?”接着,世尊因他们的承诺无有实质、不能导向解脱,便否定之,转而以譬喻阐明义理,唯独开示法,说道:“婆罗门,我将为你们开示法。”显示巴利原文
Sañjayoti tassa nāmaṃ. Belaṭṭhassa puttoti belaṭṭhaputto. Amhākaṃ gaṇṭhanakileso palibujjhanakileso natthi, kilesagaṇṭharahitā mayanti evaṃ vāditāya laddhanāmavasena nigaṇṭho. Nāṭassa puttoti nāṭaputto. Abbhaññaṃsūti yathā tesaṃ paṭiññā, tatheva jāniṃsu. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – sace nesaṃ sā paṭiññā niyyānikā sabbe abbhaññaṃsu. No ce, na abbhaññaṃsu. Tasmā kiṃ tesaṃ paṭiññā niyyānikā na niyyānikāti, ayametassa pañhassa attho. Atha bhagavā nesaṃ aniyyānikabhāvakathanena atthābhāvato alanti paṭikkhipitvā upamāya atthaṃ pavedento dhammameva desetuṃ, dhammaṃ, te brāhmaṇa, desessāmīti āha.
320 其中,“为了作证”即是为了亲自体证。“不产生欲”即是不发起想要去做的欲求。“不精勤”即是不付出努力、不策励自己。“陷于消沉的状态”指内心退缩、志气低沉。“懈怠者”指松懈地执取教法者,他松松垮垮地执持教法,而不能坚固地领受。显示巴利原文
320. Tattha sacchikiriyāyāti sacchikaraṇatthaṃ. Na chandaṃ janetīti kattukamyatāchandaṃ na janayati. Na vāyamatīti vāyāmaṃ parakkamaṃ na karoti. Olīnavuttiko ca hotīti līnajjhāsayo hoti. Sāthalikoti sithilaggāhī, sāsanaṃ sithilaṃ katvā gaṇhāti, daḷhaṃ na gaṇhāti.
323 “婆罗门,在此,比丘远离感官欲乐……”:为什么这些初禅等法,能依于智见而更殊胜?因为它们是灭尽定的近因。要知道,此前的初禅等法是以观为近因,而这里的这些法则以灭尽定为近因,所以更殊胜。世尊便随顺经文的脉络,将这部经圆满宣说完毕。开示结束时,那位婆罗门即安住于皈依中。显示巴利原文
323.Idha, brāhmaṇa bhikkhu, vivicceva kāmehīti kathaṃ ime paṭhamajjhānādidhammā ñāṇadassanena uttaritarā jātāti? Nirodhapādakattā. Heṭṭhā paṭhamajjhānādidhammā hi vipassanāpādakā , idha nirodhapādakā, tasmā uttaritarā jātāti veditabbā. Iti bhagavā idampi suttaṃ yathānusandhināva niṭṭhapesi. Desanāvasāne brāhmaṇo saraṇesu patiṭṭhitoti.